Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 1, 2014

Registration No. 333-194899

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 2

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware

  3576
  20-1751121
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

5453 Great America Parkway

Santa Clara, California 95054

(408) 547-5500

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of  Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Jayshree Ullal

President and Chief Executive Officer

Arista Networks, Inc.

5453 Great America Parkway

Santa Clara, California 95054

(408) 547-5500

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

Larry W. Sonsini

Raj S. Judge

Mark B. Baudler

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 493-9300

 

Marc Taxay

Vice President, General Counsel

Arista Networks, Inc.

5453 Great America Parkway

Santa Clara, California 95054

(408) 547-5500

 

Patrick A. Pohlen

Tad J. Freese

Latham & Watkins LLP

140 Scott Drive

Menlo Park, California 94025

(650) 328-4600

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨

   Accelerated filer   ¨
 

Non-accelerated filer   x (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

   Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price (1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee (3)

Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  $241,000,000   $31,040.80

 

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
(3) The Registrant previously paid $25,760 with the filing of this Registration Statement on March 31, 2014.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Issued                     , 2014

Shares

 

LOGO

COMMON STOCK

 

 

Arista Networks, Inc. is offering              shares of its common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $         and $         per share.

 

 

We have been approved to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ANET.”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws and are subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 12.

 

 

PRICE $              A SHARE

 

 

 

      

Price to

Public

      

Underwriting

Discounts

and

Commissions (1)

      

Proceeds to

Arista Networks

 

Per Share

       $                    $                    $            

Total

       $                               $                               $                       

 

(1) See section titled “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved of these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                     , 2014.

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY   CITIGROUP

BofA MERRILL

LYNCH

          BARCLAYS   CREDIT SUISSE  

DEUTSCHE BANK

SECURITIES

  RBC CAPITAL MARKETS

WELLS FARGO

SECURITIES

  COWEN AND COMPANY   JMP SECURITIES   NEEDHAM & COMPANY   OPPENHEIMER & CO

PACIFIC CREST

SECURITIES

  RAYMOND JAMES   STIFEL   THE JUDA GROUP   WILLIAM BLAIR

                    , 2014


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

The Offering

     7   

Risk Factors

     12   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     45   

Market and Industry Data

     46   

Use of Proceeds

     47   

Dividend Policy

     47   

Capitalization

     48   

Dilution

     50   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     53   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     58   

Business

     95   
     Page  

Management

     111   

Executive Compensation

     118   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     129   

Principal Stockholders

     131   

Description of Capital Stock

     134   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     139   

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock

     141   

Underwriters

     145   

Legal Matters

     153   

Experts

     153   

Additional Information

     153   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   
 

 

 

Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Arista,” “Arista Networks,” “the company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” in this prospectus refer to Arista Networks, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with any information or make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

Through and including                    , 2014 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

For investors outside of the United States: Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 

-i-


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information appearing in this prospectus, including “Risk Factors,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. Our year end is December 31, and our quarters end on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31. Our fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 are referred to herein as 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Overview

We are a leading supplier of cloud networking solutions that use software innovations to address the needs of large-scale Internet companies, cloud service providers and next-generation data centers for enterprises, based on market share. Our cloud networking solutions consist of our Extensible Operating System, or EOS, a set of network applications and our 10/40/100 Gigabit Ethernet switches. Our cloud networking solutions deliver industry-leading performance, scalability, availability, programmability, automation and visibility. Since we began shipping our products, we have grown rapidly, and, according to Crehan Research, we have achieved the second largest market share in data center 10/40/100 Gigabit Ethernet switch ports, excluding blade switching, sold in 2013.

At the core of our cloud networking platform is EOS, which was purpose-built to be fully programmable and highly modular. The programmability of EOS has allowed us to create a set of software applications that address the requirements of cloud networking, including workflow automation, network visibility and analytics, and has also allowed us to rapidly integrate with a wide range of third-party applications for virtualization, management, automation, orchestration and network services.

EOS supports leading cloud and virtualization solutions, including VMware NSX, Microsoft System Center, OpenStack and other cloud management frameworks. We have worked with industry leaders to define new open protocols for the virtualized data center. We co-authored the VXLAN protocol specification with VMware and were the first to demonstrate VXLAN integration. We also co-authored the NVGRE protocol specification with Microsoft and support integration with Microsoft’s System Center.

We use standard Linux as our underlying operating system, providing customers with access to all Linux operating system facilities. This allows customers to extend our EOS software with off-the-shelf Linux applications and a growing number of open source management tools.

EOS has a highly modular architecture, which allows us to prevent network outages in deployments of our cloud networking solutions. This architecture also allows us to rapidly develop new features and protocols without compromising the quality of the existing code base. Because all of our switching products are powered by the same binary image of EOS, we are able to deliver these new innovations to our entire installed base with minimal disruption.

We sell our products through both our direct sales force and our channel partners. Since shipping our first products in 2008, our cumulative end-customer base has grown rapidly. Between December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2014, our cumulative end-customer base grew from approximately 570 to approximately 2,500. Our end customers span a range of industries and include large Internet companies, service providers, financial services organizations, government agencies, media and entertainment companies and others. Our customers

 

 

-1-


Table of Contents

include six of the largest cloud services providers based on annual revenue, including eBay, Facebook, Microsoft and Yahoo!, financial services organizations such as Barclays, Citigroup, and Morgan Stanley, and a number of media and service providers, including AOL, Comcast, Equinix, ESPN, Netflix, and Rackspace.

We have experienced rapid revenue growth over the last several years, increasing our revenue at a compound annual growth rate of 71% from 2010 to 2013. For 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013, our revenue was $71.7 million, $139.8 million, $193.4 million and $361.2 million, respectively. Our 2013 revenue grew 87% when compared to 2012. Our revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2014 was $117.2 million, an increase of 91% when compared to the same period in 2013. For 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013, our net income was $2.4 million, $34.0 million, $21.3 million and $42.5 million, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, our net income was $6.6 million and $12.3 million, respectively.

Industry Background

Cloud computing is fundamentally changing the way IT infrastructure is built and how applications are delivered. In cloud computing, applications are distributed across thousands of servers. These servers are connected with high-speed network switches that, together, form a pool of resources that allows applications to be rapidly deployed and cost-effectively updated. Cloud computing enables ubiquitous and on-demand network access to these applications from Internet-connected devices including personal computers, tablets and smartphones.

Nearly all consumer applications today are delivered as cloud services. Enterprise applications are rapidly moving to the cloud as well, since cloud services are easier and more cost effective to deploy, scale and operate than traditional applications. Internet leaders like Amazon, eBay, Facebook, Google, Microsoft and Yahoo! pioneered the development of large-scale cloud data centers in order to meet the growing demands of their users, including business customers. These U.S.-based Internet leaders increased their capital spending from $8.9 billion in 2010 to $19.4 billion in 2013, representing a 30% compound annual growth rate.

The aggregate network bandwidth in the cloud can be orders of magnitude higher than typical legacy data center networks. Therefore, the networks in such cloud environments must be architected and built in a new way. We refer to these next-generation data center networks as cloud networks. Cloud networks must deliver high capacity, high availability and predictable performance and must be programmable to allow integration with third-party applications for virtualization, management, automation, orchestration and network services.

Requirements for Cloud Networking

Cloud networks differ in many aspects from legacy networks, including performance, capacity, scale, availability, programmability and automation. The requirements for cloud networking include the following:

 

    Capacity, Performance and Scalability . Cloud networks must have sufficient capacity to interconnect large numbers of servers, up to hundreds of thousands, with predictable network bandwidth.

 

    High Availability . Cloud networks must overcome hardware or software failures for customers to avoid network outages, which can result in lost revenue, dissatisfied customers and increased operational cost.

 

    Open and Programmable . Cloud networks must be based on open protocols and be programmable to enable integration with leading network applications and management and data analysis tools.

 

    Workflow Automation . Cloud networks must offer automated provisioning and configuration to enable fast service delivery and to minimize operational costs, avoiding time-consuming and error-prone manual processes for configuring, provisioning, monitoring and managing the network.

 

 

-2-


Table of Contents
    Network Visibility . Cloud networks must provide IT administrators with real-time in-depth visibility of network status to proactively monitor, detect and notify when issues arise.

 

    Cost Performance . Cloud networks must deliver high performance while lowering overall cost of ownership, including capital and operational costs.

These and other requirements drive the adoption of next-generation switches and cloud-optimized network designs.

Our Cloud Networking Solutions

We are a leading supplier of cloud networking solutions that use software innovations to address the needs of large-scale Internet companies, cloud service providers and next-generation enterprise data centers. Gartner has identified us as a “Visionary” in its 2014 “Magic Quadrant for Data Center Networking” based on our ability to execute and completeness of vision. Our cloud networking platform was purpose-built to address the functional and performance requirements of cloud networks. We deliver our solutions via our industry-leading 10/40/100 Gigabit Ethernet switches optimized for next-generation data center networks.

Our cloud networking solutions consist of our Extensible Operating System, or EOS, a set of network applications and our 10/40/100 Gigabit Ethernet switches. At the core of our cloud networking platform is EOS. EOS was architected to be fully programmable and highly modular. As a result, we are able to bring new features and applications to market rapidly, provide industry leading high availability and offer integration with leading third-party networking applications.

Our Market Opportunity

We compete primarily in the data center switching market for 10 Gigabit Ethernet and above, excluding blade switches. According to Crehan Research, this market will grow from approximately $6 billion in 2013 to $12 billion in 2017, representing a 19% compound annual growth rate.

We believe that cloud computing represents a fundamental shift from traditional legacy data centers and that cloud networking is the fastest growing segment within the data center switching market. As organizations of all sizes are adopting cloud architectures, spending on cloud and next-generation data centers has increased rapidly over the last several years, while traditional legacy IT spending has been growing more slowly.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following strengths will allow us to maintain and extend our technology leadership position in cloud networking and next-generation data center Ethernet switching:

 

    Purpose-Built Cloud Networking Platform. We have developed a highly scalable cloud networking platform that uses software to address the needs of large-scale Internet companies, cloud service providers, financial services organizations, government agencies and media and entertainment companies.

 

    Broad and Differentiated Switch Portfolio. Using multiple silicon architectures, we deliver switches with industry-leading capacity, low latency, port density and power efficiency and have innovated in areas such as deep packet buffers, embedded optics and reversible cooling.

 

    Single Binary Image Software. The single binary image of our EOS software allows us to maintain feature consistency across our entire product portfolio and enables us to introduce new software innovations into the market that become available to our entire installed base without a “forklift upgrade” (i.e., a broad upgrade of the data center infrastructure).

 

 

-3-


Table of Contents
    Rapid Development of New Features and Applications. Our highly modular EOS software has allowed us to rapidly deliver new features and applications while preserving the structural integrity and quality of our network operating system.

 

    Deep Understanding of Customer Requirements. We have developed close working relationships with many of our largest customers that provide us with insights about their needs and future requirements. This has allowed us to rapidly develop and deliver products to market that meet customer demands and expectations as well as to rapidly grow sales to existing customers.

 

    Strong Management and Engineering Team with Significant Data Center Networking Expertise. Our management and engineering team consists of networking veterans with extensive data center networking expertise.

 

    Significant Technology Lead. We believe that our networking technology represents a fundamental advance in networking software. Our EOS software is the result of more than 1,000 man-years of research and development investment over a nine-year period.

Our Growth Strategy

We intend to grow our revenue and market share in cloud and next-generation data center Ethernet switching. Key elements of our growth strategy include:

 

    Continue to Innovate and Extend our Technology Leadership. We plan to increase our investment in research and development to expand and enhance the capabilities of our cloud networking solutions.

 

    Expand our Sales Organization and our Channel Partners. We intend to continue to invest in our global sales organization as we pursue relationships with large enterprise, service provider and government customers.

 

    Increase Penetration with our Existing Customer Base. As we successfully demonstrate the benefits of our solutions, we see a significant opportunity to sell additional products and services to our existing customers and to migrate additional workloads and applications onto our cloud networking platform.

 

    Expand Strategic Relationships. We have developed strategic relationships with a number of technology ecosystem participants including Aruba Networks, F5 Networks, Microsoft, Palo Alto Networks, Riverbed, Splunk and VMware, to allow integration of our cloud networking solutions with their offerings and enable an integrated experience for our customers.

Risks Associated With Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others, the following:

 

    we have a limited operating history, which makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects and may increase the risks associated with your investment;

 

    our business and operations have experienced rapid growth, and, if we do not appropriately manage any future growth or are unable to improve our systems and processes, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will be adversely affected;

 

    our results of operations are likely to vary significantly from period to period and be unpredictable, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline;

 

    we expect large purchases by a limited number of end customers to continue to represent a substantial majority of our revenue, and any loss or delay of expected purchases could result in material quarter-to-quarter fluctuations of our revenue or otherwise adversely affect our results of operations;

 

 

-4-


Table of Contents
    our revenue growth in recent periods may not be indicative of our future performance;

 

    we face intense competition, especially from larger, well-established companies, and we may lack sufficient financial or other resources to maintain or improve our competitive position;

 

    if we do not successfully anticipate technological shifts, market needs and opportunities, and develop products and product enhancements that meet those technological shifts, needs and opportunities, or if those products are not made available in a timely manner or do not gain market acceptance, we may not be able to compete effectively, and our ability to generate revenue will suffer;

 

    we are currently involved in a license dispute with Optumsoft, Inc;

 

    product quality problems, defects, errors or vulnerabilities in our products or services could harm our reputation and adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects;

 

    the cloud networking market is still in its early stages and is rapidly evolving, and if this market does not evolve as we anticipate or our target end customers do not adopt our cloud networking solutions, we may not be able to compete effectively, and our ability to generate revenue will suffer;

 

    we identified a material weakness in our internal controls for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 that, if not properly remediated, could result in material misstatements in our financial statements in future periods and impair our ability to comply with the accounting and reporting requirements applicable to public companies; and

 

    insiders, who will beneficially own approximately     % of the outstanding shares of our common stock after this offering, will continue to have substantial control over us, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in the State of California as Arastra, Inc. in October 2004. We reincorporated in the State of Nevada in March 2008, and we changed our name to Arista Networks, Inc. in October 2008. We reincorporated in the State of Delaware in March 2014. Our principal executive offices are located at 5453 Great America Parkway, Santa Clara, California 95054. Our main telephone number is (408) 547-5500. Our website address is www.arista.com. Information on or that can be accessed through our website is not part of this prospectus and should not be relied upon in determining whether to make an investment decision.

The Arista Networks design logo and the marks “ARISTA,” “EOS,” “CloudVision,” “CVX,” “Health Tracer,” “MapReduce Tracer,” “Path Tracer,” “MXP,” “RAIL” and “SPLINE” are our property. This prospectus contains additional trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other companies.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These reduced reporting requirements include:

 

    the requirement to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related management’s discussion and analysis in this prospectus;

 

    an exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirement on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting;

 

 

-5-


Table of Contents
    an exemption from compliance with any requirement that the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board may adopt regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

    reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and

 

    exemption from the requirements to obtain a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or shareholder approval of any golden parachute arrangements.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: (i) the first fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering; (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenue is $1 billion or more; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or (iv) as of the end of any fiscal year in which the market price of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.

We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of the available benefits under the JOBS Act. We are choosing to irrevocably “opt out” of the extended transition periods available under the JOBS Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards, but we intend to take advantage of the other exemptions discussed above. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

 

 

-6-


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

  

             shares

Over-allotment option being offered by us

  

             shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  


             shares (             shares, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full)

Directed Share Program

   At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our related persons through a Directed Share Program. If these persons purchase reserved shares, it will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus. None of our executive officers or directors will participate in the Directed Share Program.

Use of proceeds

  

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $        , or approximately $         if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the range on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, to create a public market for our stock and thereby enable access to the public equity markets by our employees and stockholders, to obtain additional capital and to increase our visibility in the marketplace.

 

We intend to use approximately $23.6 million of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to prepay the principal and accrued interest of the Singtel Innov8 Pte. Ltd subordinated convertible promissory note, and the remaining net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, product development, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures, although we do not currently have any specific or preliminary plans with respect to the use of proceeds for such purposes. We also may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions at this time. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Proposed NYSE trading symbol

  

“ANET”

 

 

-7-


Table of Contents

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 56,088,441 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2014 and excludes:

 

    13,507,913 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding with a weighted-average exercise price of $11.05 per share as of March 31, 2014; and

 

    13,677,964 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of (i) 6,516,964 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, which shares will be added to the shares to be reserved under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering; (ii) 6,510,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering; and (iii) 651,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering; as well as shares of common stock that become available under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, pursuant to provisions thereof that automatically increase the share reserves under the plans each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

    the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in connection with the completion of this offering;

 

    the conversion of certain subordinated convertible promissory notes issued to certain noteholders in the aggregate principal amount of $80.0 million and accrued interest into              shares of common stock (assuming conversion of the notes at the common stock price per share of $         which is the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus). For a description of the subordinated convertible promissory notes, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Debt Obligations;”

 

    the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 24,000,000 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

    no exercise of outstanding options subsequent to March 31, 2014; and

 

    no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

Except for SingTel Innov8 Pte. Ltd, who holds $20.0 million in principal amount of our convertible promissory notes, the noteholders have agreed to convert the principal and interest amount outstanding under their convertible promissory notes into shares of our common stock at the initial offering price in conjunction with our initial public offering.

 

 

-8-


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table summarizes our consolidated financial data. The summary consolidated statements of operations data presented below for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2014 have been derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements were prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements contained in this prospectus and include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. The following summary consolidated financial data should be read together with our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and the related notes, as well as the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results in any future period and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of results that should be expected for a full year or any other period.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
     (in thousands, except share and per-share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

          

Revenue

   $ 139,848      $ 193,408      $ 361,224      $ 61,348      $ 117,207   

Cost of revenue (1)

     43,366        61,252        122,686        19,220        35,893   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     96,482        132,156        238,538        42,128        81,314   

Operating expenses (1) :

          

Research and development

     26,408        55,155        98,587       
19,514
  
    33,446   

Sales and marketing

     19,450        28,603        55,115        10,135        18,655   

General and administrative

     6,224        8,501        18,688        3,736        7,231   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     52,082        92,259        172,390        33,385        59,332   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     44,400        39,897        66,148        8,743        21,982   

Other income (expense), net:

          

Interest expense

     (6,417     (7,057     (7,119     (1,751     (1,771

Interest and other income (expense), net

     (357     135        (754     (99     (764
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (6,774     (6,922     (7,873     (1,850     (2,535
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

     37,626        32,975        58,275        6,893        19,447   

Provision for income taxes

     3,591        11,626        15,815        282        7,118   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 34,035      $ 21,349      $ 42,460      $ 6,611      $ 12,329   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders (2) :

          

Basic

   $ 13,789      $ 9,622      $ 20,777      $ 3,127      $ 6,362   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 13,854      $ 9,662      $ 21,780      $ 3,233      $ 6,816   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to common stockholders (2) :

          

Basic

   $ 0.65      $ 0.39      $ 0.76      $ 0.12      $ 0.22   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.65      $ 0.39      $ 0.72      $ 0.12      $ 0.20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income per share attributable to common stockholders (2) :

          

Basic

     21,175,788        24,711,453        27,320,294        26,284,899        29,124,310   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     21,345,641        24,901,005        30,051,290     

 

28,044,389

  

 

 

33,815,705

  

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (2) :

          

Basic

       $ 0.77        $ 0.22   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

       $ 0.73        $ 0.20   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (2) :

          

Basic

         51,320,294          53,124,310   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

         54,051,290          57,815,705   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

-9-


Table of Contents

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2011      2012      2013      2013      2014  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 94       $ 270       $ 408       $ 67       $ 211   

Research and development

     992         2,590         5,464         996         2,467   

Sales and marketing

     554         1,078         2,985        
482
  
     1,428   

General and administrative

     334         765         1,302         197         676   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 1,974       $ 4,703       $ 10,159       $ 1,742       $ 4,782   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) See Notes 1 and 11 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders and our basic and diluted pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders.

Our consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2014 is presented on:

 

    an actual basis;

 

    a pro forma basis, giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 24,000,000 shares of common stock and the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws as of immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as if such conversion had occurred and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation had become effective on March 31, 2014; and

 

    a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments, the conversion of $80.0 million in principal amount of and accrued interest on our subordinated convertible promissory notes into             shares of common stock (assuming conversion of the notes at the common stock price per share of $         which is the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus), the prepayment of $20.0 million principal and accrued interest of the Singtel Innov8 Pte. Ltd subordinated convertible promissory note with a portion of the net proceeds from this offering and the sale of             shares of common stock by us in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

     March 31, 2014  
     Actual      Pro Forma      Pro Forma As
Adjusted (1)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 129,524       $ 129,524       $                

Working capital

     93,033         93,033      

Total assets

     375,463         375,463      

Total indebtedness (2)

     162,308         162,308      

Total deferred revenue

     56,107         56,107      

Total stockholders’ equity

     96,428         96,428      

 

(1) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(2) Total indebtedness includes our subordinated convertible promissory notes payable to related parties, subordinated convertible promissory notes payable to third parties, accrued interest payable on the notes and our lease financing obligations.

 

 

-10-


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We use the financial measures set forth below, which are non-GAAP financial measures, to help us analyze our financial results, establish budgets and operational goals for managing our business and evaluate our performance. We also believe that the presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures in this prospectus provides an additional tool for investors to use in comparing our core business and results of operations over multiple periods with other companies in our industry, many of which present similar non-GAAP financial measures to investors.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Non-GAAP gross profit

   $ 96,576      $ 132,426      $ 238,946      $ 42,195      $ 81,525   

Non-GAAP gross margin

     69.1     68.5     66.1     68.8     69.6

Non-GAAP income from operations

   $ 46,374      $ 44,600      $ 76,307      $ 10,485      $ 26,764   

Non-GAAP operating margin

     33.2     23.1     21.1     17.1     22.8

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 47,667      $ 46,379      $ 81,351      $ 11,202      $ 29,049   

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     34.1     24.0     22.5     18.3     24.8

Non-GAAP gross profit and margin. We define non-GAAP gross profit as gross profit as reported on our consolidated statements of operations, excluding the impact of stock-based compensation, which is a non-cash charge. We define non-GAAP gross margin as non-GAAP gross profit divided by revenue. We have presented non-GAAP gross profit and margin because we believe that the exclusion of stock-based compensation allows for more accurate comparisons of our results of operations to other companies in our industry. Please see “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding the limitations of using non-GAAP gross profit and gross margin as financial measures and for a reconciliation of non-GAAP gross profit to gross profit, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Non-GAAP income from operations and operating margin . We define non-GAAP income from operations as income from operations as reported on our consolidated statements of operations, excluding the impact of stock-based compensation. We define non-GAAP operating margin as non-GAAP income from operations divided by revenue. We have presented non-GAAP income from operations and operating margin because we believe that the exclusion of stock-based compensation allows for more accurate comparisons of our results of operations to other companies in our industry. Please see “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding the limitations of using non-GAAP income from operations and operating margin as financial measures and for a reconciliation of non-GAAP income from operations to income from operations, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin. We define adjusted EBITDA as our net income excluding: (i) stock-based compensation; (ii) interest expense; (iii) other income (expense), net, which primarily includes foreign exchange gains and losses; (iv) depreciation and amortization; and (v) our provision for income taxes. We define adjusted EBITDA margin as adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue. Depreciation includes depreciation expense associated with our leased building in Santa Clara, California. See Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the accounting for our build-to-suit lease. We have presented adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin because they are key measures used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our operating performance, to establish budgets and to develop operational goals for managing our business. In particular, we believe that the exclusion of the expenses eliminated in calculating adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core operating performance. Please see “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding the limitations of using adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin as financial measures and for a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

 

 

-11-


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before investing in our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become important factors that adversely affect our business. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially harmed. In that event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects and may increase the risk associated with your investment.

We were founded in 2004 and shipped our first products in 2008. The majority of our revenue growth has occurred since the beginning of 2010. Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and our future prospects, including our ability to plan for and model future growth. We have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by rapidly growing companies in constantly evolving industries, including the risks described in this prospectus. If we do not address these risks successfully, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will be adversely affected, and the market price of our common stock could decline. Further, we have limited historic financial data, and we operate in a rapidly evolving market. As such, any predictions about our future revenue and expenses may not be as accurate as they would be if we had a longer operating history or operated in a more predictable market.

Our business and operations have experienced rapid growth, and if we do not appropriately manage any future growth or are unable to improve our systems and processes, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will be adversely affected.

We have experienced rapid growth and increased demand for our products over the last several years, which has placed a strain on our management, administrative, operational and financial infrastructure. Our employee headcount and number of end customers have increased significantly. To handle the increase in end customers, we expect to continue to grow our headcount significantly over the next 12 months. For example, as of December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2014, our cumulative number of end customers increased from approximately 570 to approximately 2,500, and our headcount increased from over 100 to over 850 over the same period. As we have grown, we have had to manage an increasingly larger and more complex array of internal systems and processes to scale with all aspects of our business, including our hardware and software development, contract manufacturing and purchasing, logistics and fulfillment and maintenance and support. Our success will depend in part upon our ability to manage our growth effectively. To do so, we must continue to increase the productivity of our existing employees and continue to hire, train and manage new employees as needed. To manage domestic and international growth of our operations and personnel, we will need to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls and our reporting processes and procedures and implement more extensive and integrated financial and business information systems. We may not be able to successfully implement these or other improvements to our systems and processes in an efficient or timely manner, and we may discover deficiencies in their capabilities or effectiveness. We may experience difficulties in managing improvements to our systems and processes or in connection with third-party technology. In addition, our systems and processes may not prevent or detect all errors, omissions or fraud. Our failure to improve our systems and processes, or their failure to operate effectively and in the intended manner, may result in disruption of our current operations and end-customer relationships, our inability to manage the growth of our business and our inability to accurately forecast our revenue, expenses and earnings and prevent certain losses.

 

-12-


Table of Contents

Our results of operations are likely to vary significantly from period to period and be unpredictable, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Our results of operations have historically varied from period to period, and we expect that this trend will continue. As a result, you should not rely upon our past financial results for any period as indicators of future performance. Our results of operations in any given period can be influenced by a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control and may be difficult to predict, including:

 

    our ability to attract and retain new end customers, including large end customers;

 

    the budgeting cycles and purchasing practices of end customers, including large end customers;

 

    the buying patterns of our large end customers in which large bulk purchases may or may not occur in certain quarters;

 

    changes in end-customer, distributor or reseller requirements or market needs;

 

    deferral of orders from end customers in anticipation of new products or product enhancements announced by us or our competitors;

 

    changes in the growth rate of the networking market;

 

    the actual or rumored timing and success of new product and service introductions by us or our competitors or any other change in the competitive landscape of our industry, including consolidation among our competitors or end customers;

 

    our ability to successfully expand our business domestically and internationally;

 

    our ability to increase the size of our distribution channel;

 

    decisions by potential end customers to purchase cloud networking solutions from larger, more established vendors or from their primary network equipment vendors;

 

    price competition;

 

    insolvency or credit difficulties confronting our end customers, which could adversely affect their ability to purchase or pay for our products and services, or confronting our key suppliers, including our sole source suppliers, which could disrupt our supply chain;

 

    any disruption in our sales channel or termination of our relationship with important channel partners;

 

    our inability to fulfill our end customers’ orders due to supply chain delays, access to key commodities or technologies or events that impact our manufacturers or their suppliers;

 

    the cost and potential outcomes of existing and future litigation;

 

    seasonality or cyclical fluctuations in our markets;

 

    future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies;

 

    stock-based compensation expense;

 

    our overall effective tax rate, including impacts caused by any reorganization in our corporate structure, any changes in our valuation allowance for domestic deferred tax assets and any new legislation or regulatory developments;

 

    increases or decreases in our expenses caused by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, as an increasing portion of our expenses are incurred and paid in currencies other than the U.S. dollar;

 

    general economic conditions, both domestically and in foreign markets; and

 

    other risk factors described in this prospectus.

 

-13-


Table of Contents

Any one of the factors above or the cumulative effect of several of the factors described above may result in significant fluctuations in our financial and other results of operations. This variability and unpredictability could result in our failure to meet our revenue, results of operations or other expectations or those of securities analysts or investors for a particular period. If we fail to meet or exceed such expectations for these or any other reasons, the market price of our common stock could decline substantially, and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class action suits.

We expect large purchases by a limited number of end customers to continue to represent a substantial majority of our revenue, and any loss or delay of expected purchases could result in material quarter-to-quarter fluctuations of our revenue or otherwise adversely affect our results of operations.

Historically, large purchases by a relatively limited number of end customers have accounted for significant portion of our revenue. Many of these end customers make large purchases to complete or upgrade specific data center installations. These purchases are short-term in nature and are typically made on a purchase-order basis rather than pursuant to long-term contracts. During 2011, 2012 and 2013, sales to our 10 largest end customers accounted for approximately 32%, 39% and 43% of our revenue, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, sales to our 10 largest end customers accounted for approximately 38% and 45% of our revenue, respectively. Revenue from sales to Microsoft, through our channel partner, World Wide Technology, Inc., accounted for 10% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011, 15% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012, 22% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013, and 13% and 25% of our revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

As a consequence of the concentrated nature of our customer base and their purchasing behavior, our quarterly revenue and results of operations may fluctuate from quarter to quarter and are difficult to estimate. For example, any acceleration or delay in anticipated product purchases or the acceptance of shipped products by our larger end customers could materially affect our revenue and results of operations in any quarterly period. We may be unable to sustain or increase our revenue from our large end customers or offset the discontinuation of concentrated purchases by our larger end customers with purchases by new or existing end customers. We expect that such concentrated purchases will continue to contribute materially to our revenue for the foreseeable future and that our results of operations may fluctuate materially as a result of such larger end customers’ buying patterns. In addition, we may see consolidation of our customer base, such as among Internet companies and cloud service providers, which could result in loss of end customers. The loss of such end customers, or a significant delay or reduction in their purchases, could materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our revenue growth rate in recent periods may not be indicative of our future performance.

Our revenue growth rate in recent periods may not be indicative of our future performance. We experienced annual revenue growth rates of 95%, 38% and 87% in 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. We may not achieve similar revenue growth rates in future periods, especially as we enter and expand into the cloud services and application services provider markets. You should not rely on our revenue for any prior quarterly or annual period as any indication of our future revenue or revenue growth. If we are unable to maintain consistent revenue or revenue growth, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

We face intense competition, especially from larger, well-established companies, and we may lack sufficient financial or other resources to maintain or improve our competitive position.

The market for data center networking, including the market for cloud networking, is intensely competitive, and we expect competition to increase in the future from established competitors and new market entrants. This competition could result in increased pricing pressure, reduced profit margins, increased sales and marketing expenses and our failure to increase, or the loss of, market share, any of which would likely seriously harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

-14-


Table of Contents

We compete with large network equipment and system vendors, including Cisco Systems, Juniper Networks, Brocade Communications Systems, Hewlett-Packard and Dell. We also face competition from other companies and new market entrants, some of which may be our current technology partners and end customers. Many of our existing and potential competitors enjoy substantial competitive advantages, such as:

 

    greater name recognition and longer operating histories;

 

    larger sales and marketing budgets and resources;

 

    broader distribution and established relationships with channel partners and end customers;

 

    greater access to larger end-customer bases;

 

    greater end-customer support resources;

 

    greater manufacturing resources;

 

    the ability to leverage their sales efforts across a broader portfolio of products;

 

    the ability to bundle competitive offerings with other products and services;

 

    the ability to set more aggressive pricing policies;

 

    lower labor and development costs;

 

    greater resources to make acquisitions;

 

    larger intellectual property portfolios; and

 

    substantially greater financial, technical, research and development or other resources.

Our competitors also may be able to provide end customers with capabilities or benefits different from or greater than those we can provide in areas such as technical qualifications or geographic presence or may be able to provide end customers a broader range of products, services and prices. In addition, large competitors may have more extensive relationships with and within existing and potential end customers that provide them with an advantage in competing for business with those end customers. For example, certain large competitors encourage end customers of their other products and services to adopt their data networking solutions through discounted bundled product packages. Our ability to compete will depend upon our ability to provide a better solution than our competitors at a more competitive price. We may be required to make substantial additional investments in research, development, marketing and sales in order to respond to competition, and we cannot assure you that these investments will achieve any returns for us or that we will be able to compete successfully in the future.

We also expect increased competition if our market continues to expand. Conditions in our market could change rapidly and significantly as a result of technological advancements or other factors. Current or potential competitors may be acquired by third parties that have greater resources available than we do. Our current or potential competitors might take advantage of the greater resources of the larger organization resulting from these acquisitions to compete more vigorously or broadly with us. In addition, continued industry consolidation might adversely affect end customers’ perceptions of the viability of smaller and even medium-sized networking companies and, consequently, end customers’ willingness to purchase from those companies. Further, certain large end customers have explored developing network switches and cloud service solutions for internal use and/or to broaden their portfolio of products, which could allow these end customers to become new competitors in the market.

If we do not successfully anticipate technological shifts, market needs and opportunities, and develop products and product enhancements that meet those technological shifts, needs and opportunities, or if those products are not made available in a timely manner or do not gain market acceptance, we may not be able to compete effectively, and our ability to generate revenue will suffer.

The cloud networking market can be characterized by rapid technological shifts and increasingly complex end-customer requirements to achieve scalable and more programmable networks that facilitate virtualization,

 

-15-


Table of Contents

big data, public/private cloud and web scale computing. We must continue to develop new technologies and products that address emerging technological trends and changing end-customer needs. The process of developing new technology is complex and uncertain, and new offerings requires significant upfront investment that may not result in material design improvements to existing products or result in marketable new products or costs savings or revenue for an extended period of time, if at all. The success of new products depends on several factors, including appropriate new product definition, component costs, timely completion and introduction of these products, differentiation of new products from those of our competitors and market acceptance of these products.

In addition, new technologies could render our existing products obsolete or less attractive to end customers, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected if such technologies are widely adopted. For example, end customers may prefer to address their network switch requirements by licensing software operating systems separately and placing them on industry-standard servers or develop their own networking products rather than purchasing integrated hardware products as has occurred in the server industry.

We may not be able to successfully anticipate or adapt to changing technology or end-customer requirements on a timely basis, or at all. If we fail to keep up with technology changes or to convince our end customers and potential end customers of the value of our solutions even in light of new technologies, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

We are currently involved in a license dispute with Optumsoft, Inc.

On April 4, 2014, Optumsoft filed a lawsuit against us in the Superior Court of California, Santa Clara County titled Optumsoft, Inc. v. Arista Networks, Inc., in which it asserts (i) ownership of certain components of our EOS network operating system pursuant to the terms of a 2004 agreement between the companies and (ii) breaches of certain confidentiality and use restrictions in that agreement. Under the terms of the 2004 agreement, Optumsoft provided us with a non-exclusive, irrevocable, royalty-free license to software delivered by Optumsoft comprising a software tool used to develop certain components of EOS and a runtime library that is incorporated into EOS. The 2004 agreement places certain restrictions on our use and disclosure of the Optumsoft software and gives Optumsoft ownership of improvements, modifications and corrections to, and derivative works of, the Optumsoft software that we develop. In its lawsuit, Optumsoft has asked the Court to order us to (i) give Optumsoft copies of certain components of our software for evaluation by Optumsoft, (ii) cease all conduct constituting the alleged confidentiality and use restriction breaches, (iii) secure the return or deletion of Optumsoft’s alleged intellectual property provided to third parties, including our customers, (iv) assign ownership to Optumsoft of Optumsoft’s alleged intellectual property currently owned by us, and (v) pay Optumsoft’s alleged damages, attorney’s fees, and costs of the lawsuit. David Cheriton, one of our founders and a former member of our board of directors who resigned from our board of directors on March 1, 2014 and has no continuing role with us, is a founder and, we believe, the largest stockholder and director of Optumsoft. The 2010 David R. Cheriton Irrevocable Trust dtd July 27, 2010, a trust for the benefit of the minor children of Mr. Cheriton, is our largest stockholder.

Although Optumsoft has claimed ownership of various specific software components in communications with us, it has not identified in the litigation the specific software components it claims to own. We cannot assure you which software components Optumsoft may ultimately claim to own in the litigation, although they may include components that are material.

We intend to vigorously defend against Optumsoft’s lawsuit. However, we cannot be certain that, if litigated, any claims by Optumsoft would be resolved in our favor. For example, if it were determined that Optumsoft owned components of our EOS network operating system, we would be required to transfer ownership of those components and any related intellectual property to Optumsoft. If Optumsoft were the owner of those components, it could make them available to our competitors, such as through a sale or license. In addition, Optumsoft could assert additional or different claims against us, including claims that our license from Optumsoft is invalid.

 

-16-


Table of Contents

Additionally, the existence of this lawsuit could cause concern among our customers and potential customers and could adversely affect our business and results of operations. An adverse litigation ruling could also result in a significant damages award against us and the injunctive relief described above. In addition, if our license was ruled to have been terminated, and we were not able to negotiate a new license from Optumsoft on reasonable terms, we could be required to pay substantial royalties to Optumsoft or be prohibited from selling products that incorporate Optumsoft intellectual property. Any such adverse ruling could materially adversely affect our business, prospects, results of operation and financial condition. Whether or not we prevail in the lawsuit, we expect that the litigation will be expensive, time-consuming and a distraction to management in operating our business. See “Business— Legal Proceedings.”

Product quality problems, defects, errors or vulnerabilities in our products or services could harm our reputation and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We produce highly complex products that incorporate advanced technologies, including both hardware and software technologies. Despite testing prior to their release, our products may contain undetected defects or errors, especially when first introduced or when new versions are released. Product defects or errors could affect the performance of our products and could delay the development or release of new products or new versions of products. Allegations of unsatisfactory performance could cause us to lose revenue or market share, increase our service costs, cause us to incur substantial costs in redesigning the products, cause us to lose significant end customers, subject us to liability for damages and divert our resources from other tasks, any one of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

From time to time, we have had to replace certain components of products that we had shipped and provide remediation in response to the discovery of defects or bugs, including failures in software protocols or defective component batches resulting in reliability issues, in such products, and we may be required to do so in the future. We may also be required to provide full replacements or refunds for such defective products. We cannot assure you that such remediation would not have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Please see “—Our business is subject to the risks of warranty claims, product returns, product liability and product defects.”

The cloud networking market is still in its early stages and is rapidly evolving. If this market does not evolve as we anticipate or our target end customers do not adopt our cloud networking solutions, we may not be able to compete effectively, and our ability to generate revenue will suffer.

The cloud networking market is still in its early stages. The market demand for cloud networking solutions has increased in recent years as end customers have deployed larger networks and have increased the use of virtualization and cloud computing. Our success depends upon our ability to provide cloud networking solutions that address the needs of end customers more effectively and economically than those of other competitors or existing technologies.

If the cloud networking solutions market does not develop in the way we anticipate, if our solutions do not offer benefits compared to competing network switching products or if end customers do not recognize the benefits that our solutions provide, then our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

We identified a material weakness in our internal controls for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 that, if not properly remediated, could result in material misstatements in our financial statements in future periods and impair our ability to comply with the accounting and reporting requirements applicable to public companies.

Our independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting. However, in connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for 2010 to

 

-17-


Table of Contents

2012 and 2013, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. As defined in the standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board of the U.S.A., a “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weakness identified in 2013 includes certain controls related to our inventory process that were not designed and implemented during the year. As a result, we identified material errors requiring adjustment in order for the financial statements to be presented accurately in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Specifically, in conjunction with changes in our supply chain, we did not appropriately capitalize the cost of freight incurred related to product shipped from our contract manufacturers to the distribution centers and we also did not appropriately capitalize the purchase price variance for inventory. These errors were subsequently corrected and disclosed in our financial statements.

Our remediation efforts are still in process and have not yet been completed. Because of this material weakness, there is heightened risk that a material misstatement of our annual or quarterly financial statements will not be prevented or detected. In addition, the remediation steps we have taken, are taking and expect to take may not effectively remediate the material weakness, in which case our internal control over financial reporting would continue to be ineffective. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to complete our remedial actions successfully. Even if we are able to complete these actions successfully, these measures may not adequately address our material weakness. In addition, it is possible that we will discover additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting.

We will be required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, if we take advantage of the exemptions contained in the JOBS Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event that such firm is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating. As a result, we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff. Our remediation efforts may not enable us to avoid a material weakness in the future. Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place to help produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that needs to be evaluated frequently.

If we are unable to adequately remediate the foregoing material weakness or comply or continue to comply with the foregoing obligations, it could subject us to a variety of administrative sanctions, including the suspension or delisting of our common stock from the New York Stock Exchange and the inability of registered broker-dealers to make a market in our common stock, which could reduce the market price of our common stock. In addition, in the event that we do not adequately remediate this material weakness, or if we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls in future periods, our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to run our business effectively could be adversely affected and investors could lose confidence in our financial reporting.

If we are unable to attract new large end customers or to sell additional products to our existing end customers, our revenue growth will be adversely affected and our revenue could decrease.

To increase our revenue, we must add new end customers and large end customers and sell additional products to existing end customers. For example, one of our sales strategies is to target specific projects at our current end customers because they are familiar with the operational and economic benefits of our solutions, thereby reducing the sales cycle into these customers. We believe this opportunity with current end customers to be significant given their existing infrastructure and expected future spend. If we fail to attract new large end customers or sell additional products to our existing end customers, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will be harmed.

 

-18-


Table of Contents

Some of our large end customers require more favorable terms and conditions from their vendors and may request price concessions. As we seek to sell more products to these end customers, we may be required to agree to terms and conditions that may have an adverse effect on our business or ability to recognize revenue.

Our large end customers have significant purchasing power and, as a result, may receive more favorable terms and conditions than we typically provide to other end customers, including lower prices, bundled upgrades, extended warranties, acceptance terms and extended return policies and other contractual rights. As we seek to sell more products to these large end customers, an increased mix of our shipments may be subject to such terms and conditions, which may reduce our margins or affect the timing of our revenue recognition and thus may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Reliance on shipments at the end of the quarter could cause our revenue for the applicable period to fall below expected levels.

As a result of end-customer buying patterns and the efforts of our sales force and channel partners to meet or exceed their sales objectives, we have historically received and fulfilled a substantial portion of sales orders and generated a substantial portion of revenue during the last few weeks of each quarter. This places significant pressure on order review and processing, supply chain management, manufacturing, inventory and quality control management, shipping and trade compliance to ensure that we have properly forecasted supply purchasing, manufacturing capacity, inventory and quality compliance and logistics. If there is any significant interruption in these critical functions, it could result in delayed order fulfillment, adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects and result in a decline in the market price of our common stock.

We base our inventory requirements on our forecasts of future sales. If these forecasts are materially inaccurate, we may procure inventory that we may be unable to use in a timely manner or at all.

Our contract manufacturers procure components and build our products based on our forecasts. These forecasts are based on estimates of future demand for our products, which are in turn based on historical trends and analyses from our sales and marketing organizations, adjusted for overall market conditions. To the extent our forecasts are materially inaccurate, we may under- or over-procure inventory, and such inaccuracies in our forecasts could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Managing the supply of our products and product components is complex. Insufficient supply and inventory may result in lost sales opportunities or delayed revenue, while excess inventory may harm our gross margins.

Managing the supply of our products and product components is complex, and our inventory management systems and related supply-chain visibility tools may not enable us to forecast accurately and manage effectively the supply of our products and product components. Insufficient supply and inventory may result in lost sales opportunities or delayed revenue, while excess inventory may harm our gross margins. In order to reduce manufacturing lead times and plan for adequate component supply, from time to time we may issue purchase orders for components and products that are non-cancelable and non-returnable. We establish a liability for non-cancelable, non-returnable purchase commitments with our third-party contract manufacturers for quantities in excess of our demand forecasts, or obsolete material charges. As of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, our provision for non-cancelable, non-returnable purchase commitments was $1.8 million and $1.5 million, respectively. We did not have provisions for non-cancelable, non-returnable purchase commitments as of December 31, 2011 and 2012.

Supply management remains an increased area of focus as we balance the need to maintain sufficient supply levels to ensure competitive lead times against the risk of obsolescence or the end of life of certain products. If we ultimately determine that we have excess supply, we may have to reduce our prices and write down inventory, which in turn could result in lower gross margins. We record a provision when inventory is

 

-19-


Table of Contents

determined to be in excess of anticipated demand or obsolete to adjust inventory to its estimated realizable value. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, we incurred inventory write-downs of $1.6 million, $3.2 million, $5.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

Alternatively, insufficient supply levels may lead to shortages that result in delayed revenue or loss of sales opportunities altogether as potential end customers turn to competitors’ products that are readily available. Additionally, any increases in the time required to manufacture our products or ship products could result in supply shortfalls. If we are unable to effectively manage our supply and inventory, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.

Because some of the key components in our products come from sole limited sources of supply, we are susceptible to supply shortages or supply changes, which could disrupt or delay our scheduled product deliveries to our end customers and may result in the loss of sales and end customers.

Our products rely on key components, including integrated circuit components and power supplies that our contract manufacturers purchase on our behalf from a limited number of suppliers, including certain sole source providers. We do not have guaranteed supply contracts with any of our component suppliers, and our suppliers could delay shipments or cease manufacturing such products or selling them to us at any time. For example, in the past we have experienced shortages in inventory for dynamic random access memory integrated circuits and delayed releases of the next generation of chipset, which delayed our production and/or the release of our new products. The development of alternate sources for those components is time-consuming, difficult and costly. If we are unable to obtain a sufficient quantity of these components on commercially reasonable terms or in a timely manner, sales of our products could be delayed or halted entirely or we may be required to redesign our products. Any of these events could result in lost sales and damage to our end-customer relationships, which would adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our product development efforts are also dependent upon our continued collaboration with our key merchant silicon vendors such as Broadcom and Intel. As we develop our product roadmap and continue to expand our relationships with these and other merchant silicon vendors, it is critical that we work in tandem with our key merchant silicon vendors to ensure that their silicon includes improved features and that our products take advantage of such improved features. This enables us to focus our research and development resources on our software core competencies and to leverage the investments made by merchant silicon vendors to achieve cost-effective solutions.

If our key merchant silicon vendors do not continue to collaborate in such a fashion, if they do not continue to innovate or if there are delays in the release of their products, our own product launches could be delayed, which could have a material effect on revenue and business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In the event of a shortage or supply interruption from our component suppliers, we may not be able to develop alternate or second sources in a timely manner. Further, long-term supply and maintenance obligations to end customers increase the duration for which specific components are required, which may increase the risk of component shortages or the cost of carrying inventory. In addition, our component suppliers change their selling prices frequently in response to market trends, including industry-wide increases in demand, and because we do not have contracts with these suppliers, we are susceptible to price fluctuations related to raw materials and components. If we are unable to pass component price increases along to our end customers or maintain stable pricing, our gross margins could be adversely affected and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could suffer.

 

-20-


Table of Contents

Because we depend on third-party manufacturers to build our products, we are susceptible to manufacturing delays and pricing fluctuations that could prevent us from shipping end-customer orders on time, if at all, or on a cost-effective basis, which may result in the loss of sales and end customers.

We depend on third-party contract manufacturers, primarily Jabil Circuit and Foxconn, as our sole source manufacturers for our product lines. A significant portion of our cost of revenue consists of payments to these third-party contract manufacturers. Our reliance on these third-party contract manufacturers reduces our control over the manufacturing process, quality assurance, product costs and product supply and timing, which exposes us to risk. Any manufacturing disruption by these third-party manufacturers could severely impair our ability to fulfill orders on time, if at all, or on a cost-effective basis.

Our reliance on contract manufacturers also yields the potential for their infringement of third party intellectual property rights in the manufacturing of our products or misappropriation of our intellectual property rights in the manufacturing of other customers’ products. If we are unable to manage our relationships with our third-party contract manufacturers effectively, or if these third-party manufacturers suffer delays or disruptions for any reason, experience increased manufacturing lead times, capacity constraints or quality control problems in their manufacturing operations or fail to meet our future requirements for timely delivery, our ability to ship products to our end customers would be severely impaired, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects would be seriously harmed.

Our contract manufacturers typically fulfill our supply requirements on the basis of individual orders. We do not have long-term contracts with our third-party manufacturers that guarantee capacity, the continuation of particular pricing terms or the extension of credit limits. Accordingly, they are not obligated to continue to fulfill our supply requirements, which could result in supply shortages, and the prices we are charged for manufacturing services could be increased on short notice. For example, a competitor could place large orders with the third-party manufacturer, thereby utilizing all or substantially all of such third-party manufacturer’s capacity and leaving the manufacturer little or no capacity to fulfill our individual orders without price increases or delays, or at all. Our contract with one of our contract manufacturers permits it to terminate the agreement for convenience, subject to prior notice requirements. We may not be able to develop alternate or second contract manufacturers in a timely manner. If we are required to change contract manufacturers, our ability to meet our scheduled product deliveries to our end customers could be adversely affected, which could cause the loss of sales to existing or potential end customers, delayed revenue or an increase in our costs which could adversely affect our gross margins. The addition of contract manufacturers or manufacturing locations also would increase the complexity of our supply chain management. Any production interruptions or disruptions for any reason, such as a natural disaster, epidemic, capacity shortages, adverse results from intellectual property litigation or quality problems, at one of our manufacturing partners would adversely affect sales of our product lines manufactured by that manufacturing partner and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we are unable to increase market awareness of our company and our products, our revenue may not continue to grow or may decline.

We have not yet established broad market awareness of our products and services. Market awareness of our value proposition and products and services will be essential to our continued growth and our success, particularly for the service provider and large enterprise markets. If our marketing efforts are unsuccessful in creating market awareness of our company and our products and services, then our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will be adversely affected, and we will not be able to achieve sustained growth.

The sales prices of our products and services may decrease, which may reduce our gross profits and adversely affect our results of operations.

The sales prices for our products and services may decline for a variety of reasons, including competitive pricing pressures, discounts, a change in our mix of products and services, anticipation of the introduction of new products and services by us or by our competitors, promotional programs, product and related warranty costs or

 

-21-


Table of Contents

broader macroeconomic factors. In addition, we have provided, and may in the future provide, pricing discounts to large end customers, which may result in lower margins for the period in which such sales occur. Our gross margins may also fluctuate as a result of the timing of such sales to large end customers.

We have experienced declines in sales prices for our products, including our 10 Gigabit Ethernet modular and fixed switches. Competition continues to increase in the market segments in which we participate, and we expect competition to further increase in the future, thereby leading to increased pricing pressures. Larger competitors with more diverse product and service offerings may reduce the price of products and services that compete with ours or may bundle them with other products and services. Additionally, although we price our products worldwide in U.S. dollars, currency fluctuations in certain countries and regions may adversely affect actual prices that partners and end customers are willing to pay in those countries and regions. Furthermore, we anticipate that the sales prices and gross profits for our products will decrease over product life cycles. Decreased sales prices for any reason may reduce our gross profits and adversely affect our result of operations.

Seasonality may cause fluctuations in our revenue and results of operations.

We operate on a December 31 year end and believe that there are significant seasonal factors which may cause product revenue to be greater for the second and fourth quarters of our year than our first and third quarters. We believe that this seasonality results from a number of factors, including the procurement, budgeting and deployment cycles of many of our end customers. Our rapid historical growth may have reduced the impact of seasonal or cyclical factors that might have influenced our business to date. As our increasing size causes our growth rate to slow, seasonal or cyclical variations in our operations may become more pronounced over time and may materially affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we are unable to hire, retain, train and motivate qualified personnel and senior management, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could suffer.

Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to attract and retain highly skilled personnel, particularly software engineering and sales personnel. Competition for highly skilled personnel is often intense, especially in the San Francisco Bay Area where we have a substantial presence and need for highly skilled personnel. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have to provide more attractive compensation packages and other amenities. Research and development personnel are aggressively recruited by startup and emerging growth companies, which are especially active in many of the technical areas and geographic regions in which we conduct product development. In addition, in making employment decisions, particularly in the high-technology industry, job candidates often consider the value of the stock-based compensation they are to receive in connection with their employment. Declines in the market price of our stock after this offering could adversely affect our ability to attract, motivate or retain key employees. If we are unable to attract or retain qualified personnel, or if there are delays in hiring required personnel, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be seriously harmed.

Also, to the extent we hire personnel from competitors, we may be subject to allegations that such personnel has been improperly solicited, that such personnel has divulged proprietary or other confidential information or that former employers own certain inventions or other work product. Such claims could result in litigation. Please see “—We may become involved in litigation that may materially adversely affect us.”

Our future performance also depends on the continued services and continuing contributions of our senior management to execute our business plan and to identify and pursue new opportunities and product innovations. Our employment arrangements with our employees do not require that they continue to work for us for any specified period, and therefore, they could terminate their employment with us at any time. The loss of our key personnel, including Jayshree Ullal, our Chief Executive Officer, Andy Bechtolsheim, our Founder and Chief Development Officer, and Kenneth Duda, our Founder, Chief Technology Officer and SVP Software Engineering or other members of our senior management team, sales and marketing team or engineering team, or

 

-22-


Table of Contents

any difficulty attracting or retaining other highly qualified personnel in the future, could significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our development and strategic objectives, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We are subject to a number of risks associated with the expansion of our international sales and operations.

Our ability to grow our business and our future success will depend to a significant extent on our ability to expand our operations and customer base worldwide. We have a limited history of marketing, selling and supporting our products and services internationally. Operating in a global marketplace, we are subject to risks associated with having an international reach and requirements such as compliance with applicable anticorruption laws.

One such applicable anticorruption law is the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, which generally prohibits U.S. companies and its employees and intermediaries from making corrupt payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or keeping business, securing an advantage and directing business to another, and requires companies to maintain accurate books and records and a system of internal accounting controls. Under the FCPA, U.S. companies may be held liable for the corrupt actions taken by directors, officers, employees, agents, or other strategic or local partners or representatives. As such, if we or our intermediaries fail to comply with the requirements of the FCPA or similar legislation, governmental authorities in the U.S. and elsewhere could seek to impose civil and/or criminal fines and penalties which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial conditions. We are currently in the early stages of implementing an anticorruption compliance program. Failure to comply with anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws, such as the FCPA and the United Kingdom Bribery Act of 2010, or the United Kingdom Bribery Act, and similar laws associated with our activities outside the United States, could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences. We intend to increase our international sales and business and, as such, the risk of violating laws such as the FCPA and United Kingdom Bribery Act increases.

Additionally, as a result of our international reach, we must hire and train experienced personnel to staff and manage our foreign operations. To the extent that we experience difficulties in recruiting, training, managing and retaining an international staff, and specifically staff related to sales management and sales personnel, we may experience difficulties in sales productivity in foreign markets. We also enter into strategic distributor and reseller relationships with companies in certain international markets where we do not have a local presence. If we are not able to maintain successful strategic distributor relationships internationally or to recruit additional companies to enter into strategic distributor relationships, our future success in these international markets could be limited. Business practices in the international markets that we serve may differ from those in the United States and may require us in the future to include terms other than our standard terms in end-customer contracts, although to date we generally have not done so. To the extent that we may enter into end-customer contracts in the future that include non-standard terms related to payment, warranties or performance obligations, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

Additionally, our international sales and operations are subject to a number of risks, including the following:

 

    greater difficulty in enforcing contracts and accounts receivable collection and longer collection periods;

 

    increased expenses incurred in establishing and maintaining our international operations;

 

    fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies where we do business;

 

    greater difficulty and costs in recruiting local experienced personnel;

 

    wage inflation in certain growing economies;

 

    general economic and political conditions in these foreign markets;

 

    economic uncertainty around the world as a result of sovereign debt issues;

 

    communication and integration problems resulting from cultural and geographic dispersion;

 

-23-


Table of Contents
    limitations on our ability to access cash resources in our international operations;

 

    ability to establish necessary business relationships and to comply with local business requirements;

 

    risks associated with trade restrictions and foreign legal requirements, including the importation, certification and localization of our products required in foreign countries;

 

    greater risk of unexpected changes in regulatory practices, tariffs and tax laws and treaties;

 

    the uncertainty of protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

 

    greater risk of a failure of foreign employees to comply with both U.S. and foreign laws, including antitrust regulations, the FCPA and any trade regulations ensuring fair trade practices; and

 

    heightened risk of unfair or corrupt business practices in certain geographies and of improper or fraudulent sales arrangements that may impact financial results and result in restatements of, or irregularities in, financial statements.

These and other factors could harm our ability to gain future international revenue and, consequently, materially affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Expanding our existing international operations and entering into additional international markets will require significant management attention and financial commitments. Our failure to successfully manage our international operations and the associated risks effectively could limit our future growth or materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our ability to sell our products is highly dependent on the quality of our support and services offerings, and our failure to offer high-quality support and services could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Once our products are deployed within our end customers’ networks, our end customers depend on our support organization and our channel partners to resolve any issues relating to our products. High-quality support is critical for the successful marketing and sale of our products. If we or our channel partners do not assist our end customers in deploying our products effectively, do not succeed in helping our end customers resolve post-deployment issues quickly or do not provide adequate ongoing support, it could adversely affect our ability to sell our products to existing end customers and could harm our reputation with potential end customers. In addition, as we expand our operations internationally, our support organization will face additional challenges, including those associated with delivering support, training and documentation in languages other than English. Our failure or the failure of our channel partners to maintain high-quality support and services could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may become involved in litigation that may materially adversely affect us.

From time to time, we may become involved in various legal proceedings relating to matters incidental to the ordinary course of our business, including patent, commercial, product liability, employment, class action, whistleblower and other litigation and claims, and governmental and other regulatory investigations and proceedings. Such matters can be time-consuming, divert management’s attention and resources, cause us to incur significant expenses or liability and/or require us to change our business practices. Because of the potential risks, expenses and uncertainties of litigation, we may, from time to time, settle disputes, even where we have meritorious claims or defenses, by agreeing to settlement agreements. Because litigation is inherently unpredictable, we cannot assure you that the results of any of these actions will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Adverse economic conditions or reduced information technology and network infrastructure spending may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our business depends on the overall demand for information technology, network connectivity and access to data and applications. Weak domestic or global economic conditions, fear or anticipation of such conditions or a

 

-24-


Table of Contents

reduction in information technology and network infrastructure spending even if economic conditions improve, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects in a number of ways, including longer sales cycles, lower prices for our products and services, higher default rates among our distributors, reduced unit sales and lower or no growth. For example, the ongoing debt concerns in many countries in Europe have caused, and are likely to continue to cause, uncertainty and instability in local economies and in global financial markets, particularly if any future sovereign debt defaults or significant bank failures or defaults occur. Market uncertainty and instability in Europe could intensify or spread further, particularly if ongoing stabilization efforts prove insufficient. Concerns have been raised as to the financial, political and legal ineffectiveness of measures taken to date. Continuing or worsening economic instability in Europe and elsewhere could adversely affect spending for IT, network infrastructure, systems and tools. Continued turmoil in the geopolitical environment in many parts of the world may also affect the overall demand for our products. Although we do not believe that our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects have been significantly adversely affected by economic and political uncertainty in Europe and other countries, deterioration of such conditions may harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects in the future. A prolonged period of economic uncertainty or a downturn may also significantly affect financing markets, the availability of capital and the terms and conditions of financing arrangements, including the overall cost of financing as well as the financial health or creditworthiness of our end customers. Circumstances may arise in which we need, or desire, to raise additional capital, and such capital may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

Assertions by third parties of infringement or other violations by us of their intellectual property rights, or other lawsuits asserted against us, could result in significant costs and substantially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Patent and other intellectual property disputes are common in the network infrastructure industry and have resulted in protracted and expensive litigation for many companies. Many companies in the network infrastructure industry, including our competitors and other third parties, as well as non-practicing entities, own large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets, which they may use to assert claims of patent infringement, misappropriation or other violations of intellectual property rights against us. From time to time, they have or may in the future also assert such claims against us, our end customers or channel partners whom we typically indemnify against claims that our products infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of third parties. As the number of products and competitors in our market increases and overlaps occur, claims of infringement, misappropriation and other violations of intellectual property rights may increase. Any claim of infringement, misappropriation or other violations of intellectual property rights by a third party, even those without merit, could cause us to incur substantial costs defending against the claim, distract our management from our business and require us to cease use of such intellectual property.

The patent portfolios of most of our competitors are larger than ours. This disparity may increase the risk that our competitors may sue us for patent infringement and may limit our ability to counterclaim for patent infringement or settle through patent cross-licenses. In addition, future assertions of patent rights by third parties, and any resulting litigation, may involve patent holding companies or other adverse patent owners who have no relevant product revenue and against whom our own patents may therefore provide little or no deterrence or protection. We cannot assure you that we are not infringing or otherwise violating any third-party intellectual property rights.

The third-party asserters of intellectual property claims may be unreasonable in their demands, or may simply refuse to settle, which could lead to expensive settlement payments, prolonged periods of litigation and related expenses, additional burdens on employees or other resources, distraction from our business, supply stoppages and lost sales.

An adverse outcome of a dispute may require us to pay substantial damages including treble damages if we are found to have willfully infringed a third party’s patents; cease making, licensing or using solutions that are alleged to infringe or misappropriate the intellectual property of others; expend additional development resources to attempt

 

-25-


Table of Contents

to redesign our products or services or otherwise to develop non-infringing technology, which may not be successful; enter into potentially unfavorable royalty or license agreements in order to obtain the right to use necessary technologies or intellectual property rights; and indemnify our partners and other third parties. Any damages or royalty obligations we may become subject to as a result of an adverse outcome, and any third-party indemnity we may need to provide, could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Royalty or licensing agreements, if required or desirable, may be unavailable on terms acceptable to us, or at all, and may require significant royalty payments and other expenditures. Further, there is little or no information publicly available concerning market or fair values for license fees, which can lead to overpayment of license or settlement fees. In addition, some licenses may be non-exclusive, and therefore our competitors may have access to the same technology licensed to us. Suppliers subject to third-party intellectual property claims also may choose or be forced to discontinue or alter their arrangements with us, with little or no advance notice to us. Any of these events could seriously harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our standard sales contracts contain indemnification provisions requiring us to defend our end customers against third-party claims, including against infringement of certain intellectual property rights, that could expose us to losses which could seriously harm our business, financial conditions, results of operations and prospects.

Under the indemnification provisions of our standard sales contracts, we agree to defend our end customers against third-party claims asserting infringement of certain intellectual property rights, which may include patents, copyrights, trademarks or trade secrets, and to pay judgments entered on such claims. Our exposure under these indemnification provisions is generally limited to the total amount paid by our end customer under the agreement. However, certain agreements include indemnification provisions that could potentially expose us to losses in excess of the amount received under the agreement. Any of these events, including claims for indemnification, could seriously harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our competitive position could be harmed or we could be required to incur significant expenses to enforce our rights.

We depend on our ability to protect our proprietary technology. We rely on trade secret, patent, copyright and trademark laws and confidentiality agreements with employees and third parties, all of which offer only limited protection. We have not registered our trademarks in all geographic markets. Failure to secure those registrations could adversely affect our ability to enforce and defend our trademark rights and result in indemnification claims. Further, any claim of infringement by a third party, even those claims without merit, could cause us to incur substantial costs defending against such claim, could divert management attention from our business and could require us to cease use of such intellectual property in certain geographic markets.

Despite our efforts, the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to preclude misappropriation of our proprietary information or infringement of our intellectual property rights, and our ability to police such misappropriation or infringement is uncertain, particularly in countries outside of the United States. Further, with respect to patent rights, we do not know whether any of our pending patent applications will result in the issuance of patents or whether the examination process will require us to narrow our claims. To the extent that additional patents are issued from our patent applications, which is not certain, they may be contested, circumvented or invalidated in the future. Moreover, the rights granted under any issued patents may not provide us with proprietary protection or competitive advantages, and, as with any technology, competitors may be able to develop similar or superior technologies to our own now or in the future. In addition, we rely on confidentiality or license agreements with third parties in connection with their use of our products and technology. There is no guarantee that such parties will abide by the terms of such agreements or that we will be able to adequately enforce our rights, in part because we rely on “shrink-wrap” licenses in some instances.

Detecting and protecting against the unauthorized use of our products, technology and proprietary rights is expensive, difficult and, in some cases, impossible. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce or defend

 

-26-


Table of Contents

our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of management resources, either of which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, and there is no guarantee that we would be successful. Furthermore, many of our current and potential competitors have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to protecting their technology or intellectual property rights than we do. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property, which could result in a substantial loss of our market share.

We rely on the availability of licenses to third-party software and other intellectual property.

Many of our products and services include software or other intellectual property licensed from third parties, and we otherwise use software and other intellectual property licensed from third parties in our business. This exposes us to risks over which we may have little or no control. For example, a licensor may have difficulties keeping up with technological changes or may stop supporting the software or other intellectual property that it licenses to us. Also, it will be necessary in the future to renew licenses, expand the scope of existing licenses or seek new licenses, relating to various aspects of these products and services or otherwise relating to our business, which may result in increased license fees. These licenses may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. In addition, a third party may assert that we or our end customers are in breach of the terms of a license, which could, among other things, give such third party the right to terminate a license or seek damages from us, or both. The inability to obtain or maintain certain licenses or other rights or to obtain or maintain such licenses or rights on favorable terms, or the need to engage in litigation regarding these matters, could result in delays in releases of products and services and could otherwise disrupt our business, until equivalent technology can be identified, licensed or developed, if at all, and integrated into our products and services or otherwise in the conduct of our business. Moreover, the inclusion in our products and services of software or other intellectual property licensed from third parties on a nonexclusive basis may limit our ability to differentiate our products from those of our competitors. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our products contain third-party open source software components, and failure to comply with the terms of the underlying open source software licenses could restrict our ability to sell our products.

Our products contain software modules licensed to us by third-party authors under “open source” licenses. Use and distribution of open source software may entail greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code. Some open source licenses contain requirements that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon the type of open source software that we use. If we combine our software with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain open source licenses, be required to release portions of the source code of our software to the public. This would allow our competitors to create similar products with lower development effort and time and ultimately could result in a loss of product sales for us.

Although we monitor our use of open source software to avoid subjecting our products to conditions we do not intend, the terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. courts, and these licenses could be construed in a way that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products. Moreover, we cannot assure you that our processes for controlling our use of open source software in our products will be effective. If we are held to have breached the terms of an open source software license, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties to continue offering our products on terms that are not economically feasible, to re-engineer our products, to discontinue the sale of our products if re-engineering could not be accomplished on a timely basis or to make generally available, in source code form, our proprietary code, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

-27-


Table of Contents

Sales of our 7000 Series of switches generate most of our product revenue, and if we are unable to continue to grow sales of these products, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will suffer.

Historically, we have derived substantially all of our product revenue from sales of our 7000 Series of switches, and we expect to continue to do so for the foreseeable future. A decline in the price of these products and related services, or our inability to increase sales of these products, would harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects more seriously than if we derived significant revenue from a larger variety of product lines and services. Our future financial performance will also depend upon successfully developing and selling next-generation versions of our 7000 Series of switches. If we fail to deliver new products, new features, or new releases that end customers want and that allow us to maintain leadership in what will continue to be a competitive market environment, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will be harmed.

We expect our gross margins to vary over time and to be adversely affected by numerous factors.

We expect our gross margins to vary over time and to be affected by numerous factors, including:

 

    changes in end-customer or product mix, including mix of configurations within each product group;

 

    introduction of new products, including products with price-performance advantages;

 

    our ability to reduce production costs;

 

    entry into new markets or growth in lower margin markets;

 

    entry in markets with different pricing and cost structures;

 

    pricing discounts;

 

    increases in material, labor or other manufacturing-related costs, which could be significant especially during periods of supply constraints;

 

    excess inventory and inventory holding charges;

 

    obsolescence charges;

 

    changes in shipment volume;

 

    the timing of revenue recognition and revenue deferrals;

 

    increased cost, loss of cost savings or dilution of savings due to changes in component pricing or charges incurred due to inventory holding periods if parts ordering does not correctly anticipate product demand or if the financial health of either contract manufacturers or suppliers deteriorates;

 

    lower than expected benefits from value engineering;

 

    increased price competition;

 

    changes in distribution channels;

 

    increased warranty costs; and

 

    how well we execute our strategy and operating plans.

Our sales cycles can be long and unpredictable, and our sales efforts require considerable time and expense. As a result, our sales and revenue are difficult to predict and may vary substantially from period to period, which may cause our results of operations to fluctuate significantly.

The timing of our sales and revenue recognition is difficult to predict because of the length and unpredictability of our products’ sales cycles. A sales cycle is the period between initial contact with a prospective end customer and any sale of our products. End-customer orders often involve the purchase of multiple products. These orders are complex and difficult to complete because prospective end customers generally consider a number of factors over

 

-28-


Table of Contents

an extended period of time before committing to purchase the products and solutions we sell. End customers, especially in the case of our large end customers, often view the purchase of our products as a significant and strategic decision and require considerable time to evaluate, test and qualify our products prior to making a purchase decision and placing an order. The length of time that end customers devote to their evaluation, contract negotiation and budgeting processes varies significantly. Our products’ sales cycles can be lengthy in certain cases, especially with respect to our prospective large end customers. During the sales cycle, we expend significant time and money on sales and marketing activities and make investments in evaluation equipment, all of which lower our operating margins, particularly if no sale occurs. Even if an end customer decides to purchase our products, there are many factors affecting the timing of our recognition of revenue, which makes our revenue difficult to forecast. For example, there may be unexpected delays in an end customer’s internal procurement processes, particularly for some of our larger end customers for which our products represent a very small percentage of their total procurement activity. There are many other factors specific to end customers that contribute to the timing of their purchases and the variability of our revenue recognition, including the strategic importance of a particular project to an end customer, budgetary constraints and changes in their personnel.

Even after an end customer makes a purchase, there may be circumstances or terms relating to the purchase that delay our ability to recognize revenue from that purchase. For example, the sale of our products may be subject to acceptance testing. In addition, the significance and timing of our product enhancements, and the introduction of new products by our competitors, may also affect end customers’ purchases. For all of these reasons, it is difficult to predict whether a sale will be completed, the particular period in which a sale will be completed or the period in which revenue from a sale will be recognized. If our sales cycles lengthen, our revenue could be lower than expected, which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our business depends on end customers renewing their maintenance and support contracts. Any decline in maintenance renewals could harm our future business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We typically sell our products with maintenance and support as part of the initial purchase, and a portion of our annual revenue comes from renewals of maintenance and support contracts. Our end customers have no obligation to renew their maintenance and support contracts after the expiration of the initial period, and they may elect not to renew their maintenance and support contracts, to renew their maintenance and support contracts at lower prices through alternative channel partners or to reduce the product quantity under their maintenance and support contracts, thereby reducing our future revenue from maintenance and support contracts. If our end customers, especially our large end customers, do not renew their maintenance and support contracts or if they renew them on terms that are less favorable to us, our revenue may decline and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will suffer.

Industry consolidation may lead to increased competition and may harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Most of our competitors have made acquisitions and/or have entered into or extended partnerships or other strategic relationships to offer more comprehensive product lines, including cloud networking solutions. For example, in the last few years alone Dell acquired Force10, IBM acquired Blade Network Technology, Hewlett Packard acquired 3Com, Brocade acquired Foundry Networks, Juniper acquired Contrail and VMware acquired Nicira. Moreover, large system vendors are increasingly seeking to deliver top-to-bottom cloud networking solutions to end customers that combine cloud-focused hardware and software solutions to provide an alternative to our products.

We expect this trend to continue as companies attempt to strengthen their market positions in an evolving industry and as companies are acquired or are unable to continue operations. Companies that are strategic alliance partners in some areas of our business may acquire or form alliances with our competitors, thereby reducing their business with us. Industry consolidation may result in stronger competitors that are better able to compete with us, including any competitors that seek to become sole source vendors for end customers. This

 

-29-


Table of Contents

could lead to more variability in our results of operations and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our business is subject to the risks of warranty claims, product returns, product liability and product defects.

Real or perceived errors, failures or bugs in our products could result in claims by end customers for losses that they sustain. If end customers make these types of claims, we may be required, or may choose, for end-customer relations or other reasons, to expend additional resources in order to address the problem. We may also be required to repair or replace such products or provide a refund for the purchase price for such products. Liability provisions in our standard terms and conditions of sale, and those of our resellers and distributors, may not be enforceable under some circumstances or may not fully or effectively protect us from end-customer claims and related liabilities and costs, including indemnification obligations under our agreements with end customers, resellers and distributors. The sale and support of our products also entail the risk of product liability claims. We maintain insurance to protect against certain types of claims associated with the use of our products, but our insurance coverage may not adequately cover any such claims. In addition, even claims that ultimately are unsuccessful could result in expenditures of funds in connection with litigation and divert management’s time and other resources.

For example, in 2012, we and one of our major end customers determined that one model of our switches sold to them during 2011 and 2012 did not fully support a certain protocol feature. We reached an agreement with our end customer that we would replace defective linecards with linecards incorporating next-generation switch chips, which corrected the protocol issue. We recorded an accrued warranty liability in our accompanying balance sheet and cost of revenue in the accompanying consolidated income statement for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, of $1.8 million, $3.3 million, $0.4 million and $0.2 million for the estimated costs of these replacement programs. The majority of the replacement effort occurred during 2013. There was no specific product warranty reserve recorded for the three months ended March 31, 2014. In addition, we accrued $0.1 million, $0.1 million, $3.9 million, $1.1 million and 0.5 million, for general accrued warranty liabilities during the year ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, our provisions for warranty expense were $1.9 million, $3.4 million, $4.3 million, $1.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively. Further, as a result of reliability issues in particular component batches, certain products have, in the past, failed at higher than expected rates, and no assurances can be given that such failures won’t occur in the future. In such cases, we proactively replace the affected products and record a specific warranty reserve.

In addition to our own direct sales force, we rely on distributors, systems integrators and value-added resellers to sell our products, and our failure to effectively develop, manage or prevent disruptions to our distribution channels and the processes and procedures that support them could cause a reduction in the number of end customers of our products.

Our future success is highly dependent upon maintaining our relationships with distributors, systems integrators and value-added resellers and establishing additional sales channel relationships. We anticipate that sales of our products to a limited number of channel partners will continue to account for a material portion of our total product revenue for the foreseeable future. We provide our channel partners with specific training and programs to assist them in selling our products, but these steps may not be effective. In addition, our channel partners may be unsuccessful in marketing, selling and supporting our products and services. If we are unable to develop and maintain effective sales incentive programs for our channel partners, we may not be able to incentivize these partners to sell our products to end customers. These partners may have incentives to promote our competitors’ products to the detriment of our own or may cease selling our products altogether. One of our channel partners could elect to consolidate or enter into a strategic partnership with one of our competitors, which could reduce or eliminate our future opportunities with that channel partner. Our agreements with our channel partners may generally be terminated for any reason by either party with advance notice. We may be unable to retain these channel partners or secure additional or replacement channel partners. The loss of one or

 

-30-


Table of Contents

more of our significant channel partners requires extensive training, and any new or expanded relationship with a channel partner may take several months or more to achieve productivity.

Where we rely on the channel partners for sales of our products, we may have little or no contact with the ultimate users of our products that purchase through such channel partners, thereby making it more difficult for us to establish brand awareness, ensure proper delivery and installation of our products, service ongoing end-customer requirements, estimate end-customer demand and respond to evolving end-customer needs. In addition, our channel partner sales structure could subject us to lawsuits, potential liability and reputational harm if, for example, any of our channel partners misrepresent the functionality of our products or services to end customers or violate laws or our corporate policies. If we fail to effectively manage our existing sales channels, or if our channel partners are unsuccessful in fulfilling the orders for our products, if we are unable to enter into arrangements with, and retain a sufficient number of, high-quality channel partners in each of the regions in which we sell products and keep them motivated to sell our products, our ability to sell our products and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will be harmed.

An increasing portion of our revenue is generated by sales to government entities, which are subject to a number of challenges and risks.

We anticipate increasing our sales efforts to U.S. and foreign, federal, state and local governmental end customers in the future. Sales to government entities are subject to a number of risks. Selling to government entities can be highly competitive, expensive and time consuming, often requiring significant upfront time and expense without any assurance that these efforts will generate a sale. The substantial majority of our sales to date to government entities have been made indirectly through our channel partners. Government certification requirements for products like ours may change and, in doing so, restrict our ability to sell into the government sector until we have attained revised certifications. Government demand and payment for our products and services may be affected by public sector budgetary cycles and funding authorizations, with funding reductions or delays adversely affecting public sector demand for our products and services. Government entities may have statutory, contractual or other legal rights to terminate contracts with our distributors and resellers for convenience or due to a default, and any such termination may adversely impact our future business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Selling to government entities may also require us to comply with various regulations that are not applicable to sales to non-government entities, including regulations that may relate to pricing, classified material and other matters. Complying with such regulations may also require us to put in place controls and procedures to monitor compliance with the applicable regulations that may be costly or not possible. We are not currently certified to perform work under classified contracts with government entities. Failure to comply with any such regulations could adversely affect our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition. Governments routinely investigate and audit government contractors’ administrative processes, and any unfavorable audit could result in the government ceasing to buy our products and services, a reduction of revenue, fines or civil or criminal liability if the audit uncovers improper or illegal activities, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The U.S. government may require certain products that it purchases to be manufactured in the United States and other relatively high-cost manufacturing locations, and we may not manufacture all products in locations that meet these requirements. Any of these and other circumstances could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our products must interoperate with operating systems, software applications and hardware that is developed by others, and if we are unable to devote the necessary resources to ensure that our products interoperate with such software and hardware, we may lose or fail to increase market share and experience a weakening demand for our products.

Generally, our products comprise only a part of the data center and must interoperate with our end customers’ existing infrastructure, specifically their networks, servers, software and operating systems, which may be manufactured by a wide variety of vendors and original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs. Our products must comply with established industry standards in order to interoperate with the servers, storage,

 

-31-


Table of Contents

software and other networking equipment in the data center such that all systems function efficiently together. We depend on the vendors of servers and systems in a data center to support prevailing industry standards. Often, these vendors are significantly larger and more influential in driving industry standards than we are. Also, some industry standards may not be widely adopted or implemented uniformly, and competing standards may emerge that may be preferred by our end customers.

In addition, when new or updated versions of these software operating systems or applications are introduced, we must sometimes develop updated versions of our software so that our products will interoperate properly. We may not accomplish these development efforts quickly, cost-effectively or at all. These development efforts require capital investment and the devotion of engineering resources. If we fail to maintain compatibility with these systems and applications, our end customers may not be able to adequately utilize our products, and we may lose or fail to increase market share and experience a weakening in demand for our products, among other consequences, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could impair our ability to compete in international markets or subject us to liability if we violate these controls.

Our products may be subject to various export controls and because we incorporate encryption technology into certain of our products, certain of our products may be exported from various countries only with the required export license or through an export license exception. If we were to fail to comply with the applicable export control laws, customs regulations, economic sanctions or other applicable laws, we could be subject to monetary damages or the imposition of restrictions which could be material to our business, operating results and prospects and could also harm our reputation. Further, there could be criminal penalties for knowing or willful violations, including incarceration for culpable employees and managers. Obtaining the necessary export license or other authorization for a particular sale may be time-consuming and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. Furthermore, certain export control and economic sanctions laws prohibit the shipment of certain products, technology, software and services to embargoed countries and sanctioned governments, entities, and persons. Even though we take precautions to ensure that our channel partners comply with all relevant regulations, any failure by our channel partners to comply with such regulations could have negative consequences, including reputational harm, government investigations and penalties.

As our company grows we also continue developing procedures and controls to comply with export control and other applicable laws. Historically, we have had some instances where we inadvertently have not fully complied with certain export control laws, but we have disclosed them to, and implemented corrective actions with, the appropriate government agencies.

In addition, various countries regulate the import of certain encryption technology, including through import permit and license requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our products or could limit our end customers’ ability to implement our products in those countries. Any change in export or import regulations, economic sanctions or related legislation, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing regulations or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations could result in decreased use of our products by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our products to, existing or potential end customers with international operations or create delays in the introduction of our products into international markets. Any decreased use of our products or limitation on our ability to export or sell our products could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Failure to comply with governmental laws and regulations could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our business is subject to regulation by various federal, state, local and foreign governmental agencies, including agencies responsible for monitoring and enforcing employment and labor laws, workplace safety, product safety, environmental laws, consumer protection laws, anti-bribery laws, import/export controls, federal securities

 

-32-


Table of Contents

laws and tax laws and regulations. In certain jurisdictions, these regulatory requirements may be more stringent than those in the United States. Noncompliance with applicable government regulations or requirements could subject us to investigations, sanctions, mandatory product recalls, enforcement actions, disgorgement of profits, fines, damages, civil and criminal penalties or injunctions. If any governmental sanctions are imposed, or if we do not prevail in any possible civil or criminal litigation, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected. In addition, responding to any action will likely result in a significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and an increase in professional fees. Enforcement actions and sanctions could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may acquire other businesses which could require significant management attention, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

As part of our business strategy, we may make investments in complementary companies, products or technologies. However, we have not made any significant acquisitions to date, and as a result, our ability as an organization to acquire and integrate other companies, products or technologies in a successful manner is unproven. We may not be able to find suitable acquisition candidates, and we may not be able to complete such acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. If we do complete acquisitions, we may not ultimately strengthen our competitive position or achieve our goals, and any acquisitions we complete could be viewed negatively by our end customers, investors and securities analysts. In addition, if we are unsuccessful at integrating such acquisitions or retaining key talent from those acquisitions, or the technologies associated with such acquisitions, into our company, the business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects of the combined company could be adversely affected. Any integration process may require significant time and resources, and we may not be able to manage the process successfully. We may not successfully evaluate or utilize the acquired technology or personnel or accurately forecast the financial effects of an acquisition transaction, including accounting charges. We may have to pay cash, incur debt or issue equity securities to pay for any such acquisition, each of which could adversely affect our financial condition or the market price of our common stock. The sale of equity or issuance of debt to finance any such acquisitions could result in dilution to our stockholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed obligations and could also include covenants or other restrictions that would impede our ability to manage our operations.

If we needed to raise additional capital to expand our operations and invest in new products, our failure to do so on favorable terms could reduce our ability to compete and could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We expect that our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with our net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for the foreseeable future. If we did need to raise additional funds to expand our operations and invest in new products, we may not be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms, if at all. If we raise additional equity financing, our stockholders may experience significant dilution of their ownership interests, and the market price of our common stock could decline. Furthermore, if we engage in debt financing, the holders of such debt would have priority over the holders of common stock, and we may be required to accept terms that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness or impose other restrictions on our business. We may also be required to take other actions that would otherwise be in the interests of the debt holders, including maintaining specified liquidity or other ratios, any of which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. If we need additional capital and cannot raise it on acceptable terms, if at all, we may not be able to, among other things:

 

    evolve or enhance our products and services;

 

    continue to expand our sales and marketing and research and development organizations;

 

    acquire complementary technologies, products or businesses;

 

    expand operations, in the United States or internationally;

 

-33-


Table of Contents
    hire, train and retain employees; or

 

    respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated working capital requirements.

Our failure to do any of these things could seriously harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies are based on assumptions that change or prove to be incorrect, our results of operations could fall below expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the market price of our common stock.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, as described in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities, equity, revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Significant assumptions and estimates used in preparing our consolidated financial statements include those related to revenue recognition, stock-based compensation, contract manufacturing liabilities and income taxes. If our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, our results of operations may be adversely affected and may fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the market price of our common stock.

We are exposed to the credit risk of our channel partners and some of our end customers, which could result in material losses.

Most of our sales are on an open credit basis, with standard payment terms of 30 days in the United States and, because of local customs or conditions, longer in some markets outside the United States. We monitor individual end-customer payment capability in granting such open credit arrangements, seek to limit such open credit to amounts we believe the end customers can pay and maintain reserves we believe are adequate to cover exposure for doubtful accounts. We are unable to recognize revenue from shipments until the collection of those amounts becomes reasonably assured. Any significant delay or default in the collection of significant accounts receivable could result in an increased need for us to obtain working capital from other sources, possibly on worse terms than we could have negotiated if we had established such working capital resources prior to such delays or defaults. Any significant default could adversely affect our results of operations and delay our ability to recognize revenue.

A material portion of our sales is derived through our distributors, systems integrators and value-added resellers. Some of our distributors, systems integrators and value-added resellers may experience financial difficulties, which could adversely affect our collection of accounts receivable. Distributors tend to have more limited financial resources than other systems integrators, value-added resellers and end customers. Distributors represent potential sources of increased credit risk because they may be less likely to have the reserve resources required to meet payment obligations. Our exposure to credit risks of our channel partners may increase if our channel partners and their end customers are adversely affected by global or regional economic conditions. One or more of these channel partners could delay payments or default on credit extended to them, either of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we or our partners fail to comply with environmental requirements, our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and reputation could be adversely affected.

We and our partners, including our contract manufacturers, are subject to various local, state, federal and international environmental laws and regulations, including laws governing the hazardous material content of our products and laws relating to the collection, recycling and disposal of electrical and electronic equipment.

 

-34-


Table of Contents

Examples of these laws and regulations include the European Union, or EU, Restrictions on the use of Hazardous Substances Directive, or RoHS Directive, and the EU Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive, or WEEE Directive, as well as the implementing legislation of the EU member states. Similar laws and regulations have been passed or are pending in China, South Korea, Norway and Japan and may be enacted in other regions, including in the United States, and we or our partners, including our contract manufacturers, are, or may in the future be, subject to these laws and regulations.

The EU RoHS Directive and the similar laws of other jurisdictions limit the content of certain hazardous materials such as lead, mercury and cadmium in the manufacture of electrical equipment, including our products. Our products currently comply with the RoHS Directive; however, if there are future changes to this directive, we may be required to re-engineer our products to use components compatible with these regulations. This re-engineering and component substitution could result in additional costs to us or disrupt our operations or logistics.

We are also subject to environmental laws and regulations governing the management and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Our failure, or the failure of our partners, including our contract manufacturers, to comply with past, present and future environmental laws could result in fines, penalties, third-party claims, reduced sales of our products, substantial product inventory write-offs and reputational damage, any of which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We also expect that our business will be affected by new environmental laws and regulations on an ongoing basis applicable to us and our partners, including our contract manufacturers. To date, our expenditures for environmental compliance have not had a material effect on our results of operations or cash flows. Although we cannot predict the future effect of such laws or regulations, they will likely result in additional costs or require us to change the content or manufacturing of our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We are exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our sales contracts are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars, and therefore substantially all of our revenue is not subject to foreign currency risk. However, a strengthening U.S. dollar could increase the real cost of our products to our end customers outside of the United States, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, a decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies could increase our product and operating costs in foreign locations. Further, an increasing portion of our operating expenses is incurred outside the United States, is denominated in foreign currencies and is subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. If we are not able to successfully hedge against the risks associated with the currency fluctuations, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.

Our business is subject to the risks of earthquakes, fire, power outages, floods and other catastrophic events and to interruption by manmade problems such as terrorism.

Our corporate headquarters and the operations of our key manufacturing vendors, logistics providers and partners, as well as many of our customers, are located in areas exposed to risks of natural disasters such as earthquakes and tsunamis, including the San Francisco Bay area, Japan and Taiwan. A significant natural disaster, such as an earthquake, tsunami, fire or a flood, or other catastrophic event such as a disease outbreak, could have a material adverse effect on our or their business, which could in turn materially affect our financial condition, results of operations and prospects. For example, in the event our service providers’ information technology systems or manufacturing or logistics abilities are hindered by any of the events discussed above, shipments could be delayed, which could result in missed financial targets, such as revenue and shipment targets, for a particular quarter. Further, if a natural disaster occurs in a region from which we derive a significant portion of our revenue, end customers in that region may delay or forego purchases of our products, which may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition,

 

-35-


Table of Contents

acts of terrorism could cause disruptions in our business or the business of our manufacturer, logistics providers, partners or end customers or the economy as a whole. Given our typical concentration of sales at each quarter end, any disruption in the business of our manufacturer, logistics providers, partners or end customers that affects sales at the end of our quarter could have a particularly significant adverse effect on our quarterly results. All of the aforementioned risks may be augmented if our disaster recovery plans and those of our manufacturers, logistics providers or partners prove to be inadequate. To the extent that any of the above results in delays or cancellations of end-customer orders, or delays in the manufacture, deployment or shipment of our products, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects would be adversely affected.

Breaches of our cybersecurity systems could degrade our ability to conduct our business operations and deliver products and services to our customers, delay our ability to recognize revenue, compromise the integrity of our software products, result in significant data losses and the theft of our intellectual property, damage our reputation, expose us to liability to third parties and require us to incur significant additional costs to maintain the security of our networks and data.

We increasingly depend upon our IT systems to conduct virtually all of our business operations, ranging from our internal operations and product development activities to our marketing and sales efforts and communications with our customers and business partners. Computer programmers may attempt to penetrate our network security, or that of our website, and misappropriate our proprietary information or cause interruptions of our service. Because the techniques used by such computer programmers to access or sabotage networks change frequently and may not be recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques. In addition, sophisticated hardware and operating system software and applications that we produce or procure from third parties may contain defects in design or manufacture, including “bugs” and other problems that could unexpectedly interfere with the operation of the system. We have also outsourced a number of our business functions to third-party contractor, including our manufacturers and logistics providers, and our business operations also depend, in part, on the success of our contractors’ own cybersecurity measures. Similarly, we rely upon distributors, resellers and system integrators to sell our products and our sales operations depend, in part, on the reliability of their cybersecurity measures. Additionally, we depend upon our employees to appropriately handle confidential data and deploy our IT resources in safe and secure fashion that does not expose our network systems to security breaches and the loss of data. Accordingly, if our cybersecurity systems and those of our contractors fail to protect against unauthorized access, sophisticated cyberattacks and the mishandling of data by our employees and contractors, our ability to conduct our business effectively could be damaged in a number of ways, including:

 

    sensitive data regarding our business, including intellectual property and other proprietary data, could be stolen;

 

    our electronic communications systems, including email and other methods, could be disrupted, and our ability to conduct our business operations could be seriously damaged until such systems can be restored;

 

    our ability to process customer orders and electronically deliver products and services could be degraded, and our distribution channels could be disrupted, resulting in delays in revenue recognition;

 

    defects and security vulnerabilities could be introduced into our software, thereby damaging the reputation and perceived reliability and security of our products and potentially making the data systems of our customers vulnerable to further data loss and cyberincidents; and

 

    personally identifiable data of our customers, employees and business partners could be compromised.

Should any of the above events occur, we could be subject to significant claims for liability from our customers and regulatory actions from governmental agencies. In addition, our ability to protect our intellectual property rights could be compromised and our reputation and competitive position could be significantly harmed. Also, the regulatory and contractual actions, litigations, investigations, fines, penalties and liabilities relating to data breaches that result in losses of personally identifiable or credit card information of users of our services can be

 

-36-


Table of Contents

significant in terms of fines and reputational impact and necessitate changes to our business operations that may be disruptive to us. Additionally, we could incur significant costs in order to upgrade our cybersecurity systems and remediate damages. Consequently, our financial performance and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We believe our long-term value as a company will be greater if we focus primarily on growth instead of profitability.

Our business strategy is to focus primarily on our long-term growth. As a result, our profitability in any given period may be lower than it would be if our strategy was to maximize short-term profitability. Expenditures on research and development, sales and marketing, infrastructure and other such investments may not ultimately grow our business, prospects or cause long term profitability. For example, in order to support our strong growth, we have accelerated our investment in infrastructure, such as enterprise resource planning software and other technologies to improve the efficiency of our operations. As a result, we expect our levels of operating profit could decline in the short to medium term. If we are ultimately unable to achieve profitability at the level anticipated by analysts and our stockholders, the market price of our common stock may decline.

We may not generate positive returns on our research and development investments.

Developing our products is expensive, and the investment in product development may involve a long payback cycle. In 2011, 2012 and 2013, our research and development expenses were $26.4 million, or approximately 19% of our revenue, $55.2 million, or approximately 28% of our revenue, and $98.6 million, or approximately 27% of our revenue, respectively. In the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, our research and development expenses were $19.5 million, or approximately 32% of our revenue, and $33.4 million, or approximately 28% of our revenue, respectively. We expect to continue to invest heavily in software development in order to expand the capabilities of our cloud networking platform, introduce new products and features and build upon our technology leadership. We believe one of our greatest strengths lies in the speed of our product development efforts. By investing in research and development, we believe we will be well positioned to continue our rapid growth and take advantage of our large market opportunity. We expect that our results of operations will be impacted by the timing and size of these investments. These investments may take several years to generate positive returns, if ever.

We provide access to our software and other selected source code to certain partners, which creates additional risk that our competitors could develop products that are similar to or better than ours.

Our success and ability to compete depend substantially upon our internally developed technology, which is incorporated in the source code for our products. We seek to protect the source code, design code, documentation and other information relating to our software, under trade secret, patent and copyright laws. However, we have chosen to provide access to selected source code of our software to several of our partners for co-development, as well as for open application programming interfaces, or APIs, formats and protocols. Though we generally control access to our source code and other intellectual property and enter into confidentiality or license agreements with such partners as well as with our employees and consultants, this combination of procedural and contractual safeguards may be insufficient to protect our trade secrets and other rights to our technology. Our protective measures may be inadequate, especially because we may not be able to prevent our partners, employees or consultants from violating any agreements or licenses we may have in place or abusing their access granted to our source code. Improper disclosure or use of our source code could help competitors develop products similar to or better than ours.

Changes in our provision for income taxes or our effective tax rate, the enactment of new tax laws or changes in the application of existing tax laws of various jurisdictions or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income tax returns could adversely affect our results.

Our provision for income taxes is subject to volatility and could be adversely affected by several factors, many of which are outside of our control, including earnings that are lower than anticipated in countries that have

 

-37-


Table of Contents

lower tax rates and higher than anticipated in countries that have higher tax rates; our ability to generate and use tax attributes; changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities; expiration of or lapses in the R&D tax credit laws; transfer pricing adjustments, including the effect of acquisitions on our inter-company R&D cost sharing arrangement and legal structure; tax effects of nondeductible compensation, including certain stock-based compensation; tax costs related to inter-company realignments; changes in accounting principles; adverse tax consequences, including imposition of withholding or other taxes on payments by subsidiaries or customers; a change in our decision to indefinitely reinvest foreign earnings or changes in tax laws and regulations, including possible U.S. changes to the taxation of earnings of our foreign subsidiaries, the deductibility of expenses attributable to foreign income or the foreign tax credit rules.

Significant judgment is required to evaluate our tax positions and determine our provision for income taxes. The accounting guidance for uncertainty in income taxes applies to all income tax positions, including the potential recovery of previously paid taxes, which if settled unfavorably could adversely affect our provision for income taxes or additional paid-in capital. In addition, tax laws are dynamic and subject to change as new laws are passed and new interpretations of the law are issued or applied. Recent changes to U.S. tax laws, including limitations on the ability of taxpayers to claim and utilize foreign tax credits and the deferral of certain tax deductions until earnings outside of the United States are repatriated to the United States, as well as changes to U.S. tax laws that may be enacted in the future, could impact the tax treatment of our foreign earnings, as well as cash and cash equivalent balances we currently maintain outside of the United States.

Further, we are subject to the continuous examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. Audits by the Internal Revenue Service or other tax authorities are subject to inherent uncertainties and could result in unfavorable outcomes, including potential fines or penalties. As we operate in numerous taxing jurisdictions, the application of tax laws can be subject to diverging and sometimes conflicting interpretations by tax authorities of these jurisdictions. The expense of defending and resolving such an audit may be significant. The amount of time to resolve an audit is also unpredictable and may divert management’s attention from our business operations. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. We cannot assure you that fluctuations in our provision for income taxes or our effective tax rate, the enactment of new tax laws or changes in the application or interpretation of existing tax laws or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our tax returns by tax authorities will not have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we do not effectively expand and train our direct sales force, we may be unable to add new end customers or increase sales to our existing end customers, and our business will be adversely affected.

We depend on our direct sales force to obtain new end customers and increase sales with existing end customers. As such, we have invested and will continue to invest substantially in our sales organization. In recent periods, we have been adding personnel and other resources to our sales function as we focus on growing our business, entering new markets and increasing our market share, and we expect to incur significant additional expenses in expanding our sales personnel in order to achieve revenue growth. There is significant competition for sales personnel with the skills and technical knowledge that we require. Our ability to achieve significant revenue growth will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training, retaining and integrating sufficient numbers of sales personnel to support our growth, particularly in international markets. New hires require significant training and may take significant time before they achieve full productivity. Our recent hires and planned hires may not become productive as quickly as we expect, and we may be unable to hire, retain or integrate into our corporate culture sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the markets where we do business or plan to do business. In addition, because we continue to grow rapidly, a large percentage of our sales force is new to our company. If we are unable to hire, integrate and train a sufficient number of effective sales personnel, or the sales personnel we hire are not successful in obtaining new end customers or increasing sales to our existing end-customer base, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will be adversely affected.

 

-38-


Table of Contents

New regulations related to conflict minerals may cause us to incur additional expenses and could limit the supply and increase the costs of certain metals used in the manufacturing of our products.

As a public company, we will be subject to new requirements under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, or the Dodd-Frank Act, that will require us to perform diligence, and disclose and report whether or not our products contain conflict minerals. The implementation of these new requirements could adversely affect the sourcing, availability and pricing of the materials used in the manufacture of components used in our products. In addition, we will incur additional costs to comply with these disclosure requirements, including costs related to conducting diligence procedures and, if applicable, potential changes to products, processes or sources of supply as a consequence of such verification activities. We may also face reputational harm if we determine that certain of our products contain minerals not determined to be conflict-free or if we are unable to alter our products, processes or sources of supply to avoid such materials.

Risks Related to this Offering, the Securities Markets and Ownership of Our Common Stock

The market price of our common stock may be volatile, and the value of your investment could decline.

Technology stocks have historically experienced high levels of volatility. The market price of our common stock following this offering may fluctuate substantially. Following the completion of this offering, the market price of our common stock may be higher or lower than the price you pay in the offering, depending on many factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance. These fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our common stock. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the market price of our common stock include the following:

 

    actual or anticipated announcements of new products, services or technologies, commercial relationships, acquisitions or other events by us or our competitors;

 

    price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

 

    significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of technology companies in general and of companies in the IT security industry in particular;

 

    fluctuations in the trading volume of our shares or the size of our public float;

 

    actual or anticipated changes or fluctuations in our results of operations;

 

    adverse changes to our relationships with any of our channel partners;

 

    manufacturing, supply or distribution shortages;

 

    whether our results of operations meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors;

 

    actual or anticipated changes in the expectations of investors or securities analysts;

 

    litigation involving us, our industry, or both;

 

    regulatory developments in the United States, foreign countries or both;

 

    general economic conditions and trends;

 

    major catastrophic events;

 

    sales of large blocks of our common stock; or

 

    departures of key personnel.

In addition, if the market for technology stocks or the stock market in general experiences a loss of investor confidence, the market price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The market price of our common stock might also decline in reaction to events that affect other companies in our industry even if these events do not directly affect us. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation

 

-39-


Table of Contents

has often been brought against that company. If the market price of our common stock is volatile, we may become the target of securities litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources from our business and prospects. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public markets, or the perception that such sales might occur, could reduce the market price that our common stock might otherwise attain and may dilute your voting power and your ownership interest in us.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and may make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate. Based on the total number of outstanding shares of our common stock as of April 15, 2014, upon completion of this offering, we will have            shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of our outstanding options after April 15, 2014 and no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option.

All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, except for any shares held by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Subject to certain exceptions described in the section titled “Underwriters,” we, all of our directors and officers and holders of substantially all of our common stock, or securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering, have agreed not to offer, sell or agree to sell, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock without the permission of each of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. on behalf of the underwriters, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to potential extension in the event we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs near the end of the lock-up period. When the applicable lock-up period expires, we and our locked-up securityholders will be able to sell our shares in the public market. In addition, the underwriters may, in their sole discretion, release all or some portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the lock-up period. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for more information. Sales of a substantial number of such shares upon expiration, or the perception that such sales may occur, or early release of the lock-up, could cause our share price to decline or make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.

Based on shares outstanding as of April 15, 2014, upon completion of this offering, holders of up to approximately                  shares, or                 %, of our common stock will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register the offer and sale of all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans.

We may issue our shares of common stock or securities convertible into our common stock from time to time in connection with a financing, acquisition, investments or otherwise. Any such issuance could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.

Insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.

Our directors, executive officers and each of our stockholders who own greater than 5% of our outstanding common stock together with their affiliates, in the aggregate, will beneficially own approximately     % of the outstanding shares of our common stock after this offering, based on the number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2014 and after giving effect to the exercise of options. As a result, these stockholders, if acting together, will be able to influence or control matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the

 

-40-


Table of Contents

election of directors and the approval of mergers, acquisitions or other extraordinary transactions. They may also have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. This concentration of ownership may also discourage a potential investor from acquiring our common stock due to the limited voting power of such stock or otherwise may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our common stock.

We cannot assure you that a market will develop for our common stock or what the market price of our common stock will be.

We have been approved to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ANET.” However, we cannot assure you that an active trading market for our common stock will develop on such exchange or elsewhere or, if developed, that any market will be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other businesses, applications or technologies using our shares as consideration. We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade. The initial public offering price of our common stock was determined by negotiations with the underwriters and may not bear any relationship to the market price at which our common stock will trade after this offering or to any other established criteria of the value of our business and prospects.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds that we receive in this offering and may use them in ways that may not enhance our results of operations or the market price of our common stock.

The principal purposes of this offering are to raise additional capital, to create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets. We have not yet determined the specific allocation of the net proceeds that we receive in this offering other than the prepayment of the Singtel Innov8 Pte. Ltd subordinated convertible promissory note. We intend to use approximately $23.6 million of the net proceeds that we receive in this offering to prepay the principal and accrued interest of the Singtel Innov8 Pte. Ltd subordinated convertible promissory note, and the remaining net proceeds for working capital and general corporate purposes, including expansion of our sales and marketing organization, further development and expansion of our product offerings and possible acquisitions of, or investments in, businesses, technologies or other assets. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion over the specific use of the net proceeds that we receive in this offering and might not be able to obtain a significant return, if any, on investment of these net proceeds. Investors in this offering will need to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of proceeds. If we do not use the net proceeds that we receive in this offering effectively, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be harmed, and the market price of our common stock could decline.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We have never declared nor paid any dividends on our common stock. We intend to retain any earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business and prospects, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the future. As a result, you may only receive a return on your investment in our common stock if the market price of our common stock increases.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members.

As a public company, we are subject to the reporting and corporate governance requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and other applicable securities rules and regulations, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Act. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance

 

-41-


Table of Contents

costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. Among other things, the Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and results of operations and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Although we have already hired additional employees to help comply with these requirements, we may need to further expand our legal and finance departments in the future, which will increase our costs and expenses.

In addition, changing laws, regulations, and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations, and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expense and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business and prospects may be harmed. As a result of disclosure of information in the filings required of a public company and in this prospectus, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be harmed, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We also expect that being a public company and these new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified executive officers and members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our Audit Committee and Compensation Committee.

In addition, as a result of our disclosure obligations as a public company, we will have reduced strategic flexibility and will be under pressure to focus on short-term results, which may adversely affect our ability to achieve long-term profitability.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our registration statements, periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the first fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering; (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenue is $1 billion or more; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in

 

-42-


Table of Contents

non-convertible debt securities; or (iv) as of the end of any fiscal year in which the market price of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” may take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. However, we have chosen to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

Because the initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock following this offering, new investors will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately following this offering based on the total value of our tangible assets less our total liabilities. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate dilution of $         per share, the difference between the price per share you pay (based on the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus) for our common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock as of March 31, 2014, after giving effect to the issuance of shares of our common stock in this offering. Furthermore, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, if outstanding options and warrants are exercised, if we issue awards to our employees under our equity incentive plans, or if we otherwise issue additional shares of our common stock, you could experience further dilution. See “Dilution” below.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research reports about our business or prospects, the market price of our common stock and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock, to some extent, depends on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business or prospects. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us should downgrade our shares or change their opinion of our shares, the market price of our common stock would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts should cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause the market price of our common stock or trading volume to decline.

Our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage takeover attempts and lead to management entrenchment.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control of our company. These provisions could also make it difficult for stockholders to elect directors that are not nominated by the current members of our board of directors or take other corporate actions, including effecting changes in our management. These provisions include:

 

    a classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms, which could delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;

 

    the ability of our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;

 

    the exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of our board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;

 

-43-


Table of Contents
    a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;

 

    the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the chairman of our board of directors, our president, our secretary or a majority vote of our board of directors, which could delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;

 

    the requirement for the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66  2 3 % of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the voting stock, voting together as a single class, to amend the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation relating to the issuance of preferred stock and management of our business or our amended and restated bylaws, which may inhibit the ability of an acquirer to effect such amendments to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt;

 

    the ability of our board of directors, by majority vote, to amend the bylaws, which may allow our board of directors to take additional actions to prevent an unsolicited takeover and inhibit the ability of an acquirer to amend the bylaws to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt; and

 

    advance notice procedures with which stockholders must comply to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

In addition, as a Delaware corporation, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. These provisions may prohibit large stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock, from merging or combining with us for a certain period of time.

The issuance of additional stock in connection with financings, acquisitions, investments, our stock incentive plans or otherwise will dilute all other stockholders.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as it will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, will authorize us to issue up to 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock and up to 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock with such rights and preferences as may be determined by our board of directors. Subject to compliance with applicable rules and regulations, we may issue our shares of common stock or securities convertible into our common stock from time to time in connection with a financing, acquisition, investment, our stock incentive plans or otherwise. We may from time to time issue additional shares of common stock at a discount from the then market price of our common stock. Any issuance of stock could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

 

-44-


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, including the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” contains forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “potentially,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “could,” “would,” “project,” “plan,” “predict,” “expect” and similar expressions that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes are intended to identify forward-looking statements.

These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements concerning the following:

 

    our ability to maintain an adequate rate of revenue growth and our future financial performance, including our expectations regarding our cost of revenue, gross profit or gross margin and operating expenses;

 

    our business plan and our ability to effectively manage our growth;

 

    costs associated with defending intellectual property infringement and other claims, such as those claims discussed in “Business—Legal Proceedings;”

 

    our ability to attract and retain end customers;

 

    our ability to further penetrate our existing customer base;

 

    our ability to displace existing products in established markets;

 

    our ability to expand our leadership position in the network switch industry, including the areas of mobility, virtualization, cloud computing and cloud networks;

 

    our ability to timely and effectively scale and adapt our existing technology;

 

    our ability to successfully anticipate technological shifts and market needs, innovate new products and bring them to market in a timely manner;

 

    our ability to expand internationally;

 

    the effects of increased competition in our market and our ability to compete effectively;

 

    the effects of seasonal and cyclical trends on our results of operations;

 

    our expectations concerning relationships with third parties;

 

    the attraction and retention of qualified employees and key personnel;

 

    our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our brand and intellectual property;

 

    economic and industry trends;

 

    estimates and estimate methodologies used in preparing our financial statements and determining option exercise prices;

 

    future trading prices of our common stock; and

 

    future acquisitions of or investments in complementary companies, products, services or technologies.

These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment, and new risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

 

-45-


Table of Contents

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations, except as required by law.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on information from various sources, including the “Datacenter Switch Market Share & Forecast Tables up to Calendar 4Q14—Vendor Market Shares up to Calendar 4Q13—” dated March 5, 2014 published by Crehan Research, Inc. or Crehan Research and Gartner, Inc., or Gartner, on assumptions that we have made that are based on those data and other similar sources and on our knowledge of the markets for our products and services. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. Estimates of third parties, particularly as they relate to projections, involve numerous assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

The Gartner Report described herein (the “Gartner Report”), represents data, research opinion or viewpoints published as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, and are not representations of fact. The Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this Registration Statement) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Report are subject to change without notice. The Gartner Report consists of Gartner, Magic Quadrant for Data Center Networking , dated April 24, 2014, by Mark Fabbi, Tim Zimmerman and Andrew Lerner.

Gartner does not endorse any vendor, product or service depicted in its research publications, and does not advise technology users to select only those vendors with the highest ratings. Gartner research publications consist of the opinions of Gartner’s research organization and should not be construed as statements of fact. Gartner disclaims all warranties, expressed or implied, with respect to this research, including any warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.

 

-46-


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of                 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $         million, or $         million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We do not expect that a change in the offering price by these amounts would have a material effect on our intended uses of the net proceeds from this offering, although it may impact the amount of time prior to which we may need to seek additional capital.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, to create a public market for our stock and thereby enable access to the public equity markets by our employees and stockholders, to obtain additional capital and to increase our visibility in the marketplace. As of the date of this prospectus, we have no specific plans for the use of the net proceeds we receive from this offering other than the prepayment of the Singtel Innov8 Pte. Ltd subordinated convertible promissory note. We intend to use approximately $23.6 million of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to prepay the principal and accrued interest of the Singtel Innov8 Pte. Ltd subordinated convertible promissory note, and the remaining net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, product development, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures, although we do not currently have any specific or preliminary plans with respect to the use of proceeds for such purposes. We also may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions at this time. We will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds of this offering. Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade interest-bearing securities such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government as well as equity investment in marketable securities.

The Singtel Innov8 Pte. Ltd subordinated convertible promissory note bears interest at the rate of 6% per annum and matures on December 31, 2014.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

-47-


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2014 on:

 

    an actual basis;

 

    a pro forma basis, giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 24,000,000 shares of common stock and the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws as of immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as if such conversions had occurred and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation had become effective on March 31, 2014; and

 

    a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments, the conversion of $80.0 million in principal amount of and accrued interest on our subordinated convertible promissory notes into                  shares of common stock (assuming conversion of the notes at the common stock price per share of $        , which is the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus), the prepayment of $20.0 million principal and accrued interest of the Singtel Innov8 Pte. Ltd subordinated convertible promissory note with a portion of the net proceeds from this offering and the sale of                 shares of common stock by us in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

You should read this table together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     March 31, 2014  
     Actual      Pro
Forma
     Pro Forma
as Adjusted (1)
 
     (in thousands, except share and per-
share data)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 129,524       $ 129,524       $                    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Convertible notes payable to related parties and related accrued interest, net of discount

   $ 29,658       $ 29,658       $     

Convertible notes payable to third parties and related accrued interest, net of discount

     88,357         88,357      

Stockholders’ equity:

        

Preferred stock, par value $0.0001; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 100,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                  

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 24,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     5,992              

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 176,000,000 authorized, 32,088,441 issued and outstanding, actual; 1,000,000,000 authorized, 56,088,441 issued and outstanding, pro forma; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized,                  shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     3         6      

Additional paid-in capital

     35,137         41,126      

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     3         3      

Retained earnings

     55,293         55,293      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     96,428         96,428      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 214,443       $ 214,443       $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

-48-


Table of Contents

 

(1) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 56,088,441 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2014 and excludes:

 

    13,507,913 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding with a weighted-average exercise price of $11.05 per share as of March 31, 2014; and

 

    13,677,964 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of (i) 6,516,964 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, which shares will be added to the shares to be reserved under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering; (ii) 6,510,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering; and (iii) 651,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering; as well as shares of common stock that become available under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, pursuant to provisions thereof that automatically increase the share reserves under the plans each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

 

-49-


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this initial public offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after this offering.

As of March 31, 2014, our pro forma net tangible book value was approximately $93.5 million, or $1.67 per share of common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities and divided by the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2014, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock.

After giving effect to our sale in this offering of                 shares of our common stock, at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and assuming the conversion of $80.0 million in principal amount of and accrued interest on our subordinated convertible promissory notes into                 shares of common stock based upon $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2014 would have been approximately $         million, or $         per share of our common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to holders of our subordinated convertible promissory notes and investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2014

   $ 1.67      

Increase per share attributable to the conversion of our subordinated convertible promissory notes

     

Increase per share attributable to this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to conversion of our subordinated convertible promissory notes and this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to holders of our subordinated convertible promissory notes and new investors in this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering and the conversion of $80.0 million in principal amount of and accrued interest on our subordinated convertible promissory notes, by $         per share, would increase (decrease) the increase (decrease) attributable to this offering by $         per share and would increase (decrease) the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to holders of our subordinated convertible promissory notes and investors in this offering by $         per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after giving effect to this offering would be $         per share, and the immediate dilution in net tangible book value per share to holders of our subordinated convertible promissory notes (excluding SingTel Innov8 Pte. Ltd, who holds $20.0 million in principal amount of subordinated convertible

 

-50-


Table of Contents

promissory notes and has informed us it does not intend to convert the interest and principal outstanding under its subordinated convertible promissory notes into shares of our common stock at the initial offering price in conjunction with this offering) and investors in this offering would be $         per share.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of March 31, 2014 after giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all of our convertible preferred stock into common stock and the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and (ii) the conversion of $80.0 million in principal amount of and accrued interest on our subordinated convertible promissory notes into common stock (assuming conversion of the notes at the common stock price per share of $        , which is the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus) and this offering on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, the difference between existing stockholders and holders of our subordinated convertible promissory notes and new investors with respect to the number of shares of common stock, purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number    Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

                       $                                     $                

Holders of our subordinated convertible promissory notes and new public investors

            
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100.0   $           100.0  
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

The information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by holders of our subordinated convertible promissory notes and new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

To the extent that any outstanding options are exercised, investors will experience further dilution. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital in the future due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, our existing stockholders would own      % and holders of our subordinated convertible promissory notes and our new investors would own      % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 56,088,441 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2014 and excludes:

 

    13,507,913 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding with a weighted-average exercise price of $11.05 per share as of March 31, 2014; and

 

   

13,677,964 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of (i) 6,516,964 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2011

 

-51-


Table of Contents
 

Equity Incentive Plan, which shares will be added to the shares to be reserved under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering; (ii) 6,510,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering; and (iii) 651,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering; as well as shares of common stock that become available under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, pursuant to provisions thereof that automatically increase the share reserves under the plans each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

 

-52-


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the selected consolidated statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. We derived the unaudited selected consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 and the unaudited select consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2014 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements were prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements contained in this prospectus and include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of results that should be expected for a full year or any other period.

 

-53-


Table of Contents
    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
    2010     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
   

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

           

Revenue

  $ 71,719      $ 139,848      $ 193,408      $ 361,224      $ 61,348      $ 117,207   

Cost of revenue (1)

    27,173        43,366        61,252        122,686        19,220        35,893   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    44,546        96,482        132,156        238,538        42,128        81,314   

Operating expenses (1) :

           

Research and development

    16,285        26,408        55,155        98,587        19,514        33,446   

Sales and marketing

    9,944        19,450        28,603        55,115        10,135        18,655   

General and administrative

    2,248        6,224        8,501        18,688        3,736        7,231   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    28,477        52,082        92,259        172,390        33,385        59,332   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

    16,069        44,400        39,897        66,148        8,743        21,982   

Other income (expense), net:

           

Interest expense

    (12,606     (6,417     (7,057     (7,119     (1,751     (1,771

Interest and other income (expense), net

    (143     (357     135        (754     (99     (764
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

    (12,749     (6,774     (6,922     (7,873     (1,850     (2,535
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

    3,320        37,626        32,975        58,275        6,893        19,447   

Provision for income taxes

    924        3,591        11,626        15,815        282        7,118   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 2,396      $ 34,035      $ 21,349      $ 42,460      $ 6,611      $ 12,329   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders (2) :

           

Basic

  $ 715      $ 13,789      $ 9,622      $ 20,777      $ 3,127      $ 6,362   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ 726      $ 13,854      $ 9,662      $ 21,780      $ 3,233      $ 6,816   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to common stockholders (2) :

           

Basic

  $ 0.04      $ 0.65      $ 0.39      $ 0.76      $ 0.12      $ 0.22   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ 0.04      $ 0.65      $ 0.39      $ 0.72      $ 0.12      $ 0.20   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income per share attributable to common stockholders (2) :

           

Basic

    15,994,362        21,175,788        24,711,453        27,320,294        26,284,899        29,124,310   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    16,373,838        21,345,641        24,901,005        30,051,290        28,044,389        33,815,705   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited) (2) :

           

Basic

        $ 0.77        $ 0.22   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

        $ 0.73        $ 0.20   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited) (2) :

           

Basic

          51,320,294          53,124,310   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

          54,051,290          57,815,705   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

-54-


Table of Contents

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
     2010      2011      2012      2013      2013      2014  
    

(in thousands)

 

Cost of revenue

   $ 5       $ 94       $ 270       $ 408       $ 67       $ 211   

Research and development

     62         992         2,590         5,464         996         2,467   

Sales and marketing

     94         554         1,078         2,985         482         1,428   

General and administrative

     19         334         765         1,302         197         676   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 180       $ 1,974       $ 4,703       $ 10,159       $ 1,742       $ 4,782   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) See Notes 1 and 11 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders and our basic and diluted pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders.

 

     Year Ended December 31,      As of
March 31,
 
     2010     2011     2012      2013      2014  
    

(in thousands)

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 14,578      $ 70,725      $ 88,655       $ 113,664       $ 129,524   

Working capital

     30,530        98,282        130,808         76,179         93,033   

Total assets

     48,216        127,642        220,168         364,520         375,463   

Total indebtedness (1)

     80,938        102,068        134,377         160,213         162,308   

Total deferred revenue

     5,189        11,326        24,777         58,904         56,107   

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (48,609     (8,194     18,910         77,732         96,428   

 

(1) Total indebtedness includes our subordinated convertible promissory notes payable to related parties, subordinated convertible promissory notes payable to third parties, accrued interest payable on the notes and our lease financing obligations.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We use the financial measures set forth below, which are non-GAAP financial measures, to help us analyze our financial results, establish budgets and operational goals for managing our business and evaluate our performance. We also believe that the presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures in this prospectus provides an additional tool for investors to use in comparing our core business and results of operations over multiple periods with other companies in our industry, many of which present similar non-GAAP financial measures to investors.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2010             2011             2012             2013         2013     2014  
    

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

Non-GAAP gross profit

   $ 44,551      $ 96,576      $ 132,426      $ 238,946      $ 42,195      $ 81,525   

Non-GAAP gross margin

     62.1     69.1     68.5     66.1     68.8     69.6

Non-GAAP income from operations

     16,249      $ 46,374      $ 44,600      $ 76,307      $ 10,485      $ 26,764   

Non-GAAP operating margin

     22.7     33.2     23.1     21.1     17.1     22.8

Adjusted EBITDA

     17,643      $ 47,667      $ 46,379      $ 81,351      $ 11,202      $ 29,049   

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     24.6     34.1     24.0     22.5     18.3     24.8

Non-GAAP gross profit and margin. We define non-GAAP gross profit as gross profit as reported on our consolidated statements of operations, excluding the impact of stock-based compensation, which is a non-cash charge. We define non-GAAP gross margin as non-GAAP gross profit divided by revenue. We have presented non-GAAP gross profit and margin because we believe that the exclusion of stock-based compensation allows for more accurate comparisons of our results of operations to other companies in our industry.

 

-55-


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP income from operations and operating margin . We define non-GAAP income from operations as income from operations as reported on our consolidated statements of operations, excluding the impact of stock-based compensation. We define non-GAAP operating margin as non-GAAP income from operations divided by revenue. We have presented non-GAAP income from operations and operating margin because we believe that the exclusion of stock-based compensation allows for more accurate comparisons of our results of operations to other companies in our industry.

Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin. We define adjusted EBITDA as our net income excluding: (i) stock-based compensation; (ii) interest expense; (iii) other income (expense), net, which primarily includes foreign exchange gains and losses; (iv) depreciation and amortization; and (v) our provision for income taxes. We define adjusted EBITDA margin as adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue. Depreciation includes depreciation expense associated with our leased building in Santa Clara, California. See Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the accounting for our build-to-suit lease. We have presented adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin because they are key measures used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our operating performance, to establish budgets and to develop operational goals for managing our business. In particular, we believe that the exclusion of the expenses eliminated in calculating adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core operating performance.

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Our non-GAAP measures have limitations as analytical tools and you should not consider them in isolation or as a substitute for an analysis of our results under GAAP. There are a number of limitations related to the use of these non-GAAP financial measures versus their nearest GAAP equivalents. First, non-GAAP gross profit and gross margin and income from operations and operating margin are not substitutes for gross profit, gross margin, income from operations and operating margin. Second, other companies may calculate non-GAAP financial measures differently or may use other measures to evaluate their performance, all of which could reduce the usefulness of our non-GAAP financial measures as tools for comparison. Finally, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin exclude some costs, namely, non-cash stock-based compensation, interest expense and provision for income taxes, which are recurring. Therefore, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin do not reflect the non-cash impact of stock-based compensation or working capital needs that will continue for the foreseeable future.

The following tables reconcile the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure to each of these non-GAAP financial measures.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2010     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
    

(in thousands, except percentages)

             

Non-GAAP Gross Profit and Margin:

            

Revenue

   $ 71,719      $ 139,848      $ 193,408      $ 361,224      $ 61,348      $ 117,207   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

   $ 44,546      $ 96,482      $ 132,156      $ 238,538      $ 42,128      $ 81,314   

Stock-based compensation—cost of revenue

     5        94        270        408        67        211   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP gross profit

   $ 44,551      $ 96,576      $ 132,426      $ 238,946      $ 42,195      $ 81,525   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP gross margin

     62.1     69.1     68.5     66.1     68.8     69.6

 

-56-


Table of Contents
     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2010     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
    

(in thousands, except percentages)

             

Non-GAAP Income from Operations and Operating Margin:

            

Revenue

   $ 71,719      $ 139,848      $ 193,408      $ 361,224      $ 61,348      $ 117,207   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

   $ 16,069      $ 44,400      $ 39,897      $ 66,148      $ 8,743      $ 21,982   

Stock-based compensation

     180        1,974        4,703        10,159        1,742        4,782   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP income from operations

   $ 16,249      $ 46,374      $ 44,600      $ 76,307      $ 10,485      $ 26,764   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP operating margin

     22.7     33.2     23.1     21.1     17.1     22.8

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2010     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
    

(in thousands, except percentages)

             

Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA Margin:

            

Revenue

   $ 71,719      $ 139,848      $ 193,408      $ 361,224      $ 61,348      $ 117,207   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 2,396      $ 34,035      $ 21,349      $ 42,460      $ 6,611      $ 12,329   

Stock-based compensation

     180        1,974        4,703        10,159        1,742        4,782   

Interest expense

     12,606        6,417        7,057        7,119        1,751        1,771   

Interest and other expense (income), net

     143        357        (135     754        99        764   

Depreciation and amortization

     1,394        1,293        1,779        5,044        717        2,285   

Provision for income taxes

     924        3,591        11,626        15,815        282        7,118   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 17,643      $ 47,667      $ 46,379      $ 81,351      $ 11,202      $ 29,049   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     24.6     34.1     24.0     22.5     18.3     24.8

 

-57-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current plans, expectations and beliefs that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and in other parts of this prospectus.

Overview

We are a leading supplier of cloud networking solutions that use software innovations to address the needs of large-scale Internet companies, cloud service providers and next-generation data centers for enterprises, based on market share. Our cloud networking solutions consist of our Extensible Operating System, or EOS, a set of network applications and our 10/40/100 Gigabit Ethernet switches. Our cloud networking solutions deliver industry-leading performance, scalability, availability, programmability, automation and visibility. Since we began shipping our products, we have grown rapidly, and, according to Crehan Research, we have achieved the second largest market share in data center 10/40/100 Gigabit Ethernet switch ports, excluding blade switching, sold in 2013.

At the core of our cloud networking platform is EOS, which was purpose-built to be fully programmable and highly modular. The programmability of EOS has allowed us to create a set of software applications that address the requirements of cloud networking, including workflow automation, network visibility and analytics, and has also allowed us to rapidly integrate with a wide range of third-party applications for virtualization, management, automation, orchestration and network services.

We were founded in 2004 to address the limitations of legacy networking products and to create a cloud networking platform that is open and programmable. From 2004 to 2008, our activities were focused on the development of our software, which resulted in the commercial release of our first product, the 7100 Series switches based on our EOS software, in 2008. Since then, we have continued to introduce new products utilizing EOS, including our 7500 Series switch and our 7050 Series switch in 2010, the second generation of our 7500 Series switch, called the 7500E modular switch, in May 2013 and our 7300 Series switch in November 2013. As of March 31, 2014, we have shipped more than two million switch ports. As we have grown our portfolio of products, our business has also grown from over 100 employees as of December 31, 2010 to more than 850 employees as of March 31, 2014.

We have experienced rapid revenue growth over the last several years, increasing our revenue at a compound annual growth rate of 71% from 2010 to 2013. As we have grown the functionality of our EOS software, expanded the range of our switching portfolio and increased the size of our sales force, our revenue has continued to grow rapidly. To support revenue growth, we have increased our international presence to include offices in nine countries as of March 31, 2014, including Canada, China, India, Ireland, Japan, South Korea, Malaysia, Singapore and Taiwan. Our 2013 revenue grew 87% when compared to 2012. Our revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2014 was $117.2 million, an increase of 91% when compared to the same period in 2013. We have been profitable and cash flow positive for each year since 2010.

We believe that our cloud networking platform addresses the large and growing cloud networking segment of data center switching, which remains in the early stage of adoption. We expect to continue rapidly growing our organization to meet the needs of new and existing customers as they increasingly realize the performance and cost benefits of our cloud networking solutions and as they expand their cloud networks. We intend to continue to invest in our research and development organization to enhance the functionality of our existing cloud networking platform, introduce new products and features and build upon our technology leadership. We believe one of our greatest strengths lies in our rapid development of new features and applications. By investing in research and development, we believe we will be well positioned to continue our rapid growth and take

 

-58-


Table of Contents

advantage of our large market opportunity. We also intend to continue to expand our sales and marketing teams and programs, with a particular focus on expanding our network of international channel partners and carrying out associated marketing activities in key geographies. In order to support our strong growth, we have accelerated our investment in infrastructure, such as enterprise resource planning software and other technologies to improve the efficiency of our operations. As a result, we expect our levels of operating profit could decline in the short to medium term. For a description of factors that may impact our future performance, see the disclosure in the section titled “—Factors Affecting Our Performance” below.

For 2011, 2012 and 2013, our revenue was $139.8 million, $193.4 million and $361.2 million, respectively, and our net income was $34.0 million, $21.3 million and $42.5 million, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, our revenue was $61.3 million and $117.2 million, respectively, and our net income was $6.6 million and $12.3 million, respectively.

Our Business Model

We derive revenue from sales of products and services. We generate revenue primarily from sales of our switching products which incorporate our EOS software. We also generate services revenue from post contract support, or PCS, which end customers typically purchase in conjunction with our products.

Since shipping our first products in 2008, our cumulative end-customer base has grown rapidly. Between December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2014, our cumulative end-customer base grew from approximately 570 to approximately 2,500. Our end customers span a range of industries and include large Internet companies, service providers, financial services organizations, government agencies, media and entertainment companies and others.

To continue to grow our revenue, it is important that we both obtain new customers and sell additional products to existing customers. For example during the year ended December 31, 2013, approximately 85% of our revenue was received from our existing end customers.

Our development model is focused on the development of new products based on our EOS software and enhancements to EOS. We engineer our products to be agnostic to the underlying merchant silicon architecture. Today, we combine our EOS software with merchant silicon into a family of switching products. This enables us to focus our research and development resources on our software core competencies and to leverage the investments made by merchant silicon vendors to achieve cost-effective solutions. We currently procure certain merchant silicon components from multiple vendors, and we continue to expand our relationships with these and other vendors. We work closely with third parties to manufacture and deliver our products. Our third-party silicon vendors deliver these components directly to our contract manufacturers, who manufacture and assemble our products and deliver them to us for labeling, quality assurance testing, final configuration and shipment to our customers.

We market and sell our products through our direct sales force and in partnership with channel partners, including distributors, value-added resellers, systems integrators, original equipment manufacturer, or OEM, partners and in conjunction with various technology partners, depending on the application. To facilitate channel coordination and increase productivity, we have created a partner program, the Arista Partner Program, to engage partners who provide value-added services and extend our reach into the marketplace. Authorized training partners provide technical training to our channel partners. Our partners commonly receive an order from an end customer prior to placing an order with us, and we confirm the identification of the end customer prior to accepting such orders. Our partners generally do not stock inventory received from us. Our sales organization is supported by systems engineers with deep technical expertise and responsibility for pre-sales technical support and engineering for our end customers. Each sales team is responsible for a geographic territory, has responsibility for a number of major direct end-customer accounts or has assigned accounts in a specific vertical market. During the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014, 84% and 83% of our revenue was generated from the Americas, substantially all from the United States, 11% and 10% from Europe, the Middle East and Africa and 5% and 7% from the Asia-Pacific region, respectively.

 

-59-


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We use the financial measures set forth below, which are non-GAAP financial measures, to help us analyze our financial results, establish budgets and operational goals for managing our business and evaluate our performance. We also believe that the presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures provides an additional tool for investors to use in comparing our core business and results of operations over multiple periods with other companies in our industry, many of which present similar non-GAAP financial measures to investors.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Non-GAAP gross profit

   $ 96,576      $ 132,426      $ 238,946      $ 42,195      $ 81,525   

Non-GAAP gross margin

     69.1     68.5     66.1     68.8     69.6

Non-GAAP income from operations

   $ 46,374      $ 44,600      $ 76,307      $ 10,485      $ 26,764   

Non-GAAP operating margin

     33.2     23.1     21.1     17.1     22.8

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 47,667      $ 46,379      $ 81,351      $ 11,202      $ 29,049   

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     34.1     24.0     22.5     18.3     24.8

Non-GAAP gross profit and margin. We define non-GAAP gross profit as gross profit as reported on our consolidated statements of operations, excluding the impact of stock-based compensation, which is a non-cash charge. We define non-GAAP gross margin as non-GAAP gross profit divided by revenue. We have presented non-GAAP gross profit and margin because we believe that the exclusion of stock-based compensation allows for more accurate comparisons of our results of operations to other companies in our industry. Please see “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding the limitations of using non-GAAP gross profit and gross margin as financial measures and for a reconciliation of non-GAAP gross profit to gross profit, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Non-GAAP income from operations and operating margin . We define non-GAAP income from operations as income from operations as reported on our consolidated statements of operations, excluding the impact of stock-based compensation. We define non-GAAP operating margin as non-GAAP income from operations divided by revenue. We have presented non-GAAP income from operations and operating margin because we believe that the exclusion of stock-based compensation allows for more accurate comparisons of our results of operations to other companies in our industry. Please see “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding the limitations of using non-GAAP income from operations and operating margin as financial measures and for a reconciliation of non-GAAP income from operations to income from operations, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin. We define adjusted EBITDA as our net income excluding: (i) stock-based compensation; (ii) interest expense; (iii) other income (expense), net, which primarily includes foreign exchange gains and losses; (iv) depreciation and amortization; and (v) our provision for income taxes. We define adjusted EBITDA margin as adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue. Depreciation includes depreciation expense associated with our leased building in Santa Clara, California. See Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the accounting for our build-to-suit lease. We have presented adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin because they are key measures used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our operating performance, to establish budgets and to develop operational goals for managing our business. In particular, we believe that the exclusion of the expenses eliminated in calculating adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core operating performance. Please see “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding the limitations of using adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin as financial measures and for a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

 

-60-


Table of Contents

Factors Affecting Our Performance

We believe that our future success will depend on many factors, including our ability to expand sales to our existing customers as well as to add new end customers. While these areas present significant opportunity, they also present risks that we must manage to ensure successful results. See the section titled “Risk Factors.” Additionally, we face intense competition especially from larger, well-established companies, and we must continue to expand the capabilities of our cloud networking platform to succeed in our market. If we are unable to address these challenges, our business could be adversely affected.

Increasing Adoption of Cloud Networks. Networks are subject to increasing performance requirements due to growing numbers of connected devices as well as new enterprise and consumer applications. Computing architectures are evolving to meet the need for constant connectivity and access to data and applications. We believe that cloud networks will continue to replace legacy network technologies. Our business and results of operations will be significantly affected by the speed with which organizations implement cloud networks.

Expanding Sales to Existing Customer Base. We expect that a substantial portion of our future sales will be follow-on sales to existing end customers. As noted above, one of our sales strategies is to target specific projects at our current end customers because they are familiar with the operational and economic benefits of our cloud networking solutions, thereby reducing the sales cycle into these customers. We believe this opportunity with current end customers to be significant given their existing and expected infrastructure spend. As of December 31, 2013, our end customers that have been with us for at least 2 years, on average made additional purchases that were approximately 9.3x more than the initial dollar amount of purchases made in the first two quarters of their purchasing history. The first 2 quarters of purchasing are typically the beginning of switch procurement for a given deployment and typically do not include time spent during initial customer testing, as most customer testing is done prior to initial purchase. Although the additional purchases for our Top 10 end customers were significantly more than our overall average, the remainder of the end customer base also showed a propensity to continue purchasing with average additional purchases of 5.2x the initial dollar purchases made in the first two quarters of their purchasing history. This analysis is based on billings, which represent amounts invoiced to customers for products shipped, or for services rendered or to be rendered, and that the vast majority of billings for any given period represent revenue, and to a far lesser extent deferred revenue. Our business and results of operations will depend on our ability to sell additional products to our growing base of customers.

Adding New End Customers. We believe that the cloud networking market is still in the early stages of adoption. We intend to target new end customers by continuing to invest in our field sales force and extending our relationships with channel partners. To date, we have primarily targeted end customers with the largest cloud data centers. A typical initial order involves the education of prospective customers about the technical merits and capabilities and potential cost savings of our products as compared to our competitors’ products. Our results of operations will depend on our ability to continue to add new customers. We believe that customer references have been, and will continue to be, an important factor in winning new business.

Selling More Complex and Higher-Performance Configurations . Our results of operations have been, and we believe will continue to be, affected by our ability to sell more complex and higher-performance configurations of our products. Going forward, we aim to grow our revenue by enabling end customers to transition from previously deployed 1 Gigabit Ethernet switches to 10, 40 and eventually 100 Gigabit Ethernet switches. Our ability to sustain our revenue growth will depend, in part, upon our continued sales of more robust configurations of our products, and quarterly results of operations can be significantly impacted by the mix of products and product configurations sold during the period.

Leveraging Channel Partners. We expect to continue to derive a growing portion of our sales through our channel partners as they develop new end customers and expand sales to our existing end customers. We plan to continue to invest in our network of channel partners to empower them to reach new end customers more effectively, increase sales to existing customers and provide services and support effectively. We believe that

 

-61-


Table of Contents

increasing channel leverage will extend and improve our engagement with a broad set of customers. Our business and results of operations will be materially affected by our success in leveraging our channel partners.

Investing in Research and Development for Growth. We believe that the market for cloud networking is still in the early stages of adoption and we intend to continue investing for long-term growth. We expect to continue to invest heavily in software development in order to expand the capabilities of our cloud networking platform, introduce new products including new releases and upgrades to our EOS software and new applications and build upon our technology leadership. We believe one of our greatest strengths lies in the speed of our product development efforts. By investing in research and development, we believe we will be well positioned to continue our rapid growth and take advantage of our large market opportunity. We expect that our results of operations will be impacted by the timing and size of these investments.

Customer Concentration and Timing of Large Orders . During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, sales to our 10 largest end customers accounted for approximately 32%, 39%, 43%, 38% and 45% of our revenue, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, our largest end customer accounted for 10%, 15%, 22%, 13% and 25% of our revenue, respectively. We have also experienced and continue to experience customer concentration on a quarterly basis. In addition, we have experienced increases in the size of our orders, including orders from existing customers, which could result in future increased customer concentration, depending on the timing of the fulfillment of those orders. We have also experienced unpredictability in the timing of large orders, especially with respect to our large end customers, due to the complexity of orders, the time it takes end customers to evaluate, test and qualify our products and factors specific to our end customers. Due to these factors, we expect continued variability in our customer concentration and timing of sales on a quarterly and annual basis. In addition, we have provided, and may in the future provide, pricing discounts to large end customers, which may result in lower margins for the period in which such sales occur. Our gross margins may also fluctuate as a result of the timing of such sales to large end customers.

Basis of Presentation

Revenue

We generate revenue primarily from sales of our switching products which incorporate our EOS software. We also derive a small but growing portion of our revenue from sales of PCS. We generate PCS revenue from sales of technical support services contracts that are typically purchased in conjunction with our products and subsequent renewals of those contracts. We offer PCS services under renewable, fee-based contracts, which include 24-hour technical support, hardware repair and replacement parts, bug fixes, patches and unspecified upgrades on a when-and-if available basis. We expect our revenue may vary from period to period based on, among other things, the timing and size of orders and delivery of products, the impact of significant transactions with unique terms and conditions that may require deferral of revenue and cyclicality of orders being placed by our customers. Additionally, we expect our PCS revenue to increase in absolute dollars as we expand our installed base. Our ability to expand our installed base and increase our revenue is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties. See the section titled “Risk Factors.” We report revenue net of sales taxes.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of amounts paid to our third-party contract manufacturers and merchant silicon vendors, warranty expenses, excess inventory write-offs and personnel and other costs in our manufacturing operations department. Our cost of product revenue also includes product testing costs, allocated costs and shipping costs. We expect our cost of product revenue to increase as our product revenue increases. Cost of providing PCS services consists of personnel costs for our global customer support organization. We expect our cost of service revenue to increase as our PCS revenue increases.

 

-62-


Table of Contents

Gross Margin

Gross margin, or gross profit as a percentage of revenue, has been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors, including sales to large end customers who generally receive lower pricing, the average sales price of our offerings, manufacturing costs, merchant silicon costs and the mix of products sold. We expect our gross margins to fluctuate over time, depending on the factors described above and others. See the section titled “Risk Factors.”

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses. The largest component of our operating expenses is personnel costs. Personnel costs consist of wages, benefits, bonuses and, with respect to sales and marketing expenses, sales commissions. Personnel costs also include stock-based compensation and travel expenses. We expect operating expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars as well as a percentage of revenue in the near term as we continue to invest in the growth of our business.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, with the remainder being prototype expenses, third-party engineering and contractor support costs, an allocated portion of facility and IT costs and depreciation. Our research and development efforts are focused on maintaining and developing additional functionality for our existing products and on new product development, including new releases and upgrades to our EOS software and applications. We expense research and development costs as incurred. We expect our research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars as well as a percentage of revenue as we continue to invest heavily in software development in order to expand the capabilities of our cloud networking platform, introduce new products and features and build upon our technology leadership.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel costs and also include costs related to marketing and promotional activities, with the remainder being an allocated portion of facility and IT costs and depreciation. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute dollars and may fluctuate as a percentage of revenue from period to period as we expand our sales and marketing efforts worldwide and expand our relationships with current and future channel partners and end customers.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, professional fees, an allocated portion of facility and IT costs and depreciation. General and administrative personnel costs include those for our executive, finance, IT, human resources and legal functions. Our professional fees consist primarily of accounting, external legal and IT and other consulting costs. We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars as well as a percentage of revenue to support our growing infrastructure needs and as we assume the reporting requirements and compliance obligations of a public company.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists of interest expense on our convertible promissory notes, including our related party convertible promissory notes.

 

-63-


Table of Contents

Other Income (Expense), net

Other income (expense), net consists primarily of foreign currency exchange gains and losses. Our foreign currency exchange gains and losses relate to transactions and asset and liability balances denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. We expect our foreign currency gains and losses to continue to fluctuate in the future due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

Provision for Income Taxes

We operate in a number of tax jurisdictions and are subject to taxes in each country or jurisdiction in which we conduct business. Earnings from our non-U.S. activities are subject to local country income tax and may be subject to U.S. income tax. Generally, the U.S. taxes are reduced by a credit for foreign income taxes paid on these earnings which avoids double taxation. Our tax expense to date consists of federal, state and foreign current and deferred income taxes. As we expand internationally, our marginal tax rate may decrease; however, there can be no certainty that our marginal tax rate will decrease, and we may experience changes in tax rates that are not reflective of actual changes in our business or operations.

We account for income taxes under the liability approach for deferred income taxes, which requires recognition of deferred income tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements but have not been reflected in our taxable income. Estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax liabilities and in the determination of the recoverability of certain deferred income tax assets, which arise from temporary differences and carryforwards. We measure deferred income tax assets and liabilities using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax assets are expected to be realized or settled. We regularly assess the likelihood that our deferred income tax assets will be realized based on the positive and negative evidence available. We record a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount that we are more likely than not to realize.

We believe that we have adequately reserved for our uncertain tax positions, although we can provide no assurance that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be materially different. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will affect the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made and could have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations. The provision for income taxes includes the effects of any reserves that we believe are appropriate, as well as the related net interest and penalties.

 

-64-


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table summarizes historical results of operations for the periods presented and as a percentage of revenue for those periods. We have derived the data for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the data for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
            2011                   2012            2013     2013     2014  
            
    

(in thousands)

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

          

Revenue

   $ 139,848      $ 193,408      $ 361,224      $ 61,348      $ 117,207   

Cost of revenue (1)

     43,366        61,252        122,686        19,220        35,893   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     96,482        132,156        238,538        42,128        81,314   

Operating expenses (1) :

          

Research and development

     26,408        55,155        98,587        19,514        33,446   

Sales and marketing

     19,450        28,603        55,115        10,135        18,655   

General and administrative

     6,224        8,501        18,688        3,736        7,231   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     52,082        92,259        172,390        33,385        59,332   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     44,400        39,897        66,148        8,743        21,982   

Other income (expense), net:

          

Interest expense

     (6,417     (7,057     (7,119     (1,751     (1,771

Other income (expense), net

     (357     135        (754     (99     (764
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (6,774     (6,922     (7,873     (1,850     (2,535
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

     37,626        32,975        58,275        6,893        19,447   

Provision for income taxes

     3,591        11,626        15,815        282        7,118   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 34,035      $ 21,349      $ 42,460      $ 6,611      $ 12,329   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-65-


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
     (as a percentage of revenue)  

Revenue

     100     100     100     100     100

Cost of revenue

     31        32        34        31        31   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     69        68        66        69        69   

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     19        28        27        32        28   

Sales and marketing

     14        15        16        17        16   

General and administrative

     4        4        5        6        6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     37        47        48        55        50   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     32        21        18        14        19   

Other income (expense), net:

          

Interest expense

     (4     (4     (2     (3     (1

Other income (expense), net

     (1                          (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (5     (4     (2     (3     (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

     27        17        16        11        17   

Provision for income taxes

     3        6        4               6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     24     11     12     11     11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
         2011              2012          2013      2013      2014  
     (in thousands)  

Stock-Based Compensation Expense:

        

Cost of revenue

   $ 94       $ 270       $ 408       $ 67       $ 211   

Research and development

     992         2,590         5,464         996        
2,467
  

Sales and marketing

     554         1,078         2,985         482         1,428   

General and administrative

     334         765         1,302         197         676   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 1,974       $ 4,703       $ 10,159         1,742         4,782   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2014

Revenue, Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

 

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,               
     2013     2014     Change in  
     $     % of
revenue
    $     % of
revenue
    $      %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Revenue

   $ 61,348        100   $ 117,207        100   $ 55,859         91

Cost of revenue

     19,220        31        35,893        31        16,673         87   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

   $ 42,128        69   $ 81,314        69   $ 39,186         93
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross margin

     69       69       

 

-66-


Table of Contents

Revenue. Revenue increased $55.9 million, or 91%, for the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the same period in 2013. The increase in revenue predominantly included an increase in sales of switch products and related accessories of $48.5 million, or 85%, primarily to existing customers, and, to a lesser extent, new customers. The increase in product revenue was largely driven by the number of switch ports shipped which increased by 70% during the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the same period in 2013, as well as an increase of $8.1 million from the recognition of a large order that we previously recorded as deferred revenue. Our cumulative number of customers grew approximately 41% from March 31, 2013 to March 31, 2014.

Cost of revenue . Cost of revenue increased $16.7 million, or 87%, for the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the same period in 2013. The increase in cost of revenue was primarily due to the corresponding increase in revenue as our shipment volume significantly increased during the three months ended March 31, 2014 resulting in an increase in product costs of $15.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the same period in 2013.

Gross margin. Gross margin remained flat at 69% for each of the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014. Gross margins were favorably impacted in the three months ended March 31, 2014 by a $2.2 million benefit resulting from a cash settlement received from one of our suppliers due to a product defect issue. The positive impact to gross margin was mostly offset by an increase in manufacturing overhead costs of $1.2 million to support the growth in production, and, to a lesser extent, an increase in the size of contracts with large end customers having lower margins.

Operating Expenses

 

     Three Months Ended,               
     2013     2014     Change in  
     $      % of
revenue
    $      % of
revenue
    $      %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development

   $ 19,514         32   $ 33,446         28   $ 13,932         71

Sales and marketing

     10,135         17        18,655         16        8,520         84   

General and administrative

     3,736         6        7,231         6        3,495         94   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 33,385         55   $ 59,332         50   $ 25,947         78
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Research and development . Research and development expenses increased $13.9 million, or 71%, for the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the same period in 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase in personnel costs of $8.6 million, resulting from an increase of 177 employees, or 53%, and the introduction of a corporate bonus plan in 2014. The increase was also due to a $2.4 million increase in development-related facilities and IT infrastructure expenses, a $2.0 million increase in prototype expenses and a $1.1 million increase in third-party engineering costs as we continued to expand our research and development activities.

Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expenses increased $8.5 million, or 84%, for the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the same period in 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase in personnel costs of $6.8 million, resulting from an increase of 88 employees, or 65%. The increase was also due to an increase of $1.0 million related to costs associated with pre-sale and proof of concept activities, product demonstrations and other marketing activities, and a $0.6 million increase in sales and marketing-related facilities and IT infrastructure expenses.

General and administrative . General and administrative expenses increased $3.5 million, or 94%, for the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the same period in 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase in professional service fees of $1.9 million related to outside legal, accounting, consulting and IT

 

-67-


Table of Contents

services to support increased business activity and preparations for becoming a public company. The increase was also due to a $1.6 million increase in personnel costs, resulting from an increase of 34 employees, or 94%.

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Change in  
     2013     2014     $     %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Other income (expense), net:

        

Interest expense

   $ (1,751   $ (1,771   $ (20     1

Other income (expense), net

     (99     (764     (665     NM   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other income (expense), net

   $ (1,850   $ (2,535   $ (685     37
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Interest expense . Interest expense was consistent for the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the same period in 2013.

Other income (expense), net . Other income (expense), net decreased $0.7 million for the three months ended 2014, compared to the same period in 2013.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Three Months
Ended March 31,
    Change in  
     2013     2014     $      %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Provision for income taxes

   $ 282      $ 7,118      $ 6,836         NM   

Effective tax rate

     4     37     

Provision for income taxes . Provision for income taxes increased $6.8 million, for the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the same period in 2013, and our effective tax rate increased 33 percentage points to 37%. The increase in the effective tax rate was primarily due to the beneficial impact of the passage of the American Tax Relief Act of 2012 signed into law on January 2, 2013, which reinstated the federal research and development credit. The prior year impact of the 2012 federal research and development tax credit benefit was recorded in the three months ended March 31, 2013. The federal research and development credit lapsed at the beginning of 2014, which led to a higher effective tax rate during the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to the same period in 2013.

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012

Revenue, Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
     2012     2013     Change in  
     $     % of
revenue
    $     % of
revenue
    $      %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Revenue

   $ 193,408        100   $ 361,224        100   $ 167,816         87

Cost of revenue

     61,252        32        122,686        34        61,434         100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Gross profit

   $ 132,156        68   $ 238,538        66   $ 106,382         81
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Gross margin

     68       66       

 

-68-


Table of Contents

Revenue . Revenue increased $167.8 million, or 87%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012. The increase in revenue predominantly included an increase in sales of switch products and related accessories of $153.2 million, or 85%, primarily to existing customers as these customers purchased our newer products to further evolve their data centers. Our revenue also increased to a lesser extent due to sales to new customers. The increase in product revenue was largely driven by number of switch ports shipped which increased by 109%, during 2013 compared to the prior year. This increase was partially offset by a reduction of 10% in the average selling price per port shipped. The decrease in the average selling price per port was primarily attributable to lower pricing terms for sales to our large end customers. Our cumulative number of customers grew approximately 43% from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013 as we continued to broaden our market penetration.

Cost of revenue . Cost of revenue increased $61.4 million, or 100%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012. The increase in cost of revenue was primarily due to the corresponding increase in revenue as our shipment volume significantly increased during the year ended December 31, 2013 resulting in an increase in product costs of $46.5 million in 2013 compared to 2012. The increase was also due to an increase of $1.8 million in excess and obsolete material charges for non-cancelable and non-returnable purchase commitments by our third-party contract manufacturers, as well as an increase in write-downs of excess and obsolete inventory of $2.1 million from the introduction of new products and product enhancements We also experienced an increase in manufacturing overhead costs of $4.3 million to support the growth in production during the year ended 2013.

Gross margin. Gross margin decreased two percentage points from 68% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 66% for 2013. The decrease in gross margin was primarily due to an increase in excess and obsolete inventory and material charges noted above totaling $3.9 million, and an increase in manufacturing overhead costs of $4.3 million. The decrease was also due, to a lesser extent, to an increase in the size of contracts with large end customers with lower margins, which was partially offset by cost reductions primarily due to more favorable component pricing from our contract manufacturers as we increased volume.

Operating Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
     2012     2013     Change in  
     $      % of
revenue
    $      % of
revenue
    $      %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development

   $ 55,155         28   $ 98,587         27   $ 43,432         79

Sales and marketing

     28,603         15        55,115         16        26,512         93   

General and administrative

     8,501         4        18,688         5        10,187         120   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 92,259         47   $ 172,390         48   $ 80,131         87
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Research and development . Research and development expenses increased $43.4 million, or 79%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012. The increase was primarily due to an increase in personnel costs of $21.8 million, which was a result of an increase of 153 employees (a 50% increase) in research and development headcount. The increase was also due to a $10.1 million increase in prototype expenses as a result of new product introductions and an increase in facilities expenses of $4.5 million.

Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expenses increased $26.5 million, or 93%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012. The increase was primarily due to an increase in personnel costs of $19.8 million, which was a result of an increase of 57 employees (a 41% increase) in sales and marketing headcount. The increase was also due to an increase of $3.0 million in marketing, consulting and promotional expense related to trade shows, product demonstrations and other marketing activities and an increase in sales and marketing-related IT and system engineering expenses of $2.6 million.

 

-69-


Table of Contents

General and administrative . General and administrative expenses increased $10.2 million, or 120%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012. The increase was primarily due to a $5.5 million increase in professional service fees related to outside legal, accounting, consulting and IT services to support increased business activity and preparations for becoming a public company. The increase was also due to a $3.4 million increase in personnel costs, which was a result of an increase of 23 employees (a 68% increase) in general and administrative headcount.

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change in  
         2012             2013         $     %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Other income (expense), net:

        

Interest expense

   $ (7,057   $ (7,119   $ (62     1

Other income (expense), net

     135        (754     (889     NM   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other income (expense), net

   $ (6,922   $ (7,873   $ (951     14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Interest expense . Interest expense was consistent for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012.

Other income (expense), net . Other income (expense), net decreased $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change in  
         2012             2013         $      %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Provision for income taxes

   $ 11,626      $ 15,815      $ 4,189         36

Effective tax rate

     35     27     

Provision for income taxes . Provision for income taxes increased $4.2 million, or 36%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012. Our effective tax rate decreased 8 percentage points from 35% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 27% for 2013. The decrease in the effective tax rate was primarily due to the beneficial impact of the passage of the American Tax Relief Act of 2012 signed into law on January 2, 2013, which reinstated the federal research and development credit. The prior year impact of the 2012 federal research and development tax credit benefit was recorded in the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2011

Revenue, Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
     2011     2012     Change in  
     $     % of
revenue
    $     % of
revenue
    $      %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Revenue

   $ 139,848        100   $ 193,408        100   $ 53,560         38

Cost of revenue

     43,366        31        61,252        32        17,886         41   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Gross profit

   $ 96,482        69   $ 132,156        68   $ 35,674         37
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Gross margin

     69       68       

 

-70-


Table of Contents

Revenue . Revenue increased $53.6 million, or 38%, in 2012 compared to 2011. The increase in revenue predominantly included an increase in sales of switch products and related accessories of $47.2 million, or 36%, primarily to existing customers, as these customers purchased our newer products to further evolve their data centers. Our revenue also increased to a lesser extent due to sales to new customers. The increase in product revenue was largely driven by the number of switch ports shipped, which increased by 78% during 2012 compared to the prior year. This increase was partially offset by a reduction of 22% in the average selling price per port shipped. The decrease in the average selling price per port was primarily attributable to lower pricing terms for sales to our large customers. Our cumulative number of customers grew approximately 50% from December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2012 as we continued to broaden our market penetration.

Cost of revenue. Cost of revenue increased $17.9 million, or 41%, in 2012 compared to 2011. The increase in cost of revenue was primarily due to the corresponding increase in revenue as our shipment volume significantly increased during 2012 resulting in an increase in product costs of $9.5 million in 2012 compared to 2011. The increase was also due to increased warranty expenses of $1.6 million and an increase in write-downs of excess and obsolete inventory of $1.6 million from the introduction of new products and product enhancements. We also experienced an increase in manufacturing overhead costs of $1.1 million to support the growth in production during 2012.

Gross margin. Gross margin decreased one percentage point from 69% in 2011 to 68% in 2012. This decrease in gross margin was primarily due to an increase in our warranty-related expenses of $1.6 million, an increase in write-downs of excess and obsolete inventory of $1.6 million, and an increase in manufacturing overhead costs of $1.1 million. This decrease was also due, to a lesser extent, to an increase in the size of contracts with large end customers with lower margins, which was partially offset by cost reductions primarily due to more favorable component pricing from our contract manufacturers as we increased volume.

Operating Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
     2011     2012     Change in  
     $      % of
revenue
    $      % of
revenue
    $      %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development

   $ 26,408         19   $ 55,155         28   $ 28,747         109

Sales and marketing

     19,450         14        28,603         15        9,153         47   

General and administrative

     6,224         4        8,501         4        2,277         37   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 52,082         37   $ 92,259         47   $ 40,177         77
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Research and development . Research and development expenses increased $28.7 million, or 109%, in 2012 compared to 2011. The increase in research and development expenses was primarily due to a $20.6 million increase in personnel costs, which was a result of an increase of 148 employees (a 94% increase) in research and development headcount. The increase was also due to a $4.5 million increase in prototype expenses as a result of new product introductions, a $1.5 million increase in third-party engineering and contractor support costs and a $1.7 million increase in research and development-related facilities and IT infrastructure expenses.

Sales and marketing . Sales and marketing expenses increased $9.2 million, or 47%, in 2012 compared to 2011. The increase in sales and marketing expenses was primarily due to a $9.3 million increase in personnel costs, which was a result of an increase of 57 employees (a 70% increase) in sales and marketing headcount. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in consulting expenses of $0.9 million.

General and administrative . General and administrative expenses increased $2.3 million, or 37%, in 2012 compared to 2011. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to a $1.5 million increase in professional service fees related to outside legal, accounting and consulting services to support

 

-71-


Table of Contents

increased business activity. The increase was also due to a $0.8 million increase in personnel costs, which was a result of an increase of 17 employees (a 100% increase), and a $0.6 million increase in facilities expenses. These increases were partially offset by a $1.1 million decrease in our provision for doubtful accounts.

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change in  
         2011             2012         $     %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Other income (expense), net:

        

Interest expense

   $ (6,417   $ (7,057   $ (640     10

Other income (expense), net

     (357     135        492        NM   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other income (expense), net

   $ (6,774   $ (6,922   $ (148     2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Interest expense. Interest expense increased $0.6 million, or 10%, in 2012 compared to 2011. The increase in interest expense was due to the sale of $100.0 million in convertible promissory notes during 2011, partially offset by the repayment of the outstanding principal on our related party convertible promissory notes of $55.6 million in 2011.

Other income (expense), net . Other income (expense), net increased $0.5 million in 2012 compared to 2011.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change in  
         2011             2012         $      %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Provision for income taxes

   $ 3,591      $ 11,626      $ 8,035         224

Effective tax rate

     10     35     

Provision for income taxes . Provision for income taxes increased $8.0 million, or 224%, in 2012 compared to 2011. Our effective tax rate increased 25 percentage points from 10% in 2011 to 35% in 2012. The increase in our provision for income taxes as well as our effective tax rate was due to the release of our valuation allowance on our federal deferred tax assets during 2011 coupled with the lapse of the federal research and development credit during 2012.

 

-72-


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables set forth selected unaudited quarterly statements of operations data for each of the five quarters in the period ended March 31, 2014, as well as the percentage of revenue that each line item represents for each such quarter. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as the annual audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments, which includes only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the results of operations for these periods in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. This data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for a full year or any future period.

 

     Three Months Ended  
     Mar. 31,
2013
    Jun. 30,
2013
    Sep. 30,
2013
    Dec. 31,
2013
    Mar. 31,
2014
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

          

Revenue

   $ 61,348      $ 83,485      $ 101,625      $ 114,766      $ 117,207   

Cost of revenue

     19,220        29,584        36,589        37,293        35,893   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     42,128        53,901        65,036        77,473        81,314   

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     19,514        21,086        26,635        31,352        33,446   

Sales and marketing

     10,135        13,045        14,523        17,412        18,655   

General and administrative

     3,736        3,506        5,242        6,204        7,231   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     33,385        37,637        46,400        54,968        59,332   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     8,743        16,264        18,636        22,505        21,982   

Other income (expense), net:

          

Interest expense

     (1,751     (1,772     (1,797     (1,799     (1,771

Other income (expense), net

     (99     (1     (23     (631     (764
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (1,850     (1,773     (1,820     (2,430     (2,535
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

     6,893        14,491        16,816        20,075        19,447   

Provision for income taxes

     282        4,240        4,960        6,333        7,118   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 6,611      $ 10,251      $ 11,856      $ 13,742      $ 12,329   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-73-


Table of Contents
     Three Months Ended  
     Mar. 31,
2013
    Jun. 30,
2013
    Sep. 30,
2013
    Dec. 31,
2013
    Mar. 31,
2014
 
     (As a percentage of revenue)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

          

Revenue

     100     100     100     100     100

Cost of revenue

     31        35        36        32        31   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     69        65        64        68        69   

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     32        26        26        27        28   

Sales and marketing

     17        16        15        15        16   

General and administrative

     6        4        5        6        6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     55        46        46        48        50   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     14        19        18        20        19   

Other income (expense), net:

          

Interest expense

     (3 )       (2 )       (1 )       (1     (1

Other income (expense), net

                          (1     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (3     (2     (1     (2     (2

Income before provision for income taxes

     11        17        17        18        17   

Provision for income taxes

            5        5        6        6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     11 %       12 %       12 %       12     11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Quarterly Revenue Trends

Our revenue increased in each quarter throughout 2013 and during the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase in revenue was due to an increase in sales of our switch products and related accessories to existing and new customers. We increased our market penetration during the year by increasing sales and growing our cumulative customer base by approximately 43% from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013. During the quarter ended June 30, 2013, revenue increased by 36% from the prior quarter, which was primarily driven by increased sales to our largest customer, coupled with the introduction of new products and an increase in sales of existing products. The number of switch ports shipped and the average selling price per port increased by 32% and 9%, respectively, during the quarter ended June 30, 2013, as compared to the quarter ended March 31, 2013. Sales continued to increase for the remainder of 2013 and during the first quarter of 2014 as our new and existing products continued to gain market acceptance. We believe that our rapid growth has reduced the impact of seasonal or cyclical trends that might have influenced our business to date and believe that seasonal variations in our business may become more pronounced over time. Historical patterns in our business may not be a reliable indicator of our future sales activity or performance.

Quarterly Gross Margin Trends

Gross profit increased sequentially quarter over quarter, while our total quarterly gross margins ranged from 64% to 69% during the periods presented. Our cost of revenue increased during the periods presented primarily due to corresponding increases in revenue as shipment volumes increased. During the quarters ended June 30 and September 30, 2013, the decline in gross margins was primarily due to an increase in write-downs of excess and obsolete inventory driven by the introduction of new products and increased manufacturing overhead costs to support the growth in production. The gross margins during the June and September quarters were also impacted by sales to high-volume customers which tend to receive volume-related discounts.

Quarterly Expense Trends

Total operating expenses increased sequentially during the year primarily due to the addition of personnel in connection with the expansion of our business. Research and development expense increased sequentially over

 

-74-


Table of Contents

the year as we increased headcount and prototype expenses to support investment in new products. Sales and marketing expenses increased sequentially over the year primarily due to an increase in personnel costs related to expansion of the sales and marketing teams worldwide and increased marketing activities. General and administrative expenses rose in the second half of the year primarily due to an increase in professional service fees related to outside legal, accounting, consulting and IT services, as well as an increase in personnel costs, to support business activity and in preparation for becoming a public company. Our effective tax rate declined significantly during the quarter ended March 31, 2013 primarily due to research and development tax credits from fiscal 2012 that were reinstated at the beginning of 2013. Our effective tax rate remained relatively consistent over the remaining quarters of 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of March 31, 2014, cash and cash equivalents were $129.5 million, including $38.5 million held outside the United States in our foreign subsidiaries. If we were to repatriate cash held outside of the United States, it could be subject to U.S. income taxes less any previously paid foreign income taxes.

Since inception, we have primarily financed our operations and capital expenditures through debt, cash flows from our operations and private sales of preferred stock. As of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, we had outstanding $75.0 million aggregate principal amount of convertible promissory notes and $25.0 million aggregate principal amount of related party convertible promissory notes.

We plan to continue to invest for long-term growth. One of the principal purposes of this offering is to obtain additional capital to fund the growth of our business. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents balance together with cash proceeds from operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital requirements and our growth strategies for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our growth rate, the timing and extent of our spending to support research and development activities, the timing and cost of establishing additional sales and marketing capabilities, the introduction of new and enhanced products and services offerings, our costs of outsourcing, our manufacturing and possible acquisitions or investments. We expect to incur a total of $17.3 million in capital expenditures in 2014 due to investment in our research and development and manufacturing processes. If we are unable to raise additional capital when we need it, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected. The sale of additional equity could result in additional dilution to our stockholders. If we raise additional funds by borrowing from third parties, the terms of those financing arrangements may include negative covenants or other restrictions on our business that could impair our operating flexibility and would require us to incur interest expense. We can provide no assurance that additional financing will be available at all or, if available, that we would be able to obtain financing on terms favorable to us.

We consider the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 to be indefinitely reinvested, and, accordingly, no U.S. income taxes have been provided thereon. As of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, the amount of cash associated with indefinitely reinvested foreign earnings was approximately $33.4 million and $38.5 million, respectively. If these funds are needed for our operations in the United States, we would be required to accrue and pay U.S. income taxes to repatriate these funds. However, we have not repatriated nor do we anticipate the need to repatriate funds to the United States to satisfy domestic liquidity needs arising in the ordinary course of business, including liquidity needs associated with our domestic debt service requirements.

 

-75-


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

 

     As of December 31,      As of March 31,  
     2011      2012      2013      2013      2014  
                          (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 70,725       $ 88,655       $ 113,664       $ 91,640       $ 129,524   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
           2011                 2012           2013     2013     2014  
                       (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Cash provided by operating activities

   $ 12,430      $ 26,306      $ 34,648      $ 1,687      $ 17,689   

Cash used in investing activities

     (2,770     (12,352     (19,491     (1,696     (3,103

Cash provided by financing activities

     46,505        3,977        9,886        3,012        1,264   

Effect of exchange rate changes

     (18     (1     (34     (18     10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 56,147      $ 17,930      $ 25,009      $ 2,985      $ 15,860   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Our primary source of cash from operating activities has been from cash collections from our customers. We expect cash inflows from operating activities to be affected by increases in sales and timing of collections. Our primary uses of cash from operating activities have been for personnel costs and investment in sales and marketing and research and development. We expect cash outflows from operating activities to increase as a result of further investment in sales and marketing and increases in personnel costs as we grow our business.

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, cash provided by operating activities was $17.7 million, primarily from net income of $12.3 million, non-cash charges of $9.2 million and a net decrease in our net operating assets and liabilities of $3.8 million. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $5.9 million decrease in accounts payable attributable to the timing of payments, a $6.1 million increase in prepaid expenses, deposits and other assets, a $5.6 million increase in inventory for anticipated growth in our business and a decrease in deferred revenue of $2.8 million as a result of recognition of a large order previously deferred. These increases were partially offset by lower accounts receivable of $15.0 million due to stronger collection efforts and a $1.5 million increase in interest payable attributable to our outstanding convertible promissory notes, including our related party convertible promissory notes.

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, cash provided by operating activities was $1.7 million, primarily from net income of $6.6 million, non-cash charges of $2.5 million and a net decrease in our net operating assets and liabilities of $7.4 million. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $13.4 million increase in accounts receivable due to an increase in sales and a $4.1 million increase in inventory for anticipated growth in our business. These increases were partially offset by a $6.1 million increase in deferred revenue due to increased sales and a $3.6 million increase in accrued liabilities attributed to higher warranty liabilities and higher inventory costs due to the growth of our sales.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, cash provided by operating activities was $34.6 million, primarily from net income of $42.5 million, non-cash charges of $6.8 million and a net decrease in our net operating assets and liabilities of $14.6 million. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $49.2 million increase in inventory for anticipated growth in our business, a $28.3 million increase in accounts receivable due to an increase in sales and offset by a $3.0 million decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets. This decrease was partially offset by a $3.9 million increase in accounts payable primarily attributable to the timing of payments, a $12.0 million increase in accrued liabilities attributable to higher warranty liabilities and

 

-76-


Table of Contents

higher accrued personnel costs due to growth in headcount, a $34.1 million increase in deferred revenue due to increased sales and a $6.0 million increase in interest payable attributable to our outstanding convertible promissory notes, including our related party convertible promissory notes.

In 2012, cash provided by operating activities was $26.3 million, consisting of net income of $21.3 million adjusted by non-cash charges of $4.0 million and a $0.9 million net increase in our net operating assets and liabilities. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $22.0 million increase in accounts receivable due to an increase in sales, an $7.2 million increase in inventory and a $5.0 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets. This decrease was partially offset by a $13.5 million increase in deferred revenue due to increased sales, a $6.5 million increase in accrued liabilities attributable to higher warranty liabilities and higher accrued personnel costs due to growth in headcount and a $6.0 million increase in interest payable attributable to our outstanding convertible promissory notes, including our related party convertible promissory notes.

In 2011, cash provided by operating activities was $12.4 million, consisting of net income of $34.0 million adjusted by non-cash charges of $1.0 million and a $22.6 million net decrease in our net operating assets and liabilities. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $23.9 million decrease in our related party interest payable due to the repayment of the outstanding convertible promissory notes in January 2011, and $11.6 million increase in accounts receivable due to an increase in sales and a $7.7 million increase in inventory. This decrease was partially offset by a $6.9 million increase in income taxes payable, a $6.1 million increase in deferred revenue due to increased sales and a $4.0 million increase in interest payable due to the sale of convertible promissory notes in January 2011 and June 2011.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Our investing activities have consisted primarily of purchases of property and equipment, purchases and sales of short-term marketable securities, loans to and investments in other companies and activity in connection with prior acquisitions. We expect to continue to make purchases of property and equipment to support continued growth of our business.

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, cash used in investing activities was $3.1 million, all of which was for purchases of property and equipment.

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, cash used in investing activities was $1.7 million, all of which was for purchases of property and equipment.

In 2013, cash used in investing activities was $19.5 million, of which $20.3 million relates to the purchase of property and equipment offset by notes receivable repayments of $1.0 million.

In 2012, cash used in investing activities was $12.4 million, of which $3.3 million relates to purchases of property and equipment, $5.0 million relates to an investment in a private company and $4.0 million relates to an increase in restricted cash representing a security deposit required for a facility lease.

In 2011, cash used in investing activities was $2.8 million, all of which was for purchases of property and equipment.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Our cash flows provided by financing activities primarily consisted of proceeds from the sale of our convertible promissory notes and proceeds from the exercises of stock options partially offset by repurchases of common stock.

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, cash provided by financing activities was $1.3 million, consisting primarily of proceeds from the exercise of stock options, net of repurchases, amounting to $1.9 million

 

-77-


Table of Contents

and excess tax benefits realized from our equity incentive plans amounting to $0.3 million, partially offset by payments of our initial public offering costs of $0.8 million.

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, cash provided by financing activities was $3.0 million, consisting primarily of proceeds from the exercise of stock options, net of repurchases.

In 2013, cash provided by financing activities was $9.9 million, consisting primarily of proceeds from the exercise of stock options, net of repurchases, amounting to $9.0 million and excess tax benefits realized from our equity incentive plans amounting to $0.9 million.

In 2012, cash provided by financing activities was $4.0 million, consisting primarily of $3.9 million in proceeds from the exercise of common stock options, net of repurchases.

In 2011, cash provided by financing activities was $46.5 million, consisting of $100.0 million in proceeds from our subordinated convertible promissory notes, including related party convertible promissory notes and $2.1 million in proceeds from the exercise of common stock options, net of repurchases, offset by a $55.6 million repayment on outstanding related party convertible promissory notes.

Debt Obligations

In January 2011, we sold $55.0 million aggregate principal amount of subordinated convertible promissory notes, or Convertible Notes, to outside investors and $25.0 million aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes to two trusts that are related to two of our co-founders. In June 2011, we sold an additional $20.0 million aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes to outside investors. The interest rate on the Convertible Notes is 6.0% per annum, computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days. All unpaid principal and accrued interest on the Convertible Notes is due and payable on the earlier of December 31, 2014 or upon the occurrence of an event of default, defined as: (i) failure to pay principal or interest when due; (ii) breaches of covenants; (iii) breaches of representations and warranties; (iv) failure to make other payment obligations resulting in the acceleration of maturity of indebtedness in excess of $10.0 million; (v) voluntary bankruptcy; (vi) involuntary bankruptcy; or (vii) certain adverse judgments. We can voluntarily prepay the Convertible Notes, in whole or in part, before the maturity date by giving each investor 10 days’ prior written notice.

Except for SingTel Innov8 Pte. Ltd, who holds $20.0 million in principal of Convertible Notes, the noteholders have agreed to convert the principal and interest amount outstanding under their Convertible Notes into shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price in conjunction with our initial public offering.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Our contractual commitments will have an impact on our future liquidity. Our contractual obligations represent material expected or contractually committed future obligations with terms in excess of one year. We believe that we will be able to fund these obligations through cash generated from operations and from our existing cash balances.

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2013:

 

     Payments Due by Period  

Contractual Obligations:

   Total      Less than
1 Year
     1 to 3 Years      3 to 5 Years      More than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Debt obligations and related interest expense (1)

   $ 123,500       $ 123,500       $       $       $   

Financing lease obligation

     59,496         4,991         17,318         12,435         24,752   

Operating lease obligations

     2,444         825         1,458         161           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 185,440       $ 129,316       $ 18,776       $ 12,596       $ 24,752   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

-78-


Table of Contents

 

(1)   Consists of subordinated convertible promissory notes and related interest expense described above under “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Debt Obligations.”

The contractual obligation table above excludes tax liabilities of $15.6 million related to uncertain tax positions because we are unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the timing of settlement, if any, of these future payments.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, we did not have any relationships with any unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, that would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Prior to this offering, we were a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. Our independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting. However, in connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for 2010 to 2012 and 2013, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. As defined in the standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board of the United States, a material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weakness identified in 2013 includes certain controls related to our inventory process that were not designed and implemented during the year. As a result, we identified material errors requiring adjustment in order for the financial statements to be presented accurately in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Specifically, in conjunction with changes in our supply chain, we did not appropriately capitalize the cost of freight incurred related to product shipped from our contract manufacturers to the distribution centers and we also did not appropriately capitalize the purchase price variance for inventory. These errors were subsequently corrected and disclosed in our financial statements.

Neither we nor our independent registered public accounting firm undertook a comprehensive assessment for purposes of expressing an opinion on our internal control over financial reporting. It is possible that, had we performed a formal assessment of our internal control over financial reporting or had our independent registered public accounting firm performed an audit of our internal control over financial reporting, additional deficiencies or weaknesses may have been identified.

We are in the process of implementing a number of measures designed to improve our internal control over financial reporting to remediate this material weakness. During the six months ended December 31, 2013, we hired a new Chief Financial Officer, a new corporate controller and a director of technical accounting and SEC reporting, as well as additional finance and accounting personnel, which significantly increases our finance and accounting team’s experience in U.S. GAAP and financial reporting for publicly traded companies. In September 2013, we engaged NetSuite consultants to thoroughly overhaul our existing enterprise resource planning system. In January 2013, we engaged a third-party accounting firm with expertise in supporting our evaluation of complex technical accounting matters, and we hired a senior NetSuite architect. In addition, we expect to retain consultants to advise us on making further improvements to our internal controls related to these accounting areas. We believe that these additional resources will enable us to broaden the scope and quality of our controls relating to the oversight and review of financial statements and reconciliations and our application of relevant accounting policies. However, these remediation efforts are still in process and have not yet been completed. Because of this material weakness, there is heightened risk that a material misstatement of our annual or quarterly financial statements will not be prevented or detected. In addition, the remediation steps we have taken,

 

-79-


Table of Contents

are taking and expect to take may not effectively remediate the material weakness, in which case our internal control over financial reporting would continue to be ineffective. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to complete our remedial actions successfully. Even if we are able to complete these actions successfully, these measures may not adequately address our material weakness. In addition, it is possible that we will discover additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will be required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. In addition, our management will have to evaluate, and our independent registered public accounting firm will have to opine on the effectiveness of, our internal control over financial reporting beginning at the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, if we take advantage of the exemptions contained in the JOBS Act. At such time, our management may conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective. Moreover, even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event that such firm is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed. As a result, we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff. Our remediation efforts may not enable us to avoid a material weakness in the future. In addition, after we become a public company, our reporting obligations may place a significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources and systems for the foreseeable future.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

We have prepared our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP and include our accounts and the accounts of our wholly owned subsidiaries. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires our management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the applicable periods. We base our estimates, assumptions and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Different assumptions and judgments would change the estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, which, in turn, could change the results from those reported. We evaluate our estimates, assumptions and judgments on an ongoing basis.

The critical accounting estimates, assumptions and judgments that we believe have the most significant impact on our consolidated financial statements are described below.

Revenue Recognition

We generate revenue from the sale of network switches which incorporate our EOS software and accessories such as cables and optics to direct customers and channel partners together with PCS. We typically sell products and PCS in a single transaction. We recognize revenue when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery or performance has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.

We define each of the four criteria above as follows:

 

    Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists.  Evidence of an arrangement consists of stand-alone purchase orders or purchase orders issued pursuant to the terms and conditions of a master sales agreement. It is our practice to identify an end customer prior to shipment to a reseller or distributor.

 

   

Delivery or performance has occurred.  We use shipping documents or written evidence of customer acceptance, when applicable, to verify delivery or performance. We recognize product revenue upon transfer of title and risk of loss, which primarily is upon shipment to customers. We do not have

 

-80-


Table of Contents
 

significant obligations for future performance, such as customer acceptance provisions, rights of return or pricing credits, associated with our product sales.

 

    The sales price is fixed or determinable. We assess whether the sales price is fixed or determinable based on payment terms and whether the sales price is subject to refund or adjustment.

 

    Collectability is reasonably assured.  We assess probability of collectability on a customer-by-customer basis. Our customers are subjected to a credit review process that evaluates their financial condition and ability to pay for products and services. We also monitor the credit history of our channel partners and assess their creditworthiness primarily based on their financial condition.

PCS is offered under renewable, fee-based contracts, which include technical support, hardware repair and replacement parts beyond standard warranty, bug fixes, patches and unspecified upgrades on a when-and-if-available basis. We initially defer PCS revenue and recognize it ratably over the life of the PCS contract, with the related expenses recognized as incurred. PCS contracts usually have a term of one to three years. We include billed but unearned PCS revenue in deferred revenue.

We report revenue net of sales taxes. We include shipping charges billed to customers in revenue and the related shipping costs are included in cost of goods sold.

Multiple-Element Arrangements

Most of our arrangements, other than renewals of PCS, are multiple-element arrangements with a combination of products and PCS. Products and PCS generally qualify as separate units of accounting. Our hardware deliverables and included EOS software together deliver the essential functionality of our products. For multiple-element arrangements, we allocate revenue to each unit of accounting based on the relative selling price. The relative selling price for each element is based upon the following hierarchy: vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, if available; third-party evidence, or TPE, if VSOE is not available; and best estimate of selling price, or BESP, if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. As we have not been able to establish VSOE or TPE for our products and most of our services, we generally utilize BESP for the purposes of allocating revenue to each unit of accounting.

 

    VSOE —We determine VSOE based on our historical pricing and discounting practices for the specific products and services when sold separately. In determining VSOE, we require that a substantial majority of the stand-alone selling prices fall within a reasonably narrow pricing range.

 

    TPE —When VSOE cannot be established for deliverables in multiple-element arrangements, we apply judgment with respect to whether we can establish a selling price based on TPE. TPE is determined based on competitor prices for interchangeable products or services when sold separately to similarly situated customers. However, as our products contain a significant element of proprietary technology and offer substantially different features and functionality, the comparable pricing of products with similar functionality typically cannot be obtained. Additionally, as we are unable to reliably determine what our competitors products’ selling prices are on a stand-alone basis, we are not able to obtain reliable evidence of TPE of selling price.

 

    BESP —When we are unable to establish selling price using VSOE or TPE, we use BESP in our allocation of arrangement consideration. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service was sold regularly on a stand-alone basis. BESP is based on consideration of multiple factors including, but not limited to the sales channel (reseller, distributor or end customer), the geographies in which our products and services were sold (domestic or international) and size of the end customer.

We limit the amount of revenue recognition for delivered elements to the amount that is not contingent on the future delivery of products or services or future performance obligations and not subject to customer-specific return or refund privileges.

 

-81-


Table of Contents

We account for multiple agreements with a single partner as one arrangement if the contractual terms and/or substance of those agreements indicate that they may be so closely related that they are, in effect, parts of a single arrangement.

We may occasionally accept returns to address customer satisfaction issues even though there is no contractual provision for such returns. We estimate returns for sales to customers based on historical returns rates applied against current-period gross revenues. Specific customer returns and allowances are considered when determining our sales return reserve estimate.

Inventories

Inventories consist of raw materials and finished goods and are stated at the lower of cost (computed using the first-in, first-out method) or market value. We record a provision when inventory is determined to be in excess of anticipated demand or obsolete to adjust inventory to its estimated realizable value. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, we incurred inventory write-downs of $1.6 million, $3.2 million, $5.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

We establish a liability for non-cancelable, non-returnable purchase commitments with our third-party contract manufacturers for quantities in excess of our demand forecasts, or obsolete material charges. As of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, our provision for non-cancelable, non-returnable purchase commitments was $1.8 million and $1.5 million, respectively. We did not have provisions for non-cancelable, non-returnable purchase commitments as of December 31, 2011 and 2012.

We use significant judgment in establishing our forecasts of future demand and obsolete material exposures. These estimates depend on our assessment of current and expected orders from our customers, product development plans and current sales levels. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, which may be caused by factors within and outside of our control, we may be required to increase our inventory write-downs and provisions for non-cancelable, non-returnable purchase commitments, which could have an adverse impact on our gross margins and profitability.

Warranty

We offer a one-year warranty on all of our hardware products and a 90-day warranty against defects in any software embedded in the products. We use judgment and estimates when determining warranty costs based on historical costs to replace or repair product returns within the warranty period at the time we recognize revenue. We accrue specifically identified reserves if and when we determine we have a systemic product failure. Historically, we have identified specific products that failed in the field prematurely at higher than expected rates due to various component issues. Although we engage in extensive product quality programs, if actual product failure rates or use of materials differ from estimates, additional warranty costs may be incurred, which could reduce our gross margin. For the periods ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, our provisions for warranty expense were $1.9 million, $3.4 million, $4.3 million, $1.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

Compensation expense related to stock-based transactions, including stock options, restricted stock awards, or RSAs, and stock purchase rights, is measured and recognized in the financial statements based on the fair value of the awards granted. The fair value of each stock-based award is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. The stock-based compensation expense, net of forfeitures, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally four years.

Our use of the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected term of the option, the expected

 

-82-


Table of Contents

volatility of the price of our common stock, risk-free interest rates and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. The assumptions used in our option-pricing model represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

These assumptions and estimates are as follows:

 

    Fair Value of Common Stock.  Because our common stock is not yet publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of common stock, as discussed in “—Common Stock Valuations” below.

 

    Expected Term.  The expected term represents the period that our option awards are expected to be outstanding. We consider several factors in estimating the expected term of options granted, including the expected lives used by a peer group of companies within our industry that we consider to be comparable to our business, and the historical option exercise behavior of our employees, which we believe is representative of future behavior.

 

    Expected Volatility.  The volatility is derived from the average historical stock volatilities of a peer group of public companies within our industry that we consider to be comparable to our business over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock-based grants. We did not rely on implied volatilities of traded options in our industry peers’ common stock because the volume of activity was low. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation.

 

    Risk-Free Interest Rate.  The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for zero-coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to the option’s expected term.

 

    Dividend Yield.  We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

The following table summarizes the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model to determine the fair value of our stock options as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2011             2012             2013             2013             2014      

Expected term (in years)

     5.1        5.6        6.5        6.5        7.9   

Expected volatility

     48.8     51.0     51.0     50.5     47.7

Risk-free interest rate

     1.5     0.9     1.7     1.3     2.3

Dividend yield

                    

In addition to the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation expense for our awards. Our forfeiture rate is based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures. We will continue to evaluate the appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover and other factors. Quarterly changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant impact on our stock-based compensation expense as the cumulative effect of adjusting the rate is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to our stock-based compensation on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may have refinements to our estimates, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense.

 

-83-


Table of Contents

Common Stock Valuations

The fair values of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards were determined by our board of directors, with input from management and third-party valuations. We believe that our board of directors has the relevant experience and expertise to determine the fair value of our common stock. As described below, the exercise price of our stock-based awards was determined by our board of directors based on the most recent third-party valuation as of the grant date.

Given the absence of a public trading market of our common stock, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock including:

 

    valuations of our common stock performed by unrelated third-party specialists;

 

    the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

    lack of marketability of our common stock;

 

    our stage of development;

 

    our actual operating and financial performance;

 

    current business conditions and projections;

 

    hiring of key personnel and the experience of our management;

 

    significant product development milestones and the introduction of new product offerings;

 

    likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a merger or acquisition of our company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

    illiquidity of stock-based awards involving securities in a private company;

 

    the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies;

 

    recent private stock sale transactions; and

 

    the U.S. and global capital market conditions.

Estimates will not be necessary to determine the fair value of new awards once the underlying shares of common stock begin trading.

The dates of our valuation reports, which were prepared on a quarterly basis, were not contemporaneous with the grant dates of our stock-based awards. Therefore, we considered the amount of time between the valuation report date and the grant date to determine whether to use the latest common stock valuation report for the purposes of determining the fair value of our common stock for financial reporting purposes. If stock-based awards were granted a short period of time preceding the date of a valuation report, we assessed the fair value of such stock-based awards used for financial reporting purposes after considering the fair value reflected in the subsequent valuation report and other facts and circumstances on the date of grant as discussed below. In certain instances, the fair value that we used for financial reporting purposes exceeded the exercise price for those awards. In reaching this conclusion, we also evaluated whether the subsequent valuation report indicated that any significant change in valuation had occurred between the previous valuation report and the grant date. The additional factors considered when determining any changes in fair value between the most recent valuation report and the grant dates included, when available, the prices paid in recent transactions involving our equity securities, as well as our stage of development, our operating and financial performance, current industry conditions and the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies. There were significant judgments and estimates inherent in these valuations, which included assumptions regarding our future operating performance, the time to completing an initial public

 

-84-


Table of Contents

offering or other liquidity event and the determinations of the appropriate valuation methods to be applied. If we had made different estimates or assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense, net loss and net loss per share attributable to common stockholders could have been significantly different.

In valuing our common stock, our board of directors determined the equity value of our business generally using the income approach and the market comparable approach valuation methods. Additionally, due to recent sales of our common stock, the prior sale of company stock approach was also considered.

Income Approach

The income approach estimates the fair value of a company based on the present value of our future estimated cash flows and our residual value beyond the forecast period. These future cash flows, including the cash flows beyond the forecast period for the residual value, are discounted to their present values using an appropriate discount rate to reflect the risks inherent in our company achieving these estimated cash flows. The discount rates used in our valuation were based primarily on benchmark venture capital studies of discount rates for other companies in our stage of development, considered along with industry-based weighted-average cost of capital rates.

Market Approaches

There are multiple variations of the market approach, of which our board of directors and the third-party valuation specialist utilized two different market approaches when performing the valuations since November 15, 2012, including the guideline public company multiples approach and the prior sales of stock approach.

The various market approaches often rely on the financial performance of other publicly traded companies in the networking industry, or the guideline companies. We identified the guideline companies by initially screening public companies in the networking industry, focusing on public companies located in the United States and traded on primary exchanges, and then selected the guideline companies based on size, growth prospects, comparability of operations, markets and business descriptions. We used the same nine selected guideline companies in all of our valuations from the November 15, 2012 valuation through the August 15, 2013 valuation. For our November 15, 2013 valuation, we considered our progress toward a potential initial public offering and added seven additional recently public companies to the guideline companies. We included these additional companies based on their high-growth characteristics and development of disruptive technologies in their respective segments of the IT market, which in most cases are adjacent to ours. For our November 15, 2013 valuation, we removed two of the nine selected guideline companies that had been used in all of our prior valuations as we believed that the companies were no longer comparable to us given their past and projected operating performance.

Guideline Public Company Multiples Approach.  The guideline public company multiples approach estimates the enterprise value of a company by applying market multiples of our guideline companies to the appropriate metrics of the business to derive an implied value. In our valuations, the multiple of the comparable companies was determined using a ratio of the market value of invested capital less cash to each of the last twelve-month revenue and the next twelve-month revenue.

Prior Sales of Stock Approach.  The prior sales of stock approach estimates the enterprise value of a company based on transactions involving equity securities of the enterprise with unrelated investors. When considering prior sales of the company’s equity, the valuation considers the size and timing of the equity sale, the number of sellers and investors, whether they are sophisticated investors, the relationship of the parties involved in the transaction and the financial condition of the company at the time of the sale.

To date, sales related to our equity securities have consisted solely of private sales of our common stock from current and former employees to a very limited number of unrelated third-party investors. We have not promoted these sale transactions or engaged in the negotiations between the parties, nor have we facilitated these transactions except for customary administrative requirements for transactions in one’s own stock. These

 

-85-


Table of Contents

transactions were not arranged by us to provide any benefits or as a form of additional compensation to our current or former selling employees. In addition, the investors have not had access to our financial data, nor have we provided any due diligence information that an investor would normally obtain prior to investing. We have not exercised our right of first refusal to buy the common stock as we believe that the prices per share in to these sales transactions have been significantly above fair value of our common stock.

Once we determined an equity value, we utilized the option pricing method, or OPM, to allocate the equity value to each of our classes of stock. This method is generally preferred when future outcomes are difficult to predict and dissolution or liquidation is not imminent. OPM values each equity class by creating a series of call options on our equity value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences, participation rights and strike prices of derivatives. Starting in November 2013, due to greater clarity on potential exit scenarios, we began using the Probability Weighted Expected Return Method, or PWERM, to allocate our equity value among the various outcomes.

Using the PWERM, the value of our common stock is estimated based upon an analysis of varying values for our common stock assuming the following possible future events for our company:

 

    the completion of an initial public offering; and

 

    no completion of an initial public offering or sale of the company.

For these possible events, a range of equity values is estimated based on a number of factors, which include market and income valuation approaches that factor in revenue multiples based on the performance of our public company comparables, along with estimates by, and expectations of, our board of directors and management. For each equity value scenario, we determined the appropriate aggregate value to be allocated to holders of our shares of common stock based on the rights and preferences of each class and series of our stock at that time. Next, we estimated the timing of possible future event dates and applied a discount rate, based on our estimated weighted-average cost of capital. We then multiplied the discounted value of common stock under each scenario by an estimated probability for each of the possible events, resulting in a probability-weighted value per share of common stock. As noted, application of this approach involves the use of estimates, judgment and assumptions, such as future cash flows and selection of comparable companies. Changes in our assumptions or the interrelationship of those assumptions impacted the valuations as of each valuation date.

In addition, we considered an appropriate discount adjustment to recognize the lack of marketability since we are a closely held entity.

In order to estimate the concluded fair value of our common stock as of each valuation date, we considered the indications of value from either the OPM or the PWERM and the prior sales of company stock, which were weighted according to our board of director’s estimate of the indication of value resulting from each method.

We considered the amount of time between the valuation date and the grant date to determine whether to use the latest common stock valuation determined pursuant to the methods described above or a straight-line calculation between the two valuation dates. This determination included an evaluation of whether the subsequent valuation indicated that any significant change in valuation had occurred between the previous valuation and the grant date.

 

-86-


Table of Contents

Information regarding stock awards granted since November 15, 2012 is summarized as follows:

 

Grant Date

   Number of Stock
Options Granted
     Exercise
Price
     Fair Value 
Per Share of
Common Stock
     Aggregate Grant
Date Fair Value 
(in thousands)
 

December 27, 2012

     1,362,000       $ 4.18       $ 6.60       $ 5,347   

January 7, 2013

     410,000         4.18         7.23         1,869   

March 11, 2013

     780,700         7.76         9.98         4,433   

April 19, 2013

     504,000         7.76         10.80         3,221   

June 7, 2013

     367,000         8.77         11.66         2,483   

July 8, 2013

     782,000         8.77         12.09         5,612   

September 9, 2013

     1,387,500         10.18         15.29         13,301   

October 7, 2013

     707,900         10.18         18.30         8,505   

December 9, 2013

     570,500         22.49         26.11         8,165   

January 13, 2014

     529,050         22.49         31.40         10,026   

February 11, 2014

     1,712,500         30.67         34.67         34,508   

March 28, 2014

     305,550         34.12         36.91         5,900   

March 31, 2014

     10,000         34.12         37.06         227   

The intrinsic value of all options outstanding as of March 31, 2014 was $         million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the mid-point of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

No single event caused the valuation of our common stock to increase through January 2014. Instead, a combination of the following factors, described in greater detail in the individual valuation discussions below, led to the changes in the fair value of the underlying common stock as determined by our board of directors. The increase was primarily due to business developments during this intervening period, particularly the increase in our number of customers and revenue and our progress towards an initial public offering, including discussions with prospective underwriters and an organizational meeting in December 2013.

To assist our board of directors with the determination of the exercise price for our stock options and the fair value of the common stock underlying the options, we obtained third-party valuations of our common stock as of November 15, 2012, February 15, May 15, August 15, November 15, 2013 and January 31, 2014. Our valuations and determinations of the exercise price and the fair value of the underlying common stock for our stock-based awards granted on or between the respective valuation dates are discussed further below.

November 15, 2012 Valuation

As of November 15, 2012, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock to be $4.18 per share based on a contemporaneous valuation prepared on a minority, non-marketable interest basis. Our aggregate equity value was determined using the income and market approaches. We determined that we had equal confidence in both approaches and, therefore, weighted them equally to determine the aggregate equity value before factoring in any discounts or allocations. We applied a discount rate of 25% to the values derived from the income approach, which we believed to be reasonable and appropriate to apply to the cash flow forecast given our stage of development and inherent risks. For the market approach, the last twelve months, or LTM, and the next twelve months, or NTM, revenue multiples selected were the median of our peer group LTM and NTM revenue multiples of 1.6x and 1.3x.

We then allocated our aggregate equity value to our common stock utilizing the OPM with the following assumptions: an expected volatility of 50%, a risk-free interest rate of 0.19% and a time to liquidity event of 1.25 years. We then reduced the results from the OPM by a non-marketability discount of 10.0%, which determined the fair value of our common stock to be $4.18 per share as of November 15, 2012. A non-marketability discount was applied to reflect the fact that private company common stock is not directly comparable to the value of

 

-87-


Table of Contents

publicly traded stock because stockholders of private companies do not have access to the trading markets of publicly traded companies. In October 2012, current and former employees sold approximately 1.0 million shares of our common stock, representing 1.9% of total shares outstanding, to a single buyer at $25.00 per share. We considered, but did not rely upon, the prior sales of stock approach in determining the fair value of our common stock due to the limited number of participants, limited number of shares transacted and limited instances of prior sales of our common stock, consisting of two occurrences prior to the November 15, 2012 valuation. Our board of directors used the value of $4.18 per share to set the exercise price of the options granted in December 2012 and January 2013 as this was the fair value determined by the most recent valuation prepared at that time.

Due to continued sales of our common stock in private transactions, we determined that a retrospective valuation of the fair value of our common stock as of February 15, 2013 was appropriate for financial reporting purposes. In connection with the preparation of our retrospective common stock valuation as of February 15, 2013, we noted that the fair value of our common stock increased from $4.18 per share on November 15, 2012 to $9.48 per share on February 15, 2013, which indicated that there was an increase in the fair value of the underlying common stock for our January 7, 2013 option grants. Accordingly, we determined on a straight-line basis that the fair value of the underlying common stock for the options granted on December 27, 2012 was $6.60 per share rather than $4.18 per share as previously determined, and the fair value of the underlying common stock for the options granted on January 7, 2013 was $7.23 per share rather than $4.18 per share as previously determined.

February 15, 2013 Valuation

We experienced 6% sequential revenue growth in the first quarter of 2013, and our income from operations slightly decreased by $1.5 million from the previous quarter. Our LTM and NTM improvements as well as increases in the observed multiples of our comparable publicly traded peer companies resulted in the majority of the increase in the valuation. The increase in the fair value of our common stock from the November 15, 2012 valuation was partially due to higher projected cash flows that were used in the income and market approaches.

As of February 15, 2013, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock to be $7.76 per share based on a contemporaneous valuation prepared on a minority, non-marketable interest basis. Our aggregate equity value was determined using the income and market approaches. We determined that we had equal confidence in both approaches and, therefore, weighted them equally to determine the aggregate equity value before factoring in any discounts or allocations. We applied a discount rate of 17% to the values derived from the income approach, which we believed to be reasonable and appropriate to apply to the cash flow forecast given our stage of development and inherent risks. For the market approach, the LTM and NTM revenue multiples selected were the median of our peer group LTM and NTM revenue multiples of 2.5x and 2.2x.

We then allocated our aggregate equity value to our common stock utilizing the OPM with the following assumptions: an expected volatility of 40%, a risk-free interest rate of 0.17%, and a time to liquidity event of 1.00 year. We then reduced the results from the OPM by a non-marketability discount of 10.0%, which determined the fair value of our common stock to be $7.76 per share as of February 15, 2013. In December 2012, current and former employees sold approximately 291,000 shares of our common stock, representing 0.5% of total shares outstanding, to a single buyer at $25.00 per share. We considered, but did not rely upon, the prior sales of stock approach in determining the fair value of our common stock due to the limited number of participants and limited number of shares transacted. Our board of directors used the value of $7.76 per share to set the exercise price of the options granted in March and April 2013 as this was the fair value determined by the most recent valuation prepared at that time.

We believe the valuation of our common stock as of February 15, 2013 was based upon assumptions that were appropriate for valuing common stock of a private company at that time. However, due to continued sales of our common stock in private transactions until November 2013, we determined that a retrospective valuation of the fair value of our common stock as of February 15, 2013 was appropriate for financial reporting purposes. We reassessed the time to liquidity event used in the OPM with a corresponding change in the risk-free rate. We then applied a

 

-88-


Table of Contents

90% weighting to the value determined using OPM and a 10% weighting to the value indicated from prior sale of our common stock in private transactions. On this basis, we determined that for financial reporting purposes, the retrospective fair value of our common stock as of February 15, 2013 was $9.48 per share.

May 15, 2013 Valuation

We experienced 39% sequential revenue growth in the second quarter of 2013 and increased our income from operations by $8.1 million from the previous quarter. Our LTM and NTM improvements resulted in the majority of the increase in the valuation. The increase in the fair value of our common stock from the February 15, 2013 valuation was partially due to higher projected cash flows that were used in the income and market approaches.

As of May 15, 2013, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock to be $8.77 per share based on a contemporaneous valuation prepared on a minority, non-marketable interest basis. Our aggregate equity value was determined using the income and market approaches. We determined that we had equal confidence in both approaches and, therefore, weighted them equally to determine the aggregate equity value before factoring in any discounts or allocations. We applied a discount rate of 16% to the values derived from the income approach, which we believed to be reasonable and appropriate to apply to the cash flow forecast given our stage of development and inherent risks. For the market approach, the LTM, and the NTM revenue multiples selected were the median of our peer group LTM and NTM revenue multiples of 2.4x and 2.0x.

We then allocated our aggregate equity value to our common stock utilizing the OPM with the following assumptions: an expected volatility of 40%, a risk-free interest rate of 0.14% and a time to liquidity event of 0.76 year. We then reduced the results from the OPM by a non-marketability discount of 8.0%, which determined the fair value of our common stock to be $8.77 per share as of May 15, 2013. The decrease in the non-marketability discount from the February 15, 2013 valuation was attributable to the shortened timeframe before an anticipated exit event. In April 2013, current and former employees sold approximately 346,000 shares of our common stock, representing 0.6% of total shares outstanding, to a single buyer at $27.00 per share. We considered, but did not rely upon, the prior sales of stock approach in determining the fair value of our common stock due to the limited number of participants and limited number of shares transacted. Our board of directors used the value of $8.77 per share to set the exercise price of the options granted in June and July 2013 as this was the fair value determined by the most recent valuation prepared at that time.

We believe the valuation of our common stock as of May 15, 2013 was based upon assumptions that were appropriate for valuing common stock of a private company at that time. However, due to continued sales of our common stock in private transactions until November 2013, we determined that a retrospective valuation of the fair value of our common stock as of May 15, 2013 was appropriate for financial reporting purposes. We reassessed the time to liquidity event used in the OPM with a corresponding change in the risk-free rate and non-marketability discount. We then applied an 85% weighting to the value determined using OPM and a 15% weighting to the value indicated from prior sale of our common stock in private transactions. On this basis, we determined that for financial reporting purposes, the retrospective fair value of our common stock as of May 15, 2013 was $11.34 per share. In addition, we applied for financial reporting purposes a straight-line calculation using the valuations of $9.48 per share as of February 15, 2013 and $11.34 per share as of May 15, 2013 to retrospectively determine, with the benefit of hindsight, the fair value of our common stock for stock-based awards granted in March and April 2013.

August 15, 2013 Valuation

We experienced 20% sequential revenue growth in the third quarter of 2013 and increased our income from operations by $1.6 million from the previous quarter. Our LTM and NTM improvements resulted in the majority of the increase in the valuation. The increase in the fair value of our common stock from the May 15, 2013 valuation was partially due to higher projected cash flows that were used in the income and market approaches.

As of August 15, 2013, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock to be $10.18 per share based on a contemporaneous valuation prepared on a minority, non-marketable interest basis. Our

 

-89-


Table of Contents

aggregate equity value was determined using the income and market approaches. We determined that we had equal confidence in both approaches and, therefore, weighted them equally to determine the aggregate equity value before factoring in any discounts or allocations. We applied a discount rate of 15% to the values derived from the income approach, which we believed to be reasonable and appropriate to apply to the cash flow forecast given our stage of development and inherent risks. For the market approach, the LTM and the NTM revenue multiples selected were near the average of the median and upper quartile of our peer group LTM and NTM revenue multiples, which ranged from a median of 2.0x to a top quartile of 2.8x with a range from a median of 1.9x to a top quartile of 2.5x.

We then allocated our aggregate equity value to our common stock utilizing the OPM with the following assumptions: an expected volatility of 40%, a risk-free interest rate of 0.10% and a time to liquidity event of 0.75 year. We then reduced the results from the OPM by a non-marketability discount of 8.0%, which determined the fair value of our common stock to be $10.18 per share as of August 15, 2013. In April 2013, current and former employees sold approximately 346,000 shares of our common stock, representing 0.6% of total shares outstanding, to a single buyer at $27.00 per share. We considered, but did not rely upon, the prior sales of stock approach in determining the fair value of our common stock due to the limited number of participants and limited number of shares transacted. Our board of directors used the value of $10.18 per share to set the exercise price of the options granted in September and October 2013 as this was the fair value determined by the most recent valuation prepared at that time.

We believe the valuation of our common stock as of August 15, 2013 was based upon assumptions that were appropriate for valuing common stock of a private company at that time. However, due to continued sales of our common stock in private transactions until November 2013, we determined that a retrospective valuation of the fair value of our common stock as of August 15, 2013 was appropriate for financial reporting purposes. We reassessed the time to liquidity event used in the OPM with a corresponding change in the risk-free rate and non-marketability discount. We then applied an 85% weighting to the value determined using OPM and a 15% weighting to the value indicated from prior sale of our common stock in private transactions. On this basis, we determined that for financial reporting purposes, the retrospective fair value of our common stock as of August 15, 2013 was $12.61 per share. In addition, we applied for financial reporting purposes a straight-line calculation using the valuations of $11.34 per share as of May 15, 2013 and $12.61 per share as of August 15, 2013 to retrospectively determine, with the benefit of hindsight, the fair value of our common stock for stock-based awards granted in June and July 2013.

November 15, 2013 Valuation

The increase in the fair value of our common stock from the August 15, 2013 valuation was primarily due to an increase in the aggregate enterprise value as a result of an increase in our actual and forecasted revenue combined with higher revenue multiples used due to the addition of seven new comparable industry peer companies, the sale of company stock in private transactions and to a lesser extent, our continued progress towards an initial public offering.

As of November 15, 2013, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock to be $22.49 per share based on a contemporaneous valuation prepared on a minority, non-marketable interest basis. Our aggregate equity value was determined using the income and market approaches.

We allocated our aggregate equity value to our common stock under two probability scenarios: (i) the assumption that we completed an initial public offering with an assumed time to liquidity event of 0.75 years and a discount for lack of marketability of 8% and (ii) the assumption that we did not complete an initial public offering with an assumed time to liquidity event of 2.0 years and a discount for lack of marketability of 12.5%.

Our aggregate equity value under the first scenario was determined using the market approach. The LTM and the NTM revenue multiples selected were the average of the median and upper quartile of our peer group LTM and NTM revenue multiples, which ranged from a median of 2.9x to a top quartile of 6.4x with a range from a median of 2.5x to a top quartile of 4.6x.

 

-90-


Table of Contents

Our aggregate equity value under the second scenario was determined using the income and market approaches. We determined that we had equal confidence in both approaches and, therefore, weighted them equally to determine the aggregate equity value before factoring in any discounts or allocations. For the income approach, we applied a discount rate of 12%. For the market approach, the LTM and the NTM, revenue multiples selected were the average of the median and upper quartile of our peer group LTM and NTM revenue multiples, which ranged from a median of 2.2x to a top quartile of 2.9x with a range from a median of 2.2x to a top quartile of 2.6x. We then allocated our aggregate equity value to our common stock utilizing the OPM with the following assumptions: an expected volatility of 40%, a risk-free interest rate of 0.31% and a time to liquidity event of 2.00 years. We then reduced the results from the OPM by a non-marketability discount of 12.5%.

We assigned a weighting of 50% to each scenario and used the PWERM to arrive at the estimated fair value per share of our common stock of $20.61 per share.

In November 2013, current and former employees sold approximately 159,000 shares of our common stock, representing 0.3% of total shares outstanding, to a single buyer at $30.00 per share. We then applied an 80% weighting to the value determined using PWERM and a 20% weighting to the value indicated from prior sale of our common stock in private transactions. On this basis, the board of directors determined that the fair value of our common stock as of November 15, 2013 was $22.49 per share. In addition, we applied for financial reporting purposes a straight-line calculation using the valuations of $12.61 per share as of August 15, 2013 and $22.49 per share as of November 15, 2013 to retrospectively determine, with the benefit of hindsight, the fair value of our common stock for stock-based awards granted in September and October 2013. For stock-based awards granted in December 2013, our board of directors set an exercise price of $22.49 per share given the close proximity of the November 15, 2013 valuation and the grant date of these awards. For stock-based awards granted in January 2014, our board of directors set an exercise price of $22.49 per share as this was the fair value determined by the most recent valuation prepared at that time.

January 31, 2014

The increase in the fair value of our common stock from the November 15, 2013 valuation was primarily due to an increase in the aggregate enterprise value as a result of an increase in our actual and forecasted revenue combined with higher revenue multiples used, the sale of company stock in private transactions and our continued progress towards an initial public offering.

We performed two separate valuations of our common stock to develop a range of potential values. For our first valuation, we estimated the aggregate equity value to our common stock under two probability scenarios: (i) the assumption that we complete an initial public offering with an assumed time to liquidity event of 0.3 to 0.5 years and a discount for lack of marketability of 6.5% to 7.5% and (ii) the assumption that we did not complete an initial public offering with an assumed time to liquidity event of 2.0 years and a discount for lack of marketability of 12.5 to 15%. Our aggregate equity value under the first scenario was determined using the market approach. In our first valuation, the LTM revenue multiple and LTM earnings multiple selected were 4.50x and 24.0x, which incorporated adjustments to reflect differences between us and our peer group with respect to expected growth, profitability and business risk. In our second valuation, the LTM and the NTM revenue multiples selected were the average of the median and upper quartile of our peer group LTM and NTM revenue multiples, which ranged from a median of 3.2x to a top quartile of 6.1x and with a range from a median of 2.7x to a top quartile of 4.7x. In our first valuation, our aggregate equity value under the second scenario was determined using the income approach. We used a discounted cash flow analysis and applied a discount rate of 12%. We then allocated our aggregate equity value to our common stock utilizing the OPM with the following assumptions: an expected volatility of 43%, a risk-free interest rate of 0.32% and a time to liquidity event of 2.0 years. We then reduced the results from the OPM by a non-marketability discount of 15.0%.

In our second valuation, our aggregate equity value under the second scenario was determined using the income and market approaches. We determined that we had equal confidence in both approaches and, therefore,

 

-91-


Table of Contents

weighted them equally to determine the aggregate equity value before factoring in any discounts or allocations. For the income approach, we applied a discount rate of 12%. For the market approach, the LTM and the NTM, revenue multiples selected were the average of the median and upper quartile of our peer group LTM and NTM revenue multiples, which ranged from a median of 2.6x to a top quartile of 3.2x and a range from a median of 2.3x to a top quartile of 2.8x. We then allocated our aggregate equity value to our common stock utilizing the OPM with the following assumptions: an expected volatility of 40%, a risk-free interest rate of 0.36% and a time to liquidity event of 2.0 years. We then reduced the results from the OPM by a non-marketability discount of 12.5%.

For both valuations we assigned a weighting of 70% to the first scenario and 30% to the second scenario and used the PWERM to arrive at the estimated fair value per share of our common stock of $24.11 and $27.39.

For both valuations we also considered sales made by current and former employees of approximately 36,000 shares in December 2013 and January 2014 to four buyers at a price ranging from $21.00 to $42.00 per share. In addition, as of the valuation report dates, sales of our common stock of approximately 150,000 to 200,000 shares by current and former employees to two buyers at $37.00 per share were pending. Based on the available information, we concluded that the value indicated from the prior sales of our common stock was $36.56 to $37.00 per share. We then applied a 30 to 50% weighting to the value determined using PWERM and a 50% to 70% weighting to the value indicated from prior sales of our common stock in private transactions. On this basis, the fair value of our common stock based on our two valuations was determined to be $30.34 to $34.12 per share.

We granted options to purchase 1,712,500 shares of our common stock on February 11, 2014. Our board of directors set an exercise price of $30.67 per share for these options based on the range of fair values indicated using the contemporaneous valuation reports prepared on a minority, non-marketable interest basis.

Subsequent to February 11, 2014, in addition to the January pending sales of our common stock referred to above, which subsequently closed for approximately 201,000 shares to two buyers at $40.00 per share, there were additional sales made by current and former employees of approximately 45,000 shares to two buyers at prices ranging from $46.00 to $52.00 per share. After consideration of these subsequent additional sales, we reassessed the fair value of common stock to be $34.12 for financial reporting purposes, the higher end of the range of the valuations. For financial reporting purposes, we applied a straight-line calculation using the valuations of $22.49 per share as of November 15, 2013 and $34.12 per share as of January 31, 2014 to retrospectively determine the fair value of our common stock for stock-based awards granted in December 2013 and January 2014.

We granted options to purchase 305,550 and 10,000 shares of our common stock on March 28, 2014 and March 31, 2014, respectively. Our board of directors set an exercise price of $34.12 per share for these options based on considerations outlined above. Based on current market conditions and currently available information, we retrospectively determined the fair value of our common stock for financial reporting purposes for stock-based awards granted to be $34.67, $36.91, and $37.06 as of February 11, 2014, March 28, 2014 and March 31, 2014, respectively.

We have not granted any stock-based awards subsequent to March 31, 2014. For grants subsequent to March 31, 2014 and prior to our initial public offering, we will consider the progression of our proposed initial public offering, changes in our business and results of operations achieved since March 31, 2014 and any subsequent sales of our common stock, among other things, when determining the fair value of our common stock and recording the related stock-based compensation expense.

 

-92-


Table of Contents

Our stock-based compensation expense related to stock-based awards is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
             2011                      2012                  2013              2013              2014      
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 94       $ 270       $ 408       $ 67       $ 211   

Research and development

     992         2,590         5,464        
996
  
    
2,467
  

Sales and marketing

     554         1,078         2,985         482        
1,428
  

General and administrative

     334         765         1,302         197         676   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 1,974       $ 4,703       $ 10,159       $ 1,742       $ 4,782   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, we had unrecognized stock-based compensation of $48.6 million and $81.5 million, respectively, related to unvested stock options net of estimated forfeitures that we expect to recognize over a weighted-average period of 3.3 years and 4.0 years, respectively. In future periods, we expect our stock-based compensation to increase as a result of the recognition of our existing unrecognized stock-based compensation as these awards vest and as we issue additional stock-based awards to attract and retain employees.

Income Taxes

Income tax expense is an estimate of current income taxes payable in the current fiscal year based on reported income before income taxes. Deferred income taxes reflect the effect of temporary differences and carryforwards that we recognize for financial reporting and income tax purposes.

We account for income taxes under the liability approach for deferred income taxes, which requires recognition of deferred income tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements but have not been reflected in our taxable income. Estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax liabilities and in the determination of the recoverability of certain deferred income tax assets, which arise from temporary differences and carryforwards. We measure deferred income tax assets and liabilities using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax assets are expected to be realized or settled. We regularly assess the likelihood that our deferred income tax assets will be realized based on the positive and negative evidence available. We record a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount that we are more likely than not to realize.

We believe that we have adequately reserved for our uncertain tax positions, although we can provide no assurance that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be materially different. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will affect the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made and could have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations. The provision for income taxes includes the effects of any reserves that we believe are appropriate, as well as the related net interest and penalties.

Loss Contingencies

We use significant judgment and assumptions to estimate the likelihood of loss or the incurrence of a liability in determining loss contingencies. We accrue an estimated loss contingency when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and we can reasonably estimate the amount of loss. We record a charge equal to the minimum estimated liability for litigation costs or a loss contingency only when both of the following conditions are met: (i) information available prior to issuance of our consolidated financial statements indicates that it is probable that a liability had been incurred at the date of the financial statements and (ii) the range of loss can be reasonably estimated. We regularly evaluate current information available to us to determine whether such accruals should be adjusted and whether new accruals are required.

 

-93-


Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. As of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, we did not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes.

Foreign Currency Risk

Our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Substantially all of our revenue is denominated in U.S. dollars. Our expenses are generally denominated in the currencies in which our operations are located, which is primarily in the United States and to a lesser extent in Europe and Asia. Our results of operations and cash flows are, therefore, subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and may be adversely affected in the future due to changes in foreign exchange rates. The effect of a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchanges rates applicable to our business would not have a material impact on our historical consolidated financial statements.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our cash and cash equivalents, notes receivable and our indebtedness. Our cash and cash equivalents are held in cash deposits, money market funds with maturities of less than 90 days from the date of purchase. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest income sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of the interest rates in the United States. However, because of the short-term nature of the instruments in our portfolio, a sudden change in market interest rates would not be expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

As of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, our notes receivable had a carrying value of $4.0 million. A hypothetical 10% change in market interest rates would not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

As of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, principal balance due on our Convertible Notes was $100 million. Our exposure to interest rates relates to the change in the amounts of interest we must pay on our borrowings. A hypothetical 10% increase in our borrowing rates could result in an approximately $0.6 million annual increase in interest expense on the existing principal balances.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740), Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists . ASU 2013-11 provides guidance on the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, similar tax loss or tax credit carryforward exists. This new standard requires the netting of unrecognized tax benefits, or UTBs, against a deferred tax asset for a loss or other carryforward that would apply in settlement of the uncertain tax positions. We have early adopted to net UTBs against all available same-jurisdiction loss or other tax carryforwards that would be utilized rather than only against carryforwards that are created by the UTBs. Adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

-94-


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

We are a leading supplier of cloud networking solutions that use software innovations to address the needs of large-scale Internet companies, cloud service providers and next-generation data centers for enterprises, based on market share. Our cloud networking solutions consist of our Extensible Operating System, or EOS, a set of network applications and our 10/40/100 Gigabit Ethernet switches. Our cloud networking solutions deliver industry-leading performance, scalability, availability, programmability, automation and visibility. Since we began shipping our products, we have grown rapidly, and, according to Crehan Research, we have achieved the second largest market share in data center 10/40/100 Gigabit Ethernet switch ports, excluding blade switching, sold in 2013.

At the core of our cloud networking platform is EOS, which was purpose-built to be fully programmable and highly modular. The programmability of EOS has allowed us to create a set of software applications that address the requirements of cloud networking, including workflow automation, network visibility and analytics, and has also allowed us to rapidly integrate with a wide range of third-party applications for virtualization, management, automation, orchestration and network services.

EOS supports leading cloud and virtualization solutions, including VMware NSX, Microsoft System Center, OpenStack and other cloud management frameworks. We have worked with industry leaders to define new open protocols for the virtualized data center. We co-authored the VXLAN protocol specification with VMware and were the first to demonstrate VXLAN integration. We also co-authored the NVGRE protocol specification with Microsoft and support integration with Microsoft’s System Center.

We use standard Linux as our underlying operating system, providing customers with access to all Linux operating system facilities. This allows customers to extend our EOS software with off-the-shelf Linux applications and a growing number of open source management tools.

EOS has a highly modular architecture, which allows us to prevent network outages in deployments of our cloud networking solutions. This architecture also allows us to rapidly develop new features and protocols without compromising the quality of the existing code base. Because all of our switching products are powered by the same binary image of EOS, we are able to deliver these new innovations to our entire installed base with minimal disruption.

We sell our products through both our direct sales force and our channel partners. Since shipping our first products in 2008, our cumulative end-customer base has grown rapidly. Between December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2014, our cumulative end-customer base grew from approximately 570 to approximately 2,500. Our end customers span a range of industries and include large Internet companies, service providers, financial services organizations, government agencies, media and entertainment companies and others. Our customers include six of the largest cloud services providers based on annual revenue.

We have experienced rapid revenue growth over the last several years, increasing our revenue at a compound annual growth rate of 71% from 2010 to 2013. For 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013, our revenue was $71.7 million, $139.8 million, $193.4 million and $361.2 million, respectively. Our 2013 revenue grew 87% when compared to 2012. Our revenue for the three months ended was $117.2 million, an increase of 91% when compared to the same period in 2013. For 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013, our net income was $2.4 million, $34.0 million, $21.3 million and $42.5 million, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, our net income was $6.6 million and $12.3 million, respectively.

Industry Background

Cloud computing is fundamentally changing the way IT infrastructure is built and how applications are delivered. In cloud computing, applications are distributed across thousands of servers. These servers are connected with high-speed network switches that, together, form a pool of resources that allows applications to be rapidly deployed and cost-effectively updated. Cloud computing enables ubiquitous and on-demand network access to these applications from Internet-connected devices including personal computers, tablets and smartphones.

 

-95-


Table of Contents

Nearly all consumer applications today are delivered as cloud services. Enterprise applications are rapidly moving to the cloud as well, since cloud services are easier and more cost effective to deploy, scale and operate than traditional applications. Internet leaders like Amazon, eBay, Facebook, Google, Microsoft and Yahoo! pioneered the development of large-scale cloud data centers in order to meet the growing demands of their users, including business customers. Enterprises and service providers around the world are adopting cloud computing technologies in order to achieve similar performance improvements and cost reductions.

The aggregate network bandwidth in the cloud can be orders of magnitude higher than typical legacy data center networks. Therefore, the networks in such cloud environments must be architected and built in a new way. We refer to these next-generation data center networks as cloud networks. Cloud networks must deliver high capacity, high availability and predictable performance and must be programmable to allow integration with third-party applications for network, management, automation, orchestration and network services.

The development of large-scale cloud infrastructures has resulted in significant capital expenditures. For example, capital spending from the U.S.-based Internet leaders listed above alone increased from $8.9 billion in 2010 to $19.4 billion in 2013, representing a 30% compound annual growth rate. We believe that capital spending on cloud networking has grown at similar rates as the overall capital spending.

Limitations of Traditional Data Center Networks

In our view, cloud networks and legacy networks are fundamentally different. In a traditional data center, specific applications are installed on a small number of servers, and most network traffic is server-to-client, or “north-south” traffic, which results in perhaps a few terabits/second of aggregate network bandwidth. In the cloud, most network traffic is server-to-server, or “east-west” traffic. The aggregate network bandwidth in the cloud can exceed 1 petabit/second, orders of magnitude higher than that of typical legacy data center networks.

The much larger scale of cloud networks requires much higher network availability since network outages in the cloud are very expensive in terms of customer impact. Traditional network switches have evolved, and the features and capabilities of their operating system have expanded over many years without addressing the structural deficiencies of their underlying software architectures, making it difficult to achieve high network switch reliability.

Some networking vendors have built products that use proprietary protocols to address the scaling needs of next-generation data centers. However, proprietary protocols are generally not acceptable to Internet companies or cloud service providers because they create vendor lock-in.

Legacy networks are not programmable and, as a result, are extremely difficult to integrate with third-party applications for network management, automation, orchestration and network services. This lack of integration forces customers to continue to rely on time consuming, error-prone manual processes that may be cost-prohibitive.

Requirements for Cloud Networking

Cloud networks differ in many aspects from legacy networks, including capacity, performance, scale, availability, programmability, automation, visibility and cost performance. The requirements for cloud networking include the following:

 

    Capacity, Performance and Scalability. Cloud networks must have sufficient capacity to interconnect large numbers of servers, up to hundreds of thousands, with predictable network bandwidth.

 

    High Availability. Cloud networks must overcome hardware and software failures for customers in order to avoid network outages that can result in lost revenue, dissatisfied customers and increased operational cost.

 

    Open and Programmable. Cloud networks must be based on open protocols and be programmable to enable integration with leading network applications and management and data analysis tools.

 

-96-


Table of Contents
    Workflow Automation. Cloud networks must offer automated provisioning and configuration to enable fast service delivery and to minimize operational costs, avoiding time-consuming and error-prone manual processes for configuring, provisioning, monitoring and managing the network.

 

    Network Visibility. Cloud networks must provide IT administrators with real-time in-depth visibility of network status to proactively monitor, detect and notify when issues arise.

 

    Cost Performance. Cloud networks must deliver high performance while lowering overall cost of ownership, including capital and operational costs.

Our Cloud Networking Solutions

We are a leading supplier of cloud networking solutions that use software innovations to address the needs of large-scale Internet companies, cloud service providers and next-generation enterprise data centers. Gartner has identified us as a “Visionary” in its 2014 “Magic Quadrant for Data Center Networking” based on our ability to execute and completeness of vision. Our cloud networking platform was purpose-built to address the functional and performance requirements for cloud networks. We deliver our solutions via our industry-leading 10/40/100 Gigabit Ethernet switches optimized for next-generation data center networks.

Our cloud networking solutions consist of EOS, our Extensible Operating System, a set of networking applications and our 10/40/100 Gigabit Ethernet switches. At the core of our cloud networking platform is EOS. EOS was architected to be fully programmable and highly modular.

As illustrated below, the programmability of EOS has allowed us to create a set of software applications and application programming interfaces, or APIs, that address the requirements of cloud networking, including workflow automation, network visibility and analytics, and has further allowed us to integrate rapidly with a wide range of third-party applications for virtualization, management, automation, orchestration and network services.

 

LOGO

The key benefits of our cloud networking solutions are as follows:

Capacity, Performance and Scalability

Our cloud networking platform enables data center networks to scale to hundreds of thousands of physical servers and millions of virtual machines with the least number of switching tiers. We achieve this by leveraging

 

-97-


Table of Contents

standard protocols to meet the scale requirements of cloud computing. We have used active-active Layer 2 and Layer 3 network topologies to enable customers to build extremely large and resilient networks.

High Availability

Our highly modular EOS software architecture was designed to be fault-isolating and self-healing in order to deliver higher stability compared to legacy network operating systems. In addition, our customers can non-disruptively upgrade our switches running in the network using our Smart System Upgrade, or SSU, application.

Open and Programmable

Our EOS software was purpose-built to offer programmable interfaces throughout all levels of our software. This has allowed us to integrate our cloud networking platform with a wide range of leading third-party applications. For example, we support VMware NSX, OpenStack and Microsoft System Center for orchestration and fast provisioning, enabling true workload mobility and automatic provisioning of physical switches. We enable customers, through application programming interfaces, to write their own scripts to customize and optimize their networks. In addition, we support a wide range of software-defined network controllers via our Openflow and Directflow interfaces.

Workflow Automation

Our EOS software enables enterprises to provision networking resources in minutes with no manual intervention through our Zero Touch Provisioning. We also natively support Ansible, CFEngine, Chef, Puppet, virtual network orchestration applications and third-party management tools. Finally, EOS embraces the DevOps model, which is a software development method that combines development and operations, to provision and monitor servers, storage and network resources in a unified fashion.

Network Visibility

Our EOS software provides a set of tools and applications that proactively monitor, detect and notify network managers when network issues arise, delivering real-time data to third-party management applications including Corvil, ExtraHop, Riverbed and Splunk to provide detailed application visibility. Our telemetry applications include VM Tracer, which provides visibility down to the virtual machine level, Path Tracer, which detects errors in provisioned network paths, MapReduce Tracer, which monitors and optimizes the performance of Hadoop workloads, and Health Tracer, which monitors infrastructure resiliency. Our network visibility applications provide real-time insight into the status of the network. They include LANZ, which monitors latency, and DANZ, which provides advanced traffic monitoring with flow analysis and timestamps, plus the ability to perform tap aggregation for reporting and analysis.

Lower Total Cost of Ownership

Our cloud networking platform offers architectural and system advantages that provide our customers with cost-effective and highly available cloud networking solutions. Our programmable, scalable leaf-spine architectures, combined with industry-leading applications, significantly reduce networking costs when compared to legacy network designs, enabling faster time to service and improved availability. Our automation tools reduce the operational costs of provisioning, managing and monitoring a data center network and speed up service delivery. Our visibility tools provide high levels of visibility into complex network environments without the need for additional data collection equipment. As a result, fewer network engineers are needed to operate large networks.

Our Market Opportunity

We compete primarily in the data center switching market for 10 Gigabit Ethernet and above, excluding blade switches. According to Crehan Research, this market will grow from approximately $6 billion in 2013 to $12 billion in 2017, representing a 19% compound annual growth rate.

 

-98-


Table of Contents

We believe that cloud computing represents a fundamental shift from traditional legacy data centers and that cloud networking is the fastest growing segment within the data center switching market. As organizations of all sizes are adopting cloud architectures, spending on cloud and next-generation data centers has increased rapidly over the last several years, while traditional legacy IT spending has been growing more slowly.

Our Customers

As of March 31, 2014, we had delivered our cloud networking solutions to approximately 2,500 end customers worldwide in over 50 countries. Our end customers span a range of industries and include large Internet companies, service providers, financial services organizations, government agencies, media and entertainment companies and others. Our customers include six of the largest cloud service providers based on annual revenue, including eBay, Facebook, Microsoft and Yahoo!, financial services organizations such as Barclays, Citigroup, and Morgan Stanley, and a number of media and service providers, including AOL, Comcast, Equinix, ESPN, Netflix, and Rackspace. For each of the years ended December 31, 2011, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, Microsoft, through purchases effected through our channel partner World Wide Technology, Inc., accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following strengths will allow us to maintain and extend our technology leadership position in cloud networking and next-generation data center Ethernet switching:

 

    Purpose-Built Cloud Networking Platform. We have developed a highly scalable cloud networking platform that uses software to address the needs of large-scale Internet companies, cloud service providers, financial services organizations, government agencies and media and entertainment companies, including virtualization, big data and low-latency applications. As a result, our cloud networking platform does not have the inherent limitations of legacy network architectures.

 

    Broad and Differentiated Switch Portfolio. Using multiple silicon architectures, we deliver switches with industry-leading capacity, low latency, port density and power efficiency and have innovated in areas such as deep packet buffers, embedded optics and reversible cooling. Our broad switching portfolio has allowed us to offer customers products that best match their specific requirements.

 

    Single Binary Image Software. The single binary image of EOS software allows us to maintain feature consistency across our entire product portfolio and enables us to introduce new software innovations into the market that become available to our entire installed base without a “forklift upgrade” (i.e., a broad upgrade of the data center infrastructure).

 

    Rapid Development of New Features and Applications. Our highly modular EOS software has allowed us to rapidly deliver new features and applications while preserving the structural integrity and quality of our network operating system. We believe our ability to deliver new features and capabilities more quickly than possible with legacy switch operating systems provides us with a strategic advantage given that the requirements in cloud and next-generation data center networking continue to evolve rapidly.

 

    Deep Understanding of Customer Requirements. We have developed close working relationships with many of our largest customers that provide us with insights about their needs and future requirements. This has allowed us develop and deliver products to market that meet customer demands and expectations as well as to rapidly grow sales to existing customers.

 

   

Strong Management and Engineering Team with Significant Data Center Networking Expertise. Our management and engineering team consists of networking veterans with extensive data center networking expertise. Our President and Chief Executive Officer, Jayshree Ullal, previously served as SVP and general manager of Cisco’s Data Center Business. Andy Bechtolsheim, our founder and Chief Development Officer, was previously a founder and chief system architect at Sun Microsystems and

 

-99-


Table of Contents
 

from 1996 to 2003 served as VP/GM of the Gigabit Systems Business Unit at Cisco. Kenneth Duda, our founder, Chief Technology Officer and SVP Software Engineering, led the software development effort of the Gigabit Systems Business Unit at Cisco from 1996 to 2000.

 

    Significant Technology Lead. We believe that our networking technology represents a fundamental advance in networking software. Our EOS software is the result of more than 1,000 man-years of research and development investment over a nine-year period.

Our Growth Strategy

We intend to grow our revenue and market share in cloud and next-generation data center Ethernet switching. Key elements of our growth strategy include:

 

    Continue to Innovate and Extend our Technology Leadership. We plan to increase our investment in research and development to expand and enhance the features and capabilities of our cloud networking solutions, including our EOS software and our switching products. We believe that continued software and hardware innovation is critical to addressing the complex and changing requirements of cloud networks and that our approach will enable us to continue to innovate rapidly and bring new offerings to market.

 

    Expand our Sales Organization and our Channel Partners. We intend to continue to invest in our sales organization around the globe as we pursue relationships with new large enterprise, service provider and government customers that are deploying data centers. We believe our channel partner network serves a critical role in growing our sales, and we intend to continue to expand our channel partner network and enhance our sales efficiency through sales and support training. We designed our Arista Partner Program, targeted at resellers and systems integrators, to engage partners who provide value-added services and extend our reach into the marketplace. As of March 31, 2014, we had approximately 600 channel partners worldwide.

 

    Increase Penetration with our Existing Customer Base. Our customers often deploy our products initially for a specific application, which may account for only a portion of their networking needs. As we successfully demonstrate the benefits of our solutions, we see a significant opportunity to sell additional products and services to our existing customers to migrate additional workloads and applications onto our cloud networking platform. For example, the information technology department of a global financial services institution, which is associated with one of our underwriters, initially purchased our products for a trading application, then for an IP storage application and is now using our products in the core of its data center.

 

    Expand Strategic Relationships. We have developed strategic relationships with a number of technology ecosystem participants including Aruba Networks, F5 Networks, Microsoft, Palo Alto Networks, Riverbed, Splunk and VMware, to allow integration of our cloud networking solutions with their offerings and enable an integrated experience for our customers. This is a key differentiating point of our solutions as it allows customers to improve performance by integrating with leading solutions. We intend to continue building upon these relationships to provide our customers with the ability to more easily integrate our networking products with their existing and planned IT infrastructures.

Our Products and Technology

We offer one of the broadest product lines of data center 10/40/100 Gigabit Ethernet switches in the industry, comprising our 7050 Series and 7150 Series top-of-rack switches, our 7250X Series and 7300 Series SPLINE switches and our 7500 Series spine switch.

 

-100-


Table of Contents

We deliver switches with industry-leading capacity, low latency, port density, power efficiency. We have also innovated in areas such as deep packet buffers, embedded optics and reversible cooling. Our products have been recognized with a number of awards, including the Best of Interop Grand Prize that was given to our industry-leading spine switch, the Arista 7500 Series, in 2010 and again, to the Arista 7500E Series, in 2013. An overview of our switching portfolio is shown in the figure below.

 

LOGO

We use multiple silicon architectures across our products, which allows us to build a broader range of switching products optimized for different functions in the network than competitors that utilize fewer silicon architectures. While we use multiple silicon architectures, all of our switches are powered with the same binary EOS image, which significantly simplifies deployment and ensures the same rich feature set and consistent operation across all our products.

Our broad switching portfolio has allowed us to offer customers products that best match their specific requirements. Examples of data center switch products we launched in 2013 are shown in the table below.

LOGO

 

-101-


Table of Contents

Our Extensible Operating System

The core of our cloud networking platform is our Extensible Operating System, or EOS, which runs on top of standard Linux and offers programmability at all layers of the stack. All of our 10/40/100 Gigabit Ethernet switches run our EOS software.

EOS is based on a new and innovative architecture that cleanly separates protocol processing from system state. Our EOS software is highly modular and consists of more than 100 separate processes that we call agents, each one handling specific protocol processing, device driver or system management functions. Each agent runs in user space as a separate Linux process and is completely protected and isolated from all other agents. Communication between agents only occurs through a central in-memory database called SysDB, which provides a central repository for all system state. Any update posted by an agent to SysDB is automatically forwarded to all other processes that need to be notified of such an update to perform the appropriate processing. The exchange of state through a central state repository is far more reliable than the conventional approach of direct inter-process communication between a large number of processes.

As illustrated below, all agents are isolated from each other and interact directly through SysDB, thereby ensuring fault containment and availability.

 

LOGO

EOS Attributes

The modular and programmable architecture of EOS enables us to offer a set of attributes, capabilities and features that are essential for cloud networking and next-generation data centers.

High Availability

EOS is self-healing in the sense that individual processes can be restarted without impacting application traffic. The same attribute allows in-service software upgrades of individual EOS processes. The capability to recover from software faults and upgrade processes in a running system is not available in legacy network operating systems.

 

-102-


Table of Contents

Programmable at All Layers

EOS is programmable at all layers from the Linux kernel to switch configuration, provisioning, automation and detailed monitoring of the network. We support the following application programming interfaces, or APIs:

 

    JSON (JavaScript Object Notation) application programming interfaces to our EOS software enable us, customers and third parties to integrate our cloud networking solutions with existing orchestration and automation systems;

 

    OpenFlow and DirectFlow interfaces enable programming of the forwarding state of the system for traffic engineering in conjunction with external controllers; and

 

    vCenter APIs enable integration with VMware ESX and VMware NSX.

In addition, we support full access to Linux and support standard Linux tools such as Ping, TCPdump, Ganglia and Nagios, as well as customized Shell, Python and Perl scripts and native C++ programs.

Complete Network Visibility

Through EOS, we have developed a wide range of applications available to our customers for purchase as additional licenses that enable enhanced network monitoring and visibility without requiring additional external monitoring devices, including the following:

 

    Latency Analyzer, or LANZ, an application that allows network operators to manage congestion actively in real-time and trigger packet data capture based on queue depth analysis, enabling proactive congestion management;

 

    Data Analyzer, or DANZ, an application that integrates an advanced suite of Tap and SPAN Switch Port aggregation management with our switches;

 

    VMTracer, an application that enables auto-provisioning of the network segmentation model on a per-VM basis and provides complete visibility of the locations of virtual machines on a given physical network port;

 

    PathTracer, an application that detects issues with all paths in active-active Layer 2 or Layer 3 networks;

 

    MapReduce Tracer, an application that provides faster rebalancing and recovery in case of node failures in Hadoop networks; and

 

    Health Tracer, an application that monitors the health of the network switch.

Network Automation

EOS supports Puppet, Chef and Ansible, which enables automatic network configuration in the same manner as servers and storage. In addition, EOS provides two tools that greatly reduce network operational costs:

 

    Zero Touch Provisioning , a tool that automates the provisioning of network infrastructure and speeds time to production for new services while eliminating the risk of human error; and

 

    Zero Touch Replacement , a tool that provides automated provisioning of replacement switches, significantly reducing mean-time-to-replacement of a failed switch.

Leaf-Spine Network Designs

Our customers typically deploy leaf-spine network topologies consisting of leaf switches or top-of-rack switches, located in the server rack connected with uplinks to multiple load-sharing spine switches that provide the backbone. Our leaf-spine network designs scale up to more than 300,000 physical servers and millions of virtual machines using Equal Cost Multiple Pathing, or ECMP, to load balance Layer 3 network traffic across multiple spine switches. With Multi-Chassis Link Aggregation, or MLAG, we can build an active-active Layer 2

 

-103-


Table of Contents

network that can connect more than 25,000 physical servers. Examples of our leaf-spine MLAG and ECMP architectures are illustrated below.

 

LOGO

Our leaf-spine network designs have been widely deployed and provide predictable network bandwidth and latency. A key advantage of predictable network performance is that it eliminates the need to optimize the network for specific applications, which means a single network design works equally well for all applications.

Customer Support and Services

We have designed our customer support offerings to provide our customers with high levels of support. Our global team of support engineers engages directly with client IT teams and is available at all times over e-mail, by phone or through our website.

We offer multiple service options that allow our customers to select the product replacement service level that best meets their needs. We stock spare parts in over 85 locations around the world through our third-party logistics suppliers. All of our service options include unlimited access to bug-fixes, new feature-releases, online case management and our community forums.

Customer Case Studies

The following are examples of successful deployments of our products to build scalable, high-performance networks.

U.S.-Based Internet Leader

Problem: In 2010, this top 10 U.S. web company was deploying a large big data cluster to improve its business analytics and optimize its cross-selling and application workflows. To accomplish this it had to deploy thousands of servers and hundreds of network devices quickly and without error. This had been a labor-intensive process that can take several hours per network switch.

Solution and Benefits: We devised an automated provisioning system that closely resembles the behavior of our customer’s Linux-based servers. Our Zero Touch Provisioning capability enabled the switch to boot itself, synchronize its software version, download a customized configuration and place itself into service automatically with no human intervention. This feature enabled our customer to accelerate its time to market and deploy this network with a much smaller IT staff, while ensuring there were no human configuration errors.

 

-104-


Table of Contents

Cloud Database Application

Problem: In 2012, a leading business software company needed a high-performance network solution for their cloud that would also enable automated and simplified provisioning and management, lowering the total cost of ownership of their service offering.

Solution and Benefits: We worked closely with the cloud engineering team during 2013 to deliver a provisioning/management framework with EOS that allowed for the automated creation and management of cloud-based compute, network and storage systems. These features were enabled by EOS and resulted in a more reliable, high performance and agile cloud environment that is easier to provision, manage and monitor.

Global Financial Services Institution

Problem: The information technology department of a global financial services institution, which is associated with one of our underwriters, needed to build a scalable, next-generation data center based on the same principles cloud operators have followed: simple systems that embrace automation and scale with low and predictable costs. Additionally, this architecture would need to be deployed into existing data centers for build-outs of grid compute and Apache Hadoop big data analytics. The customer needed a scalable and reliable physical network that would be the foundation for their new software-defined data center, embracing network virtualization workloads that could be rapidly deployed with provisioning being automated by software.

Solution and Benefits: After evaluation and proof of concept testing in June 2012, the customer chose our portfolio and EOS as its next-generation data center network standard because we were able to provide high scalability and performance at a low cost with low power consumption. In addition, EOS support for virtual networking and scalable and highly resilient software architecture was considered the best available solution for addressing the customer’s new evolving network operations architecture. The customer is currently using the EOS open programming model for integration with major cloud and network virtualization platforms, enabling automated provisioning of physical and virtual networking.

Medical Research Organization

Problem: This medical research organization needed increased bandwidth in order to reliably run computational programs that rapidly render DNA sequences and enable collaboration among various scientists. To speed its critical biomedical research, this customer needed a network that would enable the lossless transfer of significant amounts of data across its high-performance cluster consisting of thousands of computational devices.

Solution and Benefits: After meeting with us and understanding how our 7500 Series switch provides for the lossless transfer of petabytes of data in January 2010, this customer chose our 10 Gigabit Ethernet solution for its high-performance cluster. EOS offered a number of extensibility features and Linux tools that this customer leveraged to significantly increase performance and reduce power consumption. Our technology enabled these results by reducing the overhead associated with large-scale computationally intensive clusters.

Global Financial Services Institution

Problem : The information technology department of a global financial institution, which is associated with one of our underwriters in 2012, needed to improve the performance of its trading platforms, and then scale the performance and capacity of its core network, reduce costs and build a multi-vendor infrastructure.

Solution and Benefits: Initially leveraging the ultra-low latency of our 7100 Series switches, this customer was able to decrease the latency of their trading platforms while providing a clear upgrade path to 40 Gigabit Ethernet so its servers could ingest significantly more data. The self-healing architecture of EOS ensured high availability in a critical trading environment, and with our Linux tooling, this customer was able to expose

 

-105-


Table of Contents

statistics on network utilization that helped it optimize its trading algorithms. Success in its early deployment led to additional deployments of our solutions by this customer, including in global trading locations at multiple venues, IP/storage interconnection, Tap/SPAN aggregation and ultimately the data center core, as we believe the customer continued to gain trust and confidence in our portfolio and EOS in critical production environments.

Sales and Marketing

We market and sell our products through our direct sales force and in partnership with our channel partners, including distributors, value-added resellers, systems integrators and OEM partners. We also sell in conjunction with various technology partners. To facilitate channel coordination and increase productivity, we have created a partner program, the Arista Partner Program, to engage partners who provide value-added services and extend our reach into the marketplace. Authorized training partners perform technical training of our channel partners and end customers. Our partners commonly receive an order from an end customer prior to placing an order with us, and we confirm the identification of the end customer prior to accepting such orders. Our partners generally do not stock inventory received from us.

Our sales organization is supported by systems engineers with deep technical expertise and responsibility for pre-sales technical support and solutions engineering for our end customers, systems integrators, original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, and channel partners. A pool of shared inside sales and marketing representatives also supports these teams. Each sales team is responsible for a geographical territory, has responsibility for a number of major direct end-customer accounts or has assigned accounts in a specific vertical market. We have field sales teams operating in 23 countries. During 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014, 84% and 83% of our revenue was generated from the Americas, substantially all from the United States, 11% and 10% from Europe, the Middle East and Africa and 5% and 7% from the Asia-Pacific region, respectively.

Our marketing activities consist primarily of technology conferences, web marketing, trade shows, seminars and events, public relations, analyst relations, demand generation and direct marketing to build our brand, increase end-customer awareness, communicate our product advantages and generate qualified leads for our field sales force and channel partners.

Research and Development

We believe our future success depends on our ability to develop new products and features that address the needs of our end customers. Our in-house engineering personnel are responsible for the development, quality, documentation, support and release of our products. We plan to continue to invest significantly in resources to conduct our research and development efforts.

Our research and development expenses totaled $26.4 million, $55.2 million and $98.6 million for 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. In the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, our research and development expenses were $19.5 million and $33.4 million, respectively. We plan to continue to invest significant resources in our research and development efforts.

Manufacturing

We subcontract the manufacturing of all of our products to various contract manufacturers. Our primary manufacturing partners are Jabil Circuit and Foxconn. We also work with Flextronics International Ltd. to provide logistics and final configuration services in North America. This approach allows us to reduce our costs, manufacturing overhead and inventory position and allows us to adjust more quickly to changing end-customer demand. We require all of our manufacturing locations to be ISO-9001 certified. Our EOS software is installed on our products at the original manufacturing location for the majority of our products or at one of three direct fulfillment facilities.

 

-106-


Table of Contents

Our contract manufacturing partners procure the majority of the components needed to build our products and assemble our products according to our design specifications. This allows us to leverage the purchasing power of our contract manufacturing partners. We retain complete control over the bill of material, test procedures and quality assurance programs. Our on-site personnel work closely with our partners and review on an ongoing basis forecasts, inventory levels, processes, capacity, yields and overall quality. Our contract manufacturing partners procure components and assemble our products based on our demand forecasts. These forecasts represent our estimates of future demand for our products based upon historical trends and analyses from our sales and product management functions as adjusted for overall market conditions. We update these forecasts monthly.

Our products rely on key components, including merchant silicon, integrated circuit components and power supplies purchased from a limited number of suppliers, including certain sole source providers. Generally, neither our contract manufacturers nor we have a written agreement with any of these component providers to guarantee the supply of the key components used in our products nor do we have exclusive rights to such key components. Our product development efforts also depend upon continued collaboration with our key suppliers, including our merchant silicon vendors such as Broadcom and Intel. As we develop our product roadmap and continue to expand our relationships with these and other merchant silicon vendors, it is critical that we work in tandem with our key merchant silicon vendors to ensure that their silicon includes improved features and that our products take advantage of such improved features. This enables us to focus our research and development resources on software core competencies and to leverage the investments made by merchant silicon vendors to achieve cost-effective solutions.

Once the completed products are manufactured and tested, our contract manufacturing partners ship them to various theatre direct fulfillment facilities in California, the Netherlands and Singapore for final configuration, quality control inspection and shipment to our distribution partners and end customers. After the products are shipped to our end customers, our products are installed by the end customers or by third-party service providers such as system integrators or value added resellers on their behalf.

Backlog

We do not have any long-term purchase commitments from customers. Customers generally order products on an as-needed basis with short lead and delivery times on a per-purchase-order basis. We maintain substantial finished goods inventory to ensure that products can generally be shipped shortly after receipt of an order. A significant portion of our customer shipments in any fiscal period relate to orders received and shipped in that fiscal period, resulting in very little, if any, order backlog. Because our customers utilize purchase orders containing non-binding purchase commitments and we allow customers to cancel, change or reschedule orders without penalty at any time prior to shipment, we also do not believe backlog is firm. As a result of the foregoing factors, backlog is not material and not a meaningful indicator in any given period of our ability to achieve any particular level of overall revenue or financial performance.

Competition

The markets in which we compete are highly competitive and characterized by rapidly changing technology, changing end-customer needs, evolving industry standards and frequent introductions of new products and services. We expect competition to intensify in the future as the market for cloud networking expands and existing competitors and new market entrants introduce new products or enhance existing products.

We compete with large network equipment and system vendors, including Cisco Systems, Juniper Networks, Brocade Communications Systems, Hewlett-Packard and Dell. We also face competition from other companies and new market entrants, some of which may be our current technology partners and end customers.

The principle competitive factors applicable to our products include:

 

    breadth of product offerings and features;

 

    reliability and product quality;

 

-107-


Table of Contents
    ease of use;

 

    total cost of ownership, including automation, monitoring and integration costs;

 

    performance and scale;

 

    programmability and extensibility;

 

    interoperability with other products;

 

    ability to be bundled with other vendor offerings; and

 

    quality of service, support and fulfillment.

We believe our products compete favorably with respect to these factors. Our EOS software offers high reliability, integrates with existing network protocols and is open and programmable. We believe the combination of EOS, a set of network applications and our 10/40/100 Gigabit Ethernet Switch makes our offering highly competitive for both cloud and enterprise data centers. However, many of our competitors have greater name recognition, longer operating histories, larger sales and marketing budgets and resources, broader distribution and established relationships with channel partners and end customers, greater access to larger end-customer bases, greater end-customer support resources, greater manufacturing resources, the ability to leverage their sales efforts across a broader portfolio of products, the ability to bundle competitive offerings with other products and services, the ability to set more aggressive pricing policies, lower labor and development costs, greater resources to make acquisitions, larger intellectual property portfolios and substantially greater financial, technical, research and development or other resources.

Intellectual Property

Our success and ability to compete depend substantially upon our core technology and intellectual property. We rely on patent, trademark and copyright laws, trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements with our employees, end customers, resellers, systems integrators and others to protect our intellectual property rights. As of March 31, 2014, we had 28 patent applications pending in the United States and two patents granted in the United States, which expire in 2025 and 2028.

We cannot assure you that any of our patent applications will result in the issuance of a patent or whether the examination process will result in patents of valuable breadth or applicability. In addition, any patents that may issue may be contested, circumvented, found unenforceable or invalidated, and we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing them. We also license software from third parties for integration into our products, including open source software and other software available on commercially reasonable terms. We also own a number of trademarks in the United States and other jurisdictions, including Arista (which mark is not registered in the United States), EOS, CloudVision, Health Tracer, MapReduce Tracer, Path Tracer, MXP, RAIL and SPLINE.

We control access to and use of our software, technology and other proprietary information through internal and external controls, including contractual protections with employees, contractors, end customers and partners. Our software is protected by U.S. and international copyright, patent and trade secret laws. Despite our efforts to protect our software, technology and other proprietary information, unauthorized parties may still copy or otherwise obtain and use our software, technology and other proprietary information. In addition, we intend to expand our international operations, and effective patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret protection may not be available or may be limited in foreign countries.

Our industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent claims and related litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. If we become more successful, we believe that competitors will be more likely to try to develop products that are similar to ours and that may infringe our proprietary rights. It may also be more likely that competitors or other third parties will claim that our products infringe their proprietary rights. In particular, large and established companies in our industry have extensive

 

-108-


Table of Contents

patent portfolios and are regularly involved in both offensive and defensive litigation. From time to time, third parties, including certain of these large companies and non-practicing entities, may assert patent, copyright, trademark and other intellectual property rights against us, our channel partners or our end customers, whom our standard license and other agreements obligate us to indemnify against such claims. Successful claims of infringement by a third party, if any, could prevent us from distributing certain products or performing certain services, require us to expend time and money to develop non-infringing solutions or force us to pay substantial damages, royalties or other fees. We cannot assure you that we do not currently infringe, or that we will not in the future infringe, upon any third-party patents or other proprietary rights.

Employees

As of March 31, 2014, we employed over 850 full-time employees. None of our employees are represented by unions. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good and have not experienced significant interruptions of operations due to labor disagreements.

Facilities

We currently lease approximately 150,000 square feet of space for our corporate headquarters in Santa Clara, California, pursuant to a lease that expires in September 2023. We lease additional space in San Francisco, California and in various other national and international locations, including: Bangalore, India; Vancouver, Canada; Shannon, Ireland; and Penang, Malaysia. We believe that our current facilities are adequate to meet our current needs. We also anticipate expanding our facilities as we add employees and enter new geographic markets. We believe that suitable additional or alternative space will be available at commercially reasonable terms as needed to accommodate any such future growth.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time we are a party to various litigation matters and subject to claims that arise in the ordinary course of business including, for example, patent infringement lawsuits by non-practicing entities. In addition, third parties may from time to time assert claims against us in the form of letters and other communications. Except as otherwise set forth below, there is no pending or threatened legal proceeding to which we are a party that, in our opinion, is likely to have a material adverse effect on our future financial results of operations; however, the results of litigation and claims are inherently unpredictable. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

Optumsoft, Inc. Matters

On April 4, 2014, Optumsoft filed a lawsuit against us in the Superior Court of California, Santa Clara County titled Optumsoft, Inc. v. Arista Networks, Inc., in which it asserts (i) ownership of certain components of our EOS network operating system pursuant to the terms of a 2004 agreement between the companies and (ii) breaches of certain confidentiality and use restrictions in that agreement. Under the terms of the 2004 agreement, Optumsoft provided us with a non-exclusive, irrevocable, royalty-free license to software delivered by Optumsoft comprising a software tool used to develop certain components of EOS and a runtime library that is incorporated into EOS. The 2004 agreement places certain restrictions on our use and disclosure of the Optumsoft software and gives Optumsoft ownership of improvements, modifications and corrections to, and derivative works of, the Optumsoft software that we develop.

In its lawsuit, Optumsoft has asked the Court to order us to (i) give Optumsoft copies of certain components of our software for evaluation by Optumsoft, (ii) cease all conduct constituting the alleged confidentiality and use restriction breaches, (iii) secure the return or deletion of Optumsoft’s alleged intellectual property provided to third parties, including our customers, (iv) assign ownership to Optumsoft of Optumsoft’s alleged intellectual property currently owned by us, and (v) pay Optumsoft’s alleged damages, attorney’s fees, and costs of the lawsuit. David Cheriton, one of our founders and a former member of our board of directors who resigned from

 

-109-


Table of Contents

our board of directors on March 1, 2014 and has no continuing role with us, is a founder and, we believe, the largest stockholder and director of Optumsoft. The 2010 David R. Cheriton Irrevocable Trust dtd July 27, 2010, a trust for the benefit of the minor children of Mr. Cheriton, is our largest stockholder.

Although Optumsoft has claimed ownership of various specific software components in communications with us, it has not identified in the litigation the specific software components it claims to own. We cannot assure you which software components Optumsoft may ultimately claim to own in the litigation, although they may include components that are material. Optumsoft’s complaint, our answer to the complaint, and our cross-complaint filed in the litigation are attached as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

On April 14, 2014, we filed a cross-complaint against Optumsoft, in which we assert our ownership of the software components at issue and our interpretation of the 2004 agreement. Among other things, we assert that the language of the 2004 agreement and the parties’ long course of conduct support our ownership of the disputed software components. We ask the Court to declare our ownership of those software components, all similarly-situated software components developed in the future and all related intellectual property. We also assert that, even if we are found not to own any particular components at issue, such components are licensed to us under the terms of the 2004 agreement. However, there can be no assurance that our assertions will ultimately prevail in litigation.

On the same day, we also filed an answer to Optumsoft’s claims, as well as affirmative defenses based in part on Optumsoft’s failure to maintain the confidentiality of its claimed trade secrets, its authorization of the disclosures it asserts and its delay in claiming ownership of the software components at issue. We have also taken additional steps to respond to Optumsoft’s allegations that we improperly used and/or disclosed Optumsoft confidential information. While we believe we have strong defenses to these allegations, we believe we have (i) revised our software to remove the elements we understand to be at issue and made the revised software available to our customers and (ii) removed information from our website that Optumsoft asserted disclosed Optumsoft confidential information.

We intend to vigorously defend against Optumsoft’s lawsuit. However, we cannot be certain that, if litigated, any claims by Optumsoft would be resolved in our favor. For example, if it were determined that Optumsoft owned components of our EOS network operating system, we would be required to transfer ownership of those components and any related intellectual property to Optumsoft. If Optumsoft were the owner of those components, it could make them available to our competitors, such as through a sale or license. In addition, Optumsoft could assert additional or different claims against us, including claims that our license from Optumsoft is invalid. Additionally, the existence of this lawsuit could cause concern among our customers and potential customers and could adversely affect our business and results of operations. An adverse litigation ruling could also result in a significant damages award against us and the injunctive relief described above. In addition, if our license was ruled to have been terminated, and we were not able to negotiate a new license from Optumsoft on reasonable terms, we could be required to pay substantial royalties to Optumsoft or be prohibited from selling products that incorporate Optumsoft intellectual property. Any such adverse ruling could materially adversely affect our business, prospects, results of operation and financial condition. Whether or not we prevail in the lawsuit, we expect that the litigation will be expensive, time-consuming and a distraction to management in operating our business.

Net Navigation LLC Matters

On April 23, 2014, Net Navigation LLC sued us for alleged infringement of U.S. Patent Nos. 5,901,147; 6,434,145; and 6,625,122 in U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas. That same day, Net Navigation LLC filed complaints against three other companies alleging infringement of one or more of those patents. Based upon our preliminary investigation, we do not believe that our products infringe any valid or enforceable claim of the aforementioned patents, although the outcome of any litigation can never be certain.

 

-110-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and directors as of March 31, 2014:

 

Name

  

Age

    

Position(s)

Jayshree Ullal

     53      

Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

Andy Bechtolsheim

     58      

Founder, Chief Development Officer, Director and Chairman of the Board

Kenneth Duda

     42      

Founder, Chief Technology Officer and Senior Vice President, Software Engineering

Kelyn Brannon

     55      

Chief Financial Officer

Anshul Sadana

     37      

Senior Vice President, Customer Engineering

Mark Smith

     57      

Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales Operations

Charles Giancarlo (2)

     56      

Director

Ann Mather (1)

     53      

Director

Daniel Scheinman (2) (3)

     51      

Director

Marc Stoll (1)(3)

     43      

Director

Nikos Theodosopoulos (1)(3)

     51      

Director

 

(1) Member of our audit committee.
(2) Member of our compensation committee.
(3) Member of our nominating and corporate governance committee.

Executive Officers

Jayshree Ullal has served as our President, Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since October 2008. From September 1993 to May 2008, Ms. Ullal served in various positions at Cisco Systems, Inc., an American multinational corporation that designs, manufactures, and sells networking equipment, with her last position as senior vice president of data center, switching and services group. Prior to that, Ms. Ullal was a vice president of marketing at Crescendo Communications, Inc., Cisco’s first acquisition in 1993. She has also held various product and engineering positions at Ungermann-Bass, Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. and Fairchild Semiconductor. Ms. Ullal holds a B.S. in Engineering (Electrical) from San Francisco State University and an M.S. in Engineering Management from Santa Clara University. She is a 2013 recipient of the Santa Clara University School of Engineering Distinguished Engineering Alumni Award.

We believe that Ms. Ullal possesses specific attributes that qualify her to serve as a member of our board of directors, including her extensive experience in the networking industry and the operational insight and expertise she has accumulated as our President and Chief Executive Officer.

Andy Bechtolsheim is one of our founders and has served as our Chairman since 2004 and as our Chief Development Officer since 2009. Mr. Bechtolsheim is also a full-time employee of the Company. Mr. Bechtolsheim is also a founder and the chairman of DSSD, a privately held flash storage company, and serves on the board of directors of Bluebox, a privately held security company, and Real Intent, a privately held design verification company. In 1982, Mr. Bechtolsheim co-founded Sun Microsystems, Inc., a manufacturer and seller of computers and computer software, which was acquired by Oracle Corporation in January 2010. In 1995, Mr. Bechtolsheim co-founded and was president and chief executive officer of Granite Systems, Inc., a manufacturer of high-speed network switches, which was acquired by Cisco Systems, Inc. in 1996, and Mr. Bechtolsheim served in various positions including vice president and general manager of the Gigabit

 

-111-


Table of Contents

Systems Business Unit. In 2003, Mr. Bechtolsheim became the president of Kealia, Inc., a developer of networking solutions for servers, which was acquired by Sun Microsystems, Inc. in April 2004. From April 2004 to October 2008, Mr. Bechtolsheim served as senior vice president and chief systems architect at Sun Microsystems, Inc. Mr. Bechtolsheim attended University of Technology Munich and holds an M.S. in Computer Engineering from Carnegie Mellon University and was a Doctoral Student in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science at Stanford University from 1977 to 1982.

We believe that Mr. Bechtolsheim possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience in the networking industry and the operational insight and expertise he has accumulated as one of our founders and as our Chief Development Officer.

Kenneth Duda is one of our founders and has served in various roles with us from 2004 to present, including Vice President of Software Engineering and Acting President. Since September 2011, Mr. Duda has served as our Chief Technology Officer and Senior Vice President of Software Engineering. From April 1999 to October 2004, Mr. Duda served as chief technology officer of There, Inc., a virtual worlds company. From September 1996 to April 1999, Mr. Duda was leading the software development of the switch kernel for the Gigabit System Business Unit with Cisco Systems, Inc. Mr. Duda holds B.S. and M.S. degrees in Computer Science and Electrical Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and a Ph.D. in Computer Science from Stanford University.

Kelyn Brannon has served as our Chief Financial Officer since July 2013. From March 2012 until July 2013, Ms. Brannon served as chief financial officer of Delivery Agent, a provider of shopping-enabled entertainment for television shows and other entertainment content based in San Francisco. From August 2011 to March 2012, Ms. Brannon served as chief financial officer and executive vice president of NetShelter, a digital advertising network. Prior to that, Ms. Brannon was chief financial officer of Calix, a provider of broadband communications access systems and software from April 2008 until March 2011. From July 2004 to April 2008, Ms. Brannon served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of Calypso Technology, Inc., an application software provider for the capital markets industry. From August 2003 to July 2004, Ms. Brannon served as chief financial officer of Arzoon, Inc., a provider of logistics and transportation management software. From November 2000 to July 2003, Ms. Brannon served in various capacities at Creative Planet, Inc. (also known as Movie Magic Technologies, Inc. and Studio Systems, Inc.), including chief financial officer, president and chief executive officer. Previously, Ms. Brannon served in senior finance positions at Fort Point Partners, Inc., Amazon.com, Inc., Sun Microsystems, Inc., Lexmark International, Inc. and Ernst & Young LLP. Ms. Brannon is a Certified Public Accountant and a member of The American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Ms. Brannon holds a B.A. degree in Political Science from Murray State University.

Anshul Sadana has served as our Senior Vice President of Customer Engineering since January 2012. From July 2007 to December 2011, Mr. Sadana has served in various other positions with us including Vice President of Customer Engineering. From November 1999 to July 2007, Mr. Sadana was the senior engineering manager of Gigabit Switching Business Unit at Cisco Systems, Inc. Mr. Sadana holds a B.E. degree in electronics from the University of Mumbai, a M.S. degree in Computer Science from the University of Illinois at Chicago and an executive M.B.A. degree from the Wharton School of Business.

Mark Smith has served as our Senior Vice President of Worldwide Sales Operations since December 2012. From January 2005 to October 2012, Mr. Smith served as executive vice president global field operations of Infoblox, Inc., an automated network control firm. From April 2004 to November 2004, Mr. Smith served as vice president of enterprise sales of Juniper Networks, Inc., a network security solutions firm. From 1999 until its acquisition by Juniper Networks, Inc. in April 2004, Mr. Smith served as vice president of sales of NetScreen Technologies, Inc., an integrated network security solutions company. Mr. Smith holds a B.A. degree in Political Science from Wheaton College.

 

-112-


Table of Contents

Non-Employee Directors

Charles Giancarlo has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2013. From 2008 through 2013, Mr. Giancarlo has served as a managing director of Silver Lake Partners, a private investment firm and is now a senior advisor to the firm. From 1993 to 2004, Mr. Giancarlo served in various positions with Cisco Systems, Inc., most recently as executive vice president and chief development officer. Mr. Giancarlo also serves on the board of directors of Accenture plc, a management consulting business, since 2008; Avaya, Inc., a provider of business collaboration and communications solutions, since 2008; ServiceNow, a provider of IT services, since 2013; and Imperva, Inc., a provider of business security solutions for critical applications and high-value data in the data center, since 2013. Mr. Giancarlo holds a B.S. degree in Electrical Engineering from Brown University, an M.S. degree in Electrical Engineering from the University of California at Berkeley and an M.B.A. from Harvard University.

We believe Mr. Giancarlo possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience as a venture capital investor and as an executive and board member of companies in the technology industry.

Ann Mather has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2013. From September 1999 to April 2004, Ms. Mather served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of Pixar, Inc., a computer animation studio, which was acquired by the Disney Corporation in May 2006. Prior to her service at Pixar, Ms. Mather served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of Village Roadshow Pictures, the film production division of Village Roadshow Limited. Ms. Mather also serves on the board of directors of Google, Inc., a global technology company, where she is chair of their audit committee; Glu Mobile Inc., a publisher of mobile games; MoneyGram International, Inc., a global payment services company; Netflix, Inc., an internet subscription service for movies and television shows; Solazyme, Inc., a renewable oil and bioproducts company; and Shutterfly, an Internet-based image publishing service. Ms. Mather holds an M.A. degree from Cambridge University.

We believe Ms. Mather possesses specific attributes that qualify her to serve as a member of our board of directors, including her extensive experience as a chief financial officer and as a board member of companies in the technology industry.

Daniel Scheinman has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2011. From January 1997 to April 2011, Mr. Scheinman served in various capacities with Cisco Systems, Inc., most recently as senior vice president, Cisco Media Solutions Group. Mr. Scheinman is currently an angel investor and has served as a member of the board of directors of Think Big Analytics since September 2012; Zoom Video Communications, Inc. since October 2011; GreenWave Reality since June 2011; and Auryn, Inc. since April 2006. Mr. Scheinman holds a B.A. degree in Politics from Brandeis University and a J.D. from the Duke University School of Law.

We believe Mr. Scheinman possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience in the legal industry and as an executive of companies in the technology industry.

Marc Stoll has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2013. From August 2008 to July 2013, Mr. Stoll served as vice president of worldwide sales finance for Apple, Inc. From June 2004 to July 2008, Mr. Stoll served in various capacities at CA Technologies, Inc., including senior vice president and corporate controller. Mr. Stoll holds a B.S. degree in Electrical and Electronics Engineering from Michigan Technology University and an M.B.A., Finance, Strategy, from The University of Chicago, Booth School of Business.

We believe Mr. Stoll possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience in the finance industry and as an executive of companies in the technology industry.

 

-113-


Table of Contents

Nikos Theodosopoulos has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2014. Since August 2012, Mr. Theodosopoulos has served as founder of NT Advisors LLC, a consulting company. From August 1995 through July 2012, Mr. Theodosopoulos served in various capacities with UBS, a provider of financial services, most recently as managing director of technology equity research. From April 1994 to August 1995, he served as senior equity research analyst for Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., an investment banking firm that was acquired in 2008 by JPMorgan Chase. From January 1990 to April 1994, Mr. Theodosopoulos served as an account executive for AT&T Network Systems, a provider of business and corporate communications equipment. Mr. Theodosopoulos holds a B.S. in electrical engineering from Columbia University, a M.S. in electrical engineering from Stanford University and an MBA from NYU Stern School of Business.

We believe Mr. Theodosopoulos possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience as a consultant and advisor in the technology industry.

Our executive officers are appointed by our board of directors and serve until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Codes of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and other executive and senior financial officers. Upon the completion of this offering, the full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.arista.com. We intend to post any amendment to our code of business conduct and ethics, and any waivers of such code for directors and executive officers, on the same website. Information on or that can be accessed through our website is not part of this prospectus.

Board Composition

Our board of directors currently consists of seven members.

Following the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide for a classified board of directors, with each director serving a staggered, three-year term. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during 2014 for the Class I directors, 2015 for the Class II directors and 2016 for the Class III directors.

 

    Our Class I directors will be Andy Bechtolsheim and Jayshree Ullal, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2014;

 

    Our Class II directors will be Charles Giancarlo, Ann Mather and Daniel Scheinman, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015; and

 

    Our Class III directors will be Marc Stoll and Nikos Theodosopoulos, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016.

Upon expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors for that class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which that term expires. Each director’s term shall continue until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of authorized directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change of control. Under Delaware law, our directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our voting stock.

 

-114-


Table of Contents

Director Independence

In connection with this offering, we have been approved to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange. Under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the completion of this offering. In addition, the rules of the New York Stock Exchange require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent. Under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors or any other board committee accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries or be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director and considered whether each director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that Charles Giancarlo, Ann Mather, Marc Stoll, Daniel Scheinman, and Nikos Theodosopoulos representing five of our seven directors, were “independent directors” as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing requirements and rules of the New York Stock Exchange.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will have the composition and responsibilities described below upon completion of this offering. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

Ann Mather, Marc Stoll and Nikos Theodosopoulos, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors, comprise our audit committee. Ms. Mather is the chair of our audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of our audit committee satisfies the requirements for independence and financial literacy under the rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange and the SEC. Our board of directors has also determined that Ann Mather qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in the SEC rules and satisfies the financial sophistication requirements of the New York Stock Exchange. We expect to satisfy the member independence requirements for the audit committee prior to the end of the transition period provided under current New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules and regulations for companies completing their initial public offering. The audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

    selecting and hiring our registered public accounting firm;

 

    evaluating the performance and independence of our registered public accounting firm;

 

    approving the audit and pre-approving any non-audit services to be performed by our registered public accounting firm;

 

    reviewing our financial statements and related disclosures and reviewing our critical accounting policies and practices;

 

    reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control policies and procedures and our disclosure controls and procedures;

 

-115-


Table of Contents
    overseeing procedures for the treatment of complaints on accounting, internal accounting controls or audit matters;

 

    reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of our annual audit, our quarterly financial statements and our publicly filed reports;

 

    reviewing and approving in advance any proposed related person transactions; and

 

    preparing the audit committee report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement.

Compensation Committee

Charlie Giancarlo and Dan Scheinman, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors, comprise our compensation committee. Mr. Scheinman is the chairman of our compensation committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange and the SEC, is a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and is an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or the Internal Revenue Code. We expect to satisfy the member independence requirements for the compensation committee prior to the end of the transition period provided under current New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules and regulations for companies completing their initial public offering. The compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

    reviewing and approving our Chief Executive Officer’s and other executive officers’ annual base salaries, incentive compensation plans, including the specific goals and amounts, equity compensation, employment agreements, severance arrangements and change in control agreements and any other benefits, compensation or arrangements;

 

    administering our equity compensation plans;

 

    overseeing our overall compensation philosophy, compensation plans and benefits programs; and

 

    preparing the compensation committee report that the SEC will require in our annual proxy statement.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Daniel Scheinman, Marc Stoll and Nikos Theodosopoulos, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors, comprise our nominating and corporate governance committee. Mr. Scheinman is the chairman of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange. We expect to satisfy the member independence requirements for the nominating and corporate governance committee prior to the end of the transition period provided under current New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules and regulations for companies completing their initial public offering. The nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

    evaluating and making recommendations regarding the composition, organization and governance of our board of directors and its committees;

 

    evaluating and making recommendations regarding the creation of additional committees or the change in mandate or dissolution of committees;

 

    reviewing and making recommendations with regard to our corporate governance guidelines and compliance with laws and regulations; and

 

    reviewing and approving conflicts of interest of our directors and corporate officers, other than related person transactions reviewed by the audit committee.

 

-116-


Table of Contents

We intend to post the charters of our audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees, and any amendments thereto that may be adopted from time to time, on our website at www.arista.com. Information on or that can be accessed through our website is not part of this prospectus. Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee is or has been an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the compensation committee or director (or other board committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our compensation committee or our board of directors.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

We do not currently have a formal policy with respect to compensation payable to our non-employee directors for service as directors. Our non-employee directors did not receive during 2013 any cash compensation for their services as directors or as board committee members. Our board of directors has, however, granted equity awards from time to time to non-employee directors as compensation for their service as directors.

The table below shows the equity and other compensation granted to our non-employee directors during 2013.

 

Name

   Year      Option
Awards($) (1)
     All Other
Compensation ($)
     Total ($)  

Charles Giancarlo

     2013         191,949                 191,949   

Ann Mather

     2013         200,598                 200,598   

Daniel Scheinman

     2013         57,021                 57,021   

Marc Stoll

     2013         361,575                 361,575   

Nikos Theodosopoulos (2)

     2013                           

 

(1) The amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the award as computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the awards reported in this column are set forth in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(2) Mr. Theodosopoulos joined our board in March 2014.

In January 2014, our board of directors approved a grant of a stock option to Mr. Bechtolsheim to purchase 20,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $22.49 per share.

In February 2014, our board of directors approved compensation to each of our non-employee directors (except Mr. Theodosopoulos) as follows:

 

    a $30,000 cash retainer for general board service;

 

    a cash retainer for committee service ranging from $10,000 to $15,000; and

 

    a stock option to purchase 20,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $30.67 per share.

In March 2014, our board of directors approved compensation to Mr. Theodosopoulos as follows:

 

    a $30,000 cash retainer for general board service;

 

    a cash retainer of $10,000 for committee service; and

 

    a stock option to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $34.12 per share.

 

-117-


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

2013 Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents information concerning the total compensation of our named executive officers, for services rendered to us in all capacities during the years ended December 31, 2013:

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary     Option
Awards (1)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation($) (2)
    Total  

Jayshree Ullal

    2013      $ 301,154      $      $ 20,000      $ 321,154   

President and Chief Executive Officer

         

Kelyn Brannon (3)

    2013      $ 122,115 (4)     $ 2,138,610      $ 20,000      $ 2,280,725   

Chief Financial Officer

         

Kenneth Duda

    2013      $ 220,846      $ 588,740      $ 20,000      $ 829,586   

Chief Technology Officer and Senior Vice President of Software Engineering

         

 

(1) The amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the award as computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the awards reported in this column are set forth in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(2) The amounts included in this column represent incentives earned under our employee cash incentive plan described below.
(3) Ms. Brannon was hired in July 2013.
(4) Ms. Brannon’s salary reflects the prorated portion of her annual base salary of $250,000 paid in 2013.

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation

We adopted a cash incentive plan, or the Cash Incentive Plan, to provide eligible participants with the opportunity to receive a cash payment for contributions to our success for the third and fourth quarters of 2013. Each of our named executive officers was eligible for cash payments under the Cash Incentive Plan. Payments under the Cash Incentive Plan were based on achievement of performance criteria. Our compensation committee reserved the right to determine performance for purposes of the plan based upon company-level achievement of goals and/or individual performance. Full payment of the incentives for each of the third and fourth quarters of 2013 was subject to the participant’s employment for the nine month period ending on each of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2013, respectively. We budgeted that each of our named executive officers could receive a payment of $10,000 for each applicable quarter. Each of our named executive officers earned a payment of $10,000 for each quarter.

 

-118-


Table of Contents

2013 Outstanding Equity Awards at Year-End

The following table presents information concerning all outstanding equity awards held by each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2013.

 

Named Executive Officer

   Grant
Date
    Option
Awards –
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options(#)
Exercisable
     Option
Awards –
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options(#)
Unexercisable
     Option
Awards –
Option
Exercise
Price($)
     Option
Awards –
Option
Expiration
Date
     Stock
Awards –
Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested(#) (1)
     Stock Awards
– Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of Stock
That Have
Not Vested
 

Jayshree Ullal

     4/30/11 (2)                                       750,000       $ 16,867,500   

Kelyn Brannon

     7/8/13 (3)       300,000               $ 8.77         7/7/23                   

Kenneth Duda

     6/7/10 (4)                                       25,000       $ 526,250   
     10/4/11 (5)       100,000               $ 3.33         10/3/21                   
     12/27/12 (6)       20,000               $ 4.18         12/26/22                   
     3/11/13 (7)       100,000               $ 7.76         3/10/23                   

 

(1) Represents (i) restricted stock awards and (ii) shares of restricted stock issued upon the early exercise of stock options, in each case that remained unvested as of December 31, 2013. We have a right to repurchase any unvested shares subject to each such award if the holder of the award ceases to provide services to us prior to the date on which all shares subject to the award have vested in accordance with the applicable vesting schedule described in the footnotes below.
(2) 1/5 of the shares subject to the restricted stock award vest on September 30, 2013, and 1/60 of the shares vest monthly thereafter subject to Ms. Ullal’s continued status as a service provider on each such vesting date.
(3) 1/5 of the shares subject to the stock option vest on July 8, 2014, and 1/60 of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to Ms. Brannon’s continued status as a service provider on each such vesting date. All shares subject to the option are early exercisable.
(4) 1/4 of the shares subject to the stock option vest on June 7, 2011, and 1/48 of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to Mr. Duda’s continued status as a service provider on each such vesting date. All 200,000 shares subject to the option were early-exercised.
(5) 1/4 of the shares subject to the stock option vest on September 30, 2013, and 1/48 of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to Mr. Duda’s continued status as a service provider on each such vesting date. All shares subject to the option are early exercisable.
(6) 1/4 of the shares subject to the stock option vest on December 1, 2014, and 1/48 of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to Mr. Duda’s continued status as a service provider on each such vesting date. All shares subject to the option are early exercisable.
(7) 1/4 of the shares subject to the stock option vest on December 1, 2016, and 1/48 of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to Mr. Duda’s continued status as a service provider on each such vesting date. All shares subject to the option are early exercisable.

In January 2014, our board of directors approved grants of stock options to purchase 20,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $22.49 to each of Mr. Duda and Mses. Brannon and Ullal. In February 2014, our board of directors approved a grant of a stock option to Ms. Brannon to purchase 20,000 shares of our common stock and a grant of a stock option to Mr. Duda to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock. These options were granted at an exercise price of $30.67 per share.

Executive Employment Arrangements

Jayshree Ullal Offer Letter

We have entered into an offer letter with Jayshree Ullal, our President and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to which Ms. Ullal is an at-will employee. Ms. Ullal’s current annual base salary is $300,000 per year. Upon the

 

-119-


Table of Contents

commencement of her employment, Ms. Ullal was granted the right to purchase 2,500,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.005 per share in exchange for her commitment to serve as our President and Chief Executive Officer for four years. Ms. Ullal was also granted an option to purchase 4,000,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.005 per share. Ms. Ullal is also eligible to participate in all of our standard health, vacation and other benefits offered to our employees.

With respect to Ms. Ullal’s restricted stock award covering 1,000,000 shares of common stock, 50% of any then-unvested shares accelerate and vest upon a “change in control” as defined in our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.

Kelyn Brannon Offer Letter

Kelyn Brannon joined us as our new Chief Financial Officer in July 2013. We have entered into an offer letter with Ms. Brannon that provides that she is an at-will employee and will receive a base salary of $250,000 per year. Ms. Brannon was also granted an option to purchase 300,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $8.77 per share pursuant to our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and the individual stock option agreement thereunder. Ms. Brannon is also eligible to participate in all of our standard health, vacation and other benefits offered to our employees.

In addition, we entered into a severance agreement with Ms. Brannon, effective as of July 8, 2013. The severance agreement provides that if Ms. Brannon’s employment is involuntarily terminated other than “cause” (as generally defined below) or if Ms. Brannon resigns for “good reason” (as generally defined below) then, subject to her execution of a release of claims, Ms. Brannon will receive continuing payments of her base salary for 12 months and accelerated vesting of time-based equity awards that would have vested had Ms. Brannon remained employment with us for 12 months following her termination of employment date. If the qualified termination of employment occurred during the period beginning on, and for 12 months following a change in control, then the equity acceleration benefit would be 50% of the then-unvested equity awards, if greater than the acceleration benefit described in the previous sentence.

For purposes of the severance agreement with Ms. Brannon, “cause” means generally:

 

    an act of dishonesty made by executive in connection with executive’s responsibilities as an employee;

 

    executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or any crime involving fraud, embezzlement or any other act of moral turpitude;

 

    executive’s gross misconduct;

 

    executive’s unauthorized use of disclosure of any proprietary information or trade secrets of ours or any other party to whom executive owes a duty of non-disclosure as a result of executive’s relationship with us;

 

    executive’s willful breach of any obligations under any written agreement or covenant with us; or

 

    executive’s continued failure to perform his or her duties after a demand from us setting the basis of our belief and failure to cure within 10 business days after receiving such notice.

For purposes of the severance agreement with Ms. Brannon, “good reason” means generally a resignation within 30 days following the expiration of any cure period following the occurrence of one or more of the following, without executive’s consent:

 

    a material diminution of executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities;

 

    a material reduction of executive’s base salary (other than reduction applied to management generally); or

 

    a material change in the geographic location of executive’s primary work facility or location.

An executive must provide written notice within 90 days of the initial existence of good reason and provide a cure period of 30 days following the date of such notice.

 

-120-


Table of Contents

Kenneth Duda Offer Letter

We have entered into an offer letter with Kenneth Duda, our Chief Technology Officer and Senior Vice President of Software Engineering, pursuant to which Mr. Duda is an at-will employee. Mr. Duda’s current annual base salary is $220,000 per year and has been so since 2012. Upon the commencement of his employment in 2004, Mr. Duda purchased 1,600,000 shares of common stock at a price per share of $0.005. Mr. Duda is also eligible to participate in all of our standard health, vacation and other benefits offered to our employees.

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, a 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2014 Plan, in April, 2014 and the 2014 Plan was amended in May, 2014. The 2014 Plan will be effective one business day after the effectiveness of this Registration Statement and is not expected to be utilized until after the completion of this offering. Our 2014 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants, and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares . A total of 6,510,000 shares of our common stock are reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2014 Plan, of which no awards are issued and outstanding. In addition, the shares reserved for issuance under our 2014 Plan will also include (a) those shares reserved but unissued under our 2011 Plan (as defined below) and 2004 Plan (as defined below) as of the effective date described above and (b) shares returned to our 2011 Plan and 2004 Plan as the result of expiration or termination of options (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2014 Plan pursuant to (a) and (b) is 20,025,189 shares). The number of shares available for issuance under the 2014 Plan will also include an annual increase on the first day of each year beginning in 2016, equal to the least of:

 

    12,500,000 shares;

 

    3% of the outstanding shares of common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding year; or

 

    such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

Our compensation committee will administer our 2014 Plan after the completion of this offering. In the case of options intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m).

Plan Administration . Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise. The administrator also has the authority to amend existing awards to reduce their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards with a higher or lower exercise price.

Stock Options . The exercise price of options granted under our 2014 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years, except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator determines the term of all other options.

After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option or stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, if termination is

 

-121-


Table of Contents

due to death or disability, the option or stock appreciation right will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option or stock appreciation right will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2014 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

Restricted Stock . Restricted stock may be granted under our 2014 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted and may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us). The administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Restricted Stock Units . Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2014 Plan. Restricted stock units are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units, including the number of units granted, the vesting criteria (which may include accomplishing specified performance criteria or continued service to us), and the form and timing of payment. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

Performance Units and Performance Shares . Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2014 Plan Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares, or in some combination thereof.

Non-Employee Directors . Our 2014 Plan provides that all non-employee directors will be eligible to receive all types of awards (except for incentive stock options) under the 2014 Plan. Our 2014 Plan provides that in any given year a non-employee director will not receive (1) cash-settled awards having a grant date fair value greater than $1,500,000, increased to $3,000,000 in connection with his or her initial service; and (2) stock-settled awards having a grant date fair value greater than $1,500,000, increased to $3,000,000 in connection with his or her initial service, in each case, as determined under generally accepted accounting principles. Please see the description of our non-employee director compensation above under “Management—Non-Employee Director Compensation.”

Non-Transferability of Awards . Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2014 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards, and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

Merger or Change in Control . Our 2014 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined in the 2014 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, including that the successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary will assume or substitute an equivalent award for each outstanding

 

-122-


Table of Contents

award. The administrator is not required to treat all awards similarly. If there is no assumption or substitution of outstanding awards, the awards will fully vest, all restrictions will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and the awards will become fully exercisable.

2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP, in April, 2014 and the ESPP was amended in May, 2014. The ESPP will become effective upon completion of this offering. We believe that allowing our employees to participate in the ESPP provides them with a further incentive towards ensuring our success and accomplishing our corporate goals.

Authorized Shares . A total of 651,000 shares of our common stock will be made available for sale under the ESPP. In addition, our ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the plan on the first day of each year beginning in 2015, equal to the least of:

 

    1% of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the first day of such year;

 

    2,500,000 shares; or

 

    such amount as determined by our board of directors.

Plan Administration . Our compensation committee administers the ESPP and has full and exclusive authority to interpret the terms of the plan and determine eligibility to participate, subject to the conditions of the plan as described below.

Eligibility . Generally, all of our employees are eligible to participate if they are employed by us, or any participating subsidiary, for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under the ESPP if such employee:

 

    immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

 

    holds rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of stock for each calendar year.

Offering Periods . Our ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. Each twenty-four month offering period includes purchase periods, which will be approximately six months commencing with one exercise date and ending with the next exercise date. The offering periods are scheduled to start on the first trading day on or after February 15 and August 15 of each year, except for the first offering period, which will commence on the first trading day on or after completion of this offering and will end on the first trading day on or after August 15, 2016.

Our ESPP permits participants to purchase shares of common stock through payroll deductions of up to 10% of their eligible compensation. A participant may purchase a maximum of 3,000 shares during a six-month period.

Exercise of Purchase Right . Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each six-month purchase period. The purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of each offering period or on the exercise date. If the fair market value of our common stock on the exercise date is less than the fair market value on the first trading day of the offering period, participants will be withdrawn from the current offering period following their purchase of shares on the purchase date and will be automatically re-enrolled in a new offering period. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period and will be paid their accrued contributions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us.

 

-123-


Table of Contents

Non-Transferability . A participant may not transfer rights granted under the ESPP. If the compensation committee permits the transfer of rights, it may only be done by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under the ESPP.

Merger or Change in Control . In the event of our merger or change in control, as defined under the ESPP, a successor corporation may assume or substitute each outstanding purchase right. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the outstanding purchase right, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date will be set. The administrator will notify each participant that the exercise date has been changed and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the offering period.

Amendment; Termination . Our ESPP will automatically terminate in 2034, unless we terminate it sooner. Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP, except that, subject to certain exceptions described in the ESPP, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase stock under our ESPP.

2004 Stock Plan

Our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2004 Plan, in October 2004. Our 2004 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock and stock bonuses. In March 2011, our board of directors terminated the 2004 Plan as to future grants. However, the 2004 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding options previously granted thereunder.

Authorized Shares . As of March 31, 2014, options to purchase 20,000 shares of our common stock were outstanding, and no shares were available for future grant under the 2004 Plan. The 2004 Plan has been terminated and no further shares will be granted thereunder.

Plan Administration . Our board of directors or a committee which it appoints administers the 2004 Plan. Subject to the provisions of our 2004 Plan, the administrator has the authority in its discretion to determine the terms of options awarded, the fair market value of our common stock and the exercise price of each option, the number of shares subject to each option and the vesting schedule applicable to the options (together with any vesting acceleration).

Transferability of Awards . Our 2004 Plan generally does not allow for options to be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the participant, only by the participant.

Certain Adjustments . In the event of any change in the number of our issued shares resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of our common stock or any other increase or decrease as determined by the administrator is made in our capitalization, certain proportional adjustments will be made, including adjustments to the exercise price of the option, and in the number of shares covered by each outstanding option, as well as the number of shares available for issuance under the 2004 Plan but as to which no options have yet been granted or that have been returned to the 2004 Plan upon their cancellation. In the event of our proposed dissolution or liquidation, the administrator will notify the participants at least 15 days prior to such proposed action, and all outstanding options will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger . In the event of our merger with or into another corporation, each outstanding award may be assumed or an equivalent option or right may be substituted by the successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary. If, in such event, an option is not assumed or substituted, the administrator may provide for a pre-transaction exercise period and, after such exercise period, the award will terminate.

 

-124-


Table of Contents

Plan Termination and Amendment . In March 2011, our board of directors discontinued future grants under the 2004 Plan, provided such action did not impair the existing rights of any participant.

2011 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2011 Plan, in March 2011. Our 2011 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, and restricted stock units to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants. We will not grant any additional awards under our 2011 Plan following this offering and will instead grant awards under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan; however, the 2011 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted thereunder.

Authorized Shares . The maximum aggregate number of shares issuable under the 2011 Plan is 25,899,937 shares of our common stock. As of March 31, 2014, options to purchase 13,487,912 shares of our common stock were outstanding under our 2011 Plan and 6,516,965 shares of our common stock remained available for future grant under the 2011 Plan. Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2011 Plan that we repurchase or that expire or are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under the 2011 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2011 Plan.

Plan Administration . The 2011 Plan is administered by our board of directors which, at its discretion or as legally required, may delegate such administration to our compensation committee and/or one or more additional committees (referred to as the “administrator”).

Subject to the provisions of our 2011 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price of the options, the number of shares subject to each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award and the terms of the award agreement for use under the 2011 Plan, among other powers. The administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all participants.

Stock Options . The administrator may grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 2011 Plan; provided that incentive stock options are only granted to employees. The exercise price of such options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other form of consideration determined by the administrator. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for twelve months (in the event of a termination due to death) or six months (in the event of a termination due to disability). In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for thirty days following a termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Restricted Stock . Restricted stock may be granted under our 2011 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and

 

-125-


Table of Contents

forfeiture provisions. Shares of restricted stock will vest and the restrictions on such shares will lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon exercise without regard to vesting. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest for any reason may be repurchased by us. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Transferability of Awards . Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2011 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments . In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2011 Plan, the administrator will make proportional adjustments to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be issued under the 2011 Plan and/or the number and price of shares covered by each outstanding award. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, each award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action unless otherwise determined by the administrator.

Merger or Change in Control . Our 2011 Plan provides that in the event of a sale, merger or change of control, as defined under the 2011 Plan, each outstanding award will be assumed or substituted by the successor corporation, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time.

Plan Amendment, Termination . Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2011 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant.

Employee Incentive Plan

Our Employee Incentive Plan, or the Incentive Plan, was adopted by our board of directors in April 2014. The Incentive Plan allows our board of directors or a committee appointed by our board of directors to provide cash incentive awards to any employee, officer or other key employee, based upon performance goals established by our board of directors.

Under the Incentive Plan, our board of directors or a committee appointed by our board of directors, determines the performance goals applicable to any award, including attainment of research and development milestones, bookings, business divestitures and acquisitions, cash flow, cash position, contract awards or backlog, customer quality and support, customer-related measures, customer retention rates from an acquired company, business unit or division, earnings (which may include earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, earnings before taxes and net earnings), earnings per share, expenses, gross margin, growth in stockholder value relative to the moving average of the S&P 500 Index or another index, internal rate of return, inventory turns, inventory levels, market share, net income, net profit, net sales, new product development, new product invention or innovation, number of customers, operating cash flow, operating expenses, operating income, operating margin, overhead or other expense reduction, product defect measures, product innovation, product release timelines, product quality, productivity, profit, return on assets, return on capital, return on equity, return on investment, return on sales, revenue, revenue growth, sales results, sales growth, stock price, time to market, total stockholder return, working capital, and individual objectives such as MBOs, peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

The administrator may, in its sole discretion and at any time, increase, reduce or eliminate a participant’s actual award, or increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the bonus pool for a particular performance

 

-126-


Table of Contents

period. The actual award may be below, at, or above a participant’s target award, in the administrator’s discretion. The administrator may determine the amount of any reduction on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and it is not required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

Actual awards are paid in cash only after they are earned, which requires continued employment through the date a bonus is paid.

The administrator has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Incentive Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant with respect to any earned bonus.

401(k) plan

We maintain a tax-qualified 401(k) retirement plan for all employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements, including requirements relating to age and length of service. Under our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to defer up to all eligible compensation, subject to applicable annual Internal Revenue Code limits. We do not match any contributions made by our employees, including executives, but have the discretion to do so. We intend for our 401(k) plan to qualify under Section 401(a) and 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code so that contributions by employees to our 401(k) plan, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from our 401(k) plan.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective upon the completion of this offering, will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers and may indemnify our employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits our amended and restated certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or to our stockholders;

 

    acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; and

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not eliminate a director’s duty of care and in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies, such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief, remain available under Delaware law. This provision also does not affect a director’s responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or other state or federal laws. Under our amended and restated bylaws, we will also be empowered to purchase insurance on behalf of any person whom we are required or permitted to indemnify.

In addition to the indemnification required in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, we plan to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors, officers and some employees before the completion of this offering. These agreements will provide indemnification for certain expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or hearing, inquiry or investigation that may lead to the foregoing, to which they are a party, or are threatened to be made a party, by reason of the fact that they are or were a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of our company, or any of our subsidiaries, by reason of any action or inaction by them while serving as an officer, director, agent, or fiduciary, or by reason of the fact that they were serving at our request as a director,

 

-127-


Table of Contents

officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another entity. In the case of an action or proceeding by, or in the right of, our company or any of our subsidiaries, no indemnification will be provided for any claim where a court determines that the indemnified party is prohibited from receiving indemnification. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as we may provide indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

 

-128-


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

We describe below transactions and series of similar transactions, during our last three years, to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

 

    the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

    any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Repayment of 2008 Notes

In April 2008, we entered into note purchase agreements with limited liability companies controlled by Andy Bechtolsheim and David Cheriton, pursuant to which we issued irrevocable, non-revolving lines of credit. Pursuant to these agreements, we were able to draw an aggregate of $96.0 million of notes. The principal amount of these notes was subject to an annual interest rate of 24% per annum. The principal and accrued interest on these notes were repaid in full in January 2011, and the lines of credit terminated.

2011 Note and Common Stock Financing

In January 2011, we entered into a note and common stock purchase agreement with two trusts that are related to two of our co-founders pursuant to which we issued and sold $25.0 million aggregate principal amount of subordinated convertible promissory notes. The interest rate on the subordinated convertible promissory notes is 6.0% per annum, computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days. All unpaid principal and accrued interest on the subordinated convertible promissory notes is due and payable on the earlier of December 31, 2014 or upon the occurrence of an event of default.

The two trusts that are related to two of our co-founders have agreed to convert the principal and interest amount outstanding under their subordinated convertible promissory notes into shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price in conjunction with this offering. For a description of the subordinated convertible promissory notes, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Debt Obligations.”

The number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the subordinated convertible promissory notes set forth below assumes conversion of the notes at the common stock price per share of $        , which is the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus. In addition to the subordinated convertible promissory notes described above, we also issued an aggregate of 2,500,000 shares of common stock to the participants in the transaction at a price per share of $0.005. The following table summarizes the investment amounts of the two trusts related to two of our co-founders:

 

Name

   Principal
Amount
of Notes
     Shares of
Common Stock
issued
     Shares of
Common Stock
issuable upon
conversion of
Notes

The 2010 David R. Cheriton Irrevocable Trust dtd July 27, 2010

   $ 12,500,000         312,500      

The Bechtolsheim Family Trust

   $ 12,500,000         312,500      

Stock Option Grants to Executive Officers

We have granted stock options to our executive officers. For a description of these options, see “Executive Compensation—2013 Outstanding Equity Awards at Year-End Table.”

 

-129-


Table of Contents

Offer Letters

We have entered into offer letters and other arrangements containing compensation, termination and change of control provisions, among others, with certain of our executive officers as described under the caption “Executive Compensation—Executive Employment Arrangements” above.

Other than as described above, there has not been, nor is there any currently proposed, transactions or series of similar transactions to which we have been or will be a party other than compensation arrangements, which are described where required under “Executive Compensation.”

Investors’ Rights Agreements

Our investors’ rights agreements between us and certain purchasers of our preferred stock and our subordinated convertible promissory notes, including our principal stockholders, The Bechtolsheim Family Trust, with whom Mr. Bechtolsheim, one of our directors, is affiliated, and The 2010 David R. Cheriton Irrevocable Trust dtd July 27, 2010, grant these stockholders certain registration rights with respect to certain shares of our common stock held by them, that will be issuable upon conversion of the shares of preferred stock held by them and that will be issuable upon conversion of the subordinated convertible promissory notes. For a description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights—2004 Rights Agreement” and “Description of Capital Stock-Registration Rights—2011 Rights Agreement.”

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. The indemnification agreements and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. See “Executive Compensation—Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

We have a formal written policy providing that our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as directors, beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of our common stock and any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, is not permitted to enter into a related party transaction with us without the consent of our audit committee, subject to the exceptions described below.

In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee is to consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to our audit committee, including, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances, and the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction. Our audit committee has determined that certain transactions will not require audit committee approval, including certain employment arrangements of executive officers, director compensation, transactions with another company at which a related party’s only relationship is as a non-executive employee, director or beneficial owner of less than 10% of that company’s shares and the aggregate amount involved does not exceed $120,000 in any fiscal year, transactions where a related party’s interest arises solely from the ownership of our common stock and all holders of our common stock received the same benefit on a pro rata basis and transactions available to all employees generally.

We believe that we have executed all of the transactions set forth above on terms no less favorable to us than we could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties. It is our intention to ensure that all future transactions between us and our officers, directors and principal stockholders and their affiliates, are approved by the audit committee of our board of directors and are on terms no less favorable to us than those that we could obtain from unaffiliated third parties.

 

-130-


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock at April 15, 2014 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock in this offering, for:

 

    each of our directors;

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, who beneficially owned more than 5% of our common stock.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially owned, subject to applicable community property laws.

Applicable percentage ownership is based on             shares of common stock outstanding at April 15, 2014 assuming the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred stock into common stock and the conversion of our subordinated convertible promissory notes issued to certain noteholders in the aggregate principal amount of $80.0 million and accrued interest into             shares of common stock based upon $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus. In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of such person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares of common stock subject to options held by the person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014. However, we did not deem such shares outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Arista Networks, Inc., 5453 Great America Parkway, Santa Clara, California 95054.

 

     Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to the Offering+
   Shares Beneficially Owned
After the Offering+

Name of Beneficial Owner+

   Number of
Shares
     %    Number of
Shares
     %

5% Stockholders:

           

The 2010 David R. Cheriton Irrevocable Trust dtd July 27, 2010 (1)

     13,872,500            13,872,500      

The Bechtolsheim Family Trust (2)

     12,312,500            12,312,500      

The 2000 Ullal Trust dated February 15, 2000 (3)

     4,062,500            4,062,500      

Executive Officers and Directors:

           

Jayshree Ullal (3)(4)

     7,482,500            7,482,500      

Kelyn Brannon (5)

     340,000            340,000      

Kenneth Duda (6)

     2,360,000            2,360,000      

Andy Bechtolsheim (2) (7)

     12,332,500            12,332,500      

Daniel Scheinman (8)

     80,000            80,000      

Charles Giancarlo (9)

     100,000            100,000      

Ann Mather (10)

     50,000            50,000      

Marc Stoll (11)

     50,000            50,000      

Nikos Theodosopoulos (12)

     25,000            25,000      

All current directors and executive officers as a group (11 Persons) (13)

           

 

+ Options to purchase shares of our capital stock included in this table are early exercisable, and to the extent such shares are unvested as of a given date, such shares will remain subject to a right of repurchase held by us.
* Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%).

 

-131-


Table of Contents
(1) Includes 13,872,500 shares but does not include any shares issuable upon conversion of outstanding subordinated convertible promissory notes. All shares are held in an irrevocable, directed trust for the benefit of the minor children of Mr. Cheriton. The trustee of the trust is the South Dakota Trust Company, LLC and Mr. Cheriton ultimately has the ability to replace the trustee. The investment management functions of the trust are handled by the investment committee of the trust. The sole member of the investment committee is Jon Goldstein, a principal of Constellation Wealth Advisor, LLC, who may be deemed to exercise sole voting and investment control over the shares. The address for the trustee of the trust is c/o South Dakota Trust Company, 201 South Phillips Ave., Suite 200, Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57104.
(2) Includes 12,312,500 shares but does not include any shares issuable upon conversion of outstanding subordinated convertible promissory notes held by the Bechtolsheim Family Trust for which trust Mr. Bechtolsheim serves as trustee. Mr. Bechtolsheim may be deemed to exercise sole voting and investment power over such shares held by the trust.
(3) Includes 4,062,500 shares held by the Jayshree Ullal and Vijay Ullal as Trustees of the 2000 Ullal Trust dated February 15, 2000, of which 666,666 remain subject to a repurchase right held by us at the original exercise price, as of a date within 60 days of April 15, 2014, in the event of the termination of Ms. Ullal’s employment with us. The repurchase right lapses as to approximately 16,667 shares per month. Mr. and Ms. Ullal may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares and to have shared voting and investment control over such shares.
(4) Includes 200,000 shares held by The SITA Foundation over, a California non-profit, public benefit corporation. Vijay Ullal, the husband of Ms. Ullal, serves as President of the SITA Foundation. Mr. and Ms. Ullal may be deemed to exercise shared voting and investment control over these shares. Includes 3,200,000 shares held in trusts for Ms. Ullal’s family members for which trusts Ms. Ullal serves as trustee. Ms. Ullal may be deemed to exercise sole voting and investment control over shares held in each of the trusts. Includes 20,000 shares subject to outstanding options which may be exercised prior to vesting, as of a date within 60 days of April 15, 2014, none of which shares are vested and all of which may be repurchased by us, if exercised, at the original exercise price.
(5) Includes 340,000 shares subject to an outstanding option which may be exercised prior to vesting, as of a date within 60 days of April 15, 2014, none of which shares are vested and all of which may be repurchased by us, if exercised, at the original exercise price.
(6) Includes 340,000 shares subject to outstanding options which may be exercised prior to vesting, as of a date within 60 days of April 15, 2014, 41,666 of which shares are vested and 298,334 of which shares may be repurchased by us, if exercised, at the original exercise price.
(7) Includes 20,000 shares subject to outstanding options which may be exercised prior to vesting, as of a date within 60 days of April 15, 2014, none of which shares are vested and all of which may be repurchased by us, if exercised, at the original exercise price.
(8) Includes 30,000 shares subject to an outstanding option which may be exercised prior to vesting, as of a date 60 days of April 15, 2014, none of which shares are vested and all of which may be repurchased by us, if exercised, at the original exercise price.
(9) Includes 23,334 shares which remain subject to a repurchase right held by us at the original exercise price, as of a date within 60 days of April 15, 2014, in the event of the termination of Mr. Scheinman’s service as a member of our board of directors. Also includes 10,000 shares held of record by Mr. Giancarlo as trustee of the Giancarlo Family Trust UAD 11/02/98. Mr. Giancarlo may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the 10,000 shares and to have voting and investment power over such shares. Includes 43,500 shares which may be repurchased by us at the original exercise price, as of a date within 60 days of April 15, 2014, in the event of the termination of Mr. Giancarlo’s services to us. The repurchase right lapses as to approximately 500 shares per month. Includes 40,000 shares held by Ag Investors LLC, a limited liability company of which Mr. Giancarlo is a member. The managing member of Ag Investors LLC is Silver Lake Technology Management, L.L.C. Michael Bingle, James Davidson, Egon Durban, Kenneth Hao and Greg Mondre are the managing members of Silver Lake Technology Management L.L.C., and each may be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to the shares.

 

-132-


Table of Contents
(10) Includes 50,000 shares subject to an outstanding option which may be exercised prior to vesting, as of a date within 60 days of April 15, 2014, none of which shares are vested and all of which may be repurchased by us, if exercised, at the original exercise price.
(11) Includes 50,000 shares subject to outstanding options which may be exercised prior to vesting, as of a date within 60 days of April 15, 2014, 4,000 of which shares are vested and 45,000 of which shares may be repurchased by us, if exercised, at the original exercise price.
(12) Includes 25,000 shares subject to outstanding options which may be exercised prior to vesting, as of a date within 60 days of April 15, 2014, 833 of which shares are vested and 24,167 of which shares may be repurchased by us, if exercised, at the original exercise price.
(13) Includes 1,205,000 shares subject to outstanding options which may be exercised prior to vesting, as of a date within 60 days of April 15, 2014, 46,499 of which shares are vested and 1,158,501 of which shares may be repurchased by us, if exercised, at the original exercise price in the event of the termination of employment of such officers with us.

 

-133-


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following is a summary of the rights of our common stock and preferred stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws as they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 1,100,000,000 shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share, of which:

 

    1,000,000,000 shares are designated as common stock; and

 

    100,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock.

As of April 15, 2014, we had outstanding             shares of common stock, held by approximately 544 stockholders of record, assuming the conversion of $80.0 million in principal amount of and accrued interest on our subordinated convertible promissory notes into              shares of common stock (assuming conversion of the notes at the common stock price per share of $        , which is the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and no shares of preferred stock, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into common stock, each such conversion to be effective immediately upon the completion of this offering. In addition, as of April 15, 2014, we had outstanding options to acquire 13,507,913 shares of our common stock.

Common Stock

The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors may elect all of the directors standing for election. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends declared by our board of directors out of assets legally available. See the section titled “Dividend Policy.” Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preference of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock.

Preferred Stock

After the completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding. Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue from time to time up to 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our board of directors may designate the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights, liquidation preference, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of any series. The issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of restricting dividends on the common stock, diluting the voting power of the common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of the common stock or delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control. Such issuance could have the effect of decreasing the market price of the common stock. We currently have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Registration Rights—2004 Rights Agreement

Following the completion of this offering, the holders of shares of our convertible preferred stock or their permitted transferees are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act.

 

-134-


Table of Contents

These rights are provided under the terms of a rights agreement dated October 16, 2004, or our 2004 Rights Agreement, between us and the holders of these shares, which was entered into in connection with our convertible preferred stock financing, and include demand registration rights, short-form registration rights and piggyback registration rights. In any registration made pursuant to such rights agreement, all fees, costs and expenses of underwritten registrations, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of one special counsel for the selling holders selected by them (not to exceed $25,000), will be borne by us and underwriting discounts and selling commissions will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered.

The registration rights provided for in the 2004 Rights Agreement terminate seven (7) years following the completion of this offering or, with respect to any particular stockholder, at such time that such stockholder can sell all of its registrable securities during any three-month period pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act or the registrable securities of such stockholders represent less than one percent of our outstanding capital stock.

Demand Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 24,000,000 shares of our common stock, or their permitted transferees, are entitled to demand registration rights pursuant to the 2004 Rights Agreement. Under the terms of the 2004 Rights Agreement, we will be required, upon the written request of holders of at least 50% of the shares that are entitled to registration rights under the 2004 Rights Agreement with respect to a registration with an anticipated aggregate offering price, before any underwriting discounts and commissions, in excess of $25.0 million, to register, as soon as practicable, all or a portion of these shares for public resale. We are required to effect only one registration pursuant to this provision of the rights agreement. Depending on certain conditions, however, we may defer such registration for up to 90 days twice in any 12-month period. We are not required to effect a demand registration earlier than 180 days after the effective date of this offering. If the holders requesting registration intend to distribute their shares by means of an underwriting, the underwriters of such offering will have the right to limit the number of shares to be underwritten for reasons related to the marketing of the shares.

Short-Form Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 24,000,000 shares of our common stock or their permitted transferees are also entitled to short-form registration rights pursuant to the 2004 Rights Agreement. If we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, these holders have the right, upon written request from holders of these shares, to have such shares registered by us if the proposed aggregate offering price of the shares to be registered by the holders requesting registration is at least $2.5 million, net of any underwriter’s discounts or commissions, subject to exceptions set forth in the 2004 Rights Agreement.

Piggyback Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 24,000,000 shares of our common stock or their permitted transferees are entitled to piggyback registration rights pursuant to the 2004 Rights Agreement. If we register any of our securities under the Securities Act, subject to certain exceptions, the holders of these shares will be entitled to notice of the registration and to include their registrable securities in the registration. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders for marketing reasons, subject to limitations set forth in the 2004 Rights Agreement.

Registration Rights—2011 Rights Agreement

Following the completion of this offering, the holders of              shares of our common stock (assuming conversion of $80.0 million in principal amount of and accrued interest on our subordinated convertible promissory notes at the common stock price per share of $        , which is the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus) or their permitted transferees are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of a rights agreement dated

 

-135-


Table of Contents

January 4, 2011, or our 2011 Rights Agreement, between us and the holders of these shares, which was entered into in connection with our note and common stock financing, and include piggyback registration rights. In any registration made pursuant to such rights agreement, all fees, costs and expenses of underwritten registrations, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of one special counsel for the selling holders selected by them (not to exceed $75,000), will be borne by us, and all selling expenses, including underwriting discounts and selling commissions, will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered.

The registration rights provided for in the 2011 Rights Agreement terminate three (3) years following the completion of this offering or, with respect to any particular stockholder, at such time that that stockholder can sell all of its registrable securities during any 90-day period pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

Piggyback Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of                  shares of our common stock (assuming conversion of $80.0 million in principal amount of and accrued interest on our subordinated convertible promissory notes at the common stock price per share of $        , which is the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus) or their permitted transferees are entitled to piggyback registration rights pursuant to the 2011 Rights Agreement. If we register any of our securities under the Securities Act, subject to certain exceptions, the holders of these shares will be entitled to notice of the registration and to include their shares of registrable securities in the registration. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders for marketing reasons, subject to limitations set forth in the 2001 Rights Agreement.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the completion of this offering will contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions and certain provisions of Delaware law, which are summarized below, could discourage takeovers, coercive or otherwise. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us.

Undesignated Preferred Stock. As discussed above under “—Preferred Stock,” our board of directors will have the ability to designate and issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could deter hostile takeovers or delay changes in our control or management.

Limits on Ability of Stockholders to Act by Written Consent or Call a Special Meeting. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our stockholders may not act by written consent. This limit on the ability of stockholders to act by written consent may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions. As a result, the holders of a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend the amended and restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of stockholders called in accordance with the amended and restated bylaws.

In addition, our amended and restated bylaws will provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer) or our board of directors. A stockholder may not call a special meeting, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for holders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals. Our amended and restated bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. These advance notice procedures may have the effect

 

-136-


Table of Contents

of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed and may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempt to obtain control of our company.

Board Classification . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors will be divided into three classes, one class of which is elected each year by our stockholders. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term. For more information on the classified board of directors, see “Management—Board Composition.” Our classified board of directors may tend to discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

Election and Removal of Directors . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that establish specific procedures for appointing and removing members of our board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of the directors then serving on the board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

No Cumulative Voting . The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws do not expressly provide for cumulative voting. Without cumulative voting, a minority stockholder may not be able to gain as many seats on our board of directors as the stockholder would be able to gain if cumulative voting were permitted. The absence of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for a minority stockholder to gain a seat on our board of directors to influence our board of directors’ decision regarding a takeover.

Amendment of Charter Provision. Any amendment of the above provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would require approval by holders of at least two-thirds of our then outstanding common stock.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute. We will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

    prior to the date of the transaction, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

    upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

    at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66  2 3 % of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates

 

-137-


Table of Contents

and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

The provisions of Delaware law and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and as a consequence, they might also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions might also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is also possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, and its telephone number is (877) 373-6374.

Exchange Listing

We have been approved to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ANET.”

 

-138-


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock and we cannot assure you that a liquid trading market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our common stock or impair our ability to raise equity capital.

Upon the completion of this offering, a total of             shares of common stock will be outstanding, assuming the conversion of $80.0 million in principal amount of and accrued interest on our subordinated convertible promissory notes into             shares of common stock (assuming conversion of the notes at the common stock price per share of $        , which is the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus) and the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock. Of these shares, all the             shares of common stock sold in this offering by us, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. In addition, holders of substantially all of our equity securities are subject to market stand-off agreements or have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus, as described below. As a result of these agreements and the provisions of our 2004 Rights Agreement described above under “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights—2004 Rights Agreement” and 2011 Rights Agreement described above under “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights—2011 Rights Agreement,” subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, following the expiration of the lock-up period, all shares subject to such provisions and agreements will be available for sale in the public market only if registered or pursuant to an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell such shares (subject to the requirements of the lock-up agreements, as described below) without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares (subject to the requirements of the lock-up agreements, as described below) without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                  shares immediately after this offering; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

 

-139-


Table of Contents

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. Notwithstanding the availability of Rule 144, the holders of substantially all of common stock have entered into lock-up agreements as described below, and their restricted securities will become eligible for sale (subject to the above limitations under Rule 144) upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Rule 701

Rule 701, as currently in effect, generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares (subject to the requirements of the lock-up agreements, as described below) in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. However, all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus (or until such later date that is required by the lock-up agreements, as described below) before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, all of our directors and officers and holders of substantially all of our common stock, or securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering, have agreed that, without the prior written consent of each of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock; or

 

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock;

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of shares of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, subject to certain exceptions set forth in section titled “Underwriters.”

Registration Rights

The holders of                  shares of common stock or their transferees will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights—2004 Rights Agreement” and “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights—2011 Rights Agreement” for additional information.

Registration Statements on Form S-8

Upon the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our stock option plans. Shares covered by this registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market, upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreements and subject to vesting of such shares.

 

-140-


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below.

This summary also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction, or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent set forth below. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

    banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

    persons subject to the alternative minimum tax or net investment income tax;

 

    tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

    controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

    brokers or dealers in securities or currencies;

 

    traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

    persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

    U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

    partnerships or entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

 

    persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction or integrated investment;

 

    persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

 

    persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code; or

 

    persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

In addition, if a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.

You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the U.S. federal estate or gift tax rules or under the laws of any state, local, non-U.S., or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

 

-141-


Table of Contents

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder (other than a partnership) if you are any holder other than:

 

    an individual citizen or resident of the United States (for tax purposes);

 

    a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or other entity treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

    an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more “U.S. persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(3) of the Code) who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock as described below under “—Gain on Disposition of Common Stock.”

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate. A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States) are generally exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. You should consult your tax advisor regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

 

-142-


Table of Contents

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding legislation related to foreign accounts, you generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States);

 

    you are a non-resident alien individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

    our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and a corporate non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above also may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses for the year (provided you have timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses). You should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

Federal Estate Tax

Our common stock beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of their death will generally be includable in the decedent’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to you may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless you establish an exemption, for example, by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8.

 

-143-


Table of Contents

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, imposes withholding tax at a rate of 30% on dividends on and gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock paid to “foreign financial institutions” (as specially defined under these rules), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding the U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or otherwise establishes an exemption. The legislation also generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock paid to a “non-financial foreign entities” (as specially defined for purposes of these rules) unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying certain substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity, certifies that there are none or otherwise establishes an exemption. Under certain transition rules, withholding under FATCA on withholdable payments to foreign financial institutions and non-financial foreign entities is expected to apply after December 31, 2016 with respect to gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of stock in a U.S. corporation, including our common stock, and after June 30, 2014 with respect to dividends on our common stock. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

 

-144-


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITERS

We and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name

  

Number of
Shares

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

Cowen and Company, LLC

  

JMP Securities LLC

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

Oppenheimer & Co., Inc.

  

Pacific Crest Securities LLC

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

The Juda Group, a division of Concept Capital Markets, LLC

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriters listed above are collectively referred to as the “underwriters.” Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. are referred to as the “representatives.” The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers, at such offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $         per share. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of             additional shares of common stock at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will

 

-145-


Table of Contents

become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

The following table shows the per-share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional              shares of our common stock.

 

     Total  
     Per Share      No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $         $     

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $        . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related expenses incurred by them in connection with the offering, up to $                 as set forth in the underwriting agreement.

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

We have been approved to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ANET.”

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our related persons through a Directed Share Program. If these persons purchase reserved shares, it will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus. None of our executive officers or directors will participate in the Directed Share Program.

We, all of our directors and officers and holders of substantially all of our common stock, or securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering have agreed that, without the prior written consent of each of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, referred to as the “restricted period”:

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock;

 

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of common stock, whether any such transaction described in these first two bullets is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise; or

 

    in our case, file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of each of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration

 

-146-


Table of Contents

of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock. The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph shall not apply to:

 

    transactions by a securityholder relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of Common Stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions;

 

    the transfer by a securityholder of shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock: (i) to an immediate family member of a securityholder or to a trust, or other entity formed for estate planning purposes formed for the direct or indirect benefit of the securityholder or such immediate family member; (ii) by bona fide gift, will or intestacy; (iii) if the securityholder is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity that is an affiliate of such securityholder or (B) as part of a disposition, transfer or distribution by such securityholder to its members, limited partners or equity holders; or (iv) if the securityholder is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust; provided that in each case, each transferee, donee or distributee signs and delivers a lock-up agreement prior to or upon such transfer or distribution, and (1) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant clauses (i), (ii) or (iv) above, no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period and if a securityholder is required to file a report under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock during the restricted period, the securityholder shall include a statement in such report to the effect that such transfer is not a transfer for value and (2) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (iii) above, no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction of beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, shall be required or voluntarily made during the restricted period;

 

    the receipt by a securityholder from us of shares of common stock upon the vesting of restricted stock awards or exercise of options to purchase our securities issued pursuant to our equity incentive plans or the transfer by a securityholder of shares of common stock or any securities convertible into common stock to us upon a vesting event of our securities or upon the exercise of options or warrants to purchase our securities, in each case on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis or to cover tax withholding obligations of the securityholders in connection with such vesting or exercise, provided that if a securityholder is required to file a report under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock during the restricted period, the securityholder shall include a statement in such report to the effect that the purpose of such transfer was to cover tax withholding obligations of the securityholder in connection with such vesting or exercise and provided further that any shares received by the securityholder upon the vesting of restricted stock awards or exercise of options to purchase our securities issued pursuant to our equity incentive plans shall be subject to the restrictions described in this section;

 

    the transfer by a securityholder of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock to us, pursuant to agreements under which we have the option to repurchase such shares or securities or a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such shares or securities;

 

    the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period and to the extent a public announcement or filing is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the securityholder or us regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of common stock may be made under such plan during the restricted period;

 

-147-


Table of Contents
    the conversion our outstanding preferred stock into shares of our common stock, provided that such shares of common stock remain subject to the restrictions described above;

 

    the transfer of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock that occurs by operation of law, including pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, provided that the securityholder uses its reasonable best efforts to cause the transferee to sign and deliver a lock-up agreement including the restrictions described in this section prior to such transfer, and provided further, that any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act that is required to be made during the restricted period as a result of such transfer, states that such transfer has occurred by operation of law;

 

    the sale and transfer by a securityholder of shares of common stock to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

 

    the issuance by us of shares of common stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion or vesting of a security outstanding on the date hereof;

 

    the issuance and grant by us of options, restricted stock, restricted stock units or other stock-based compensation pursuant to equity compensation plans or employee stock purchase plans described in this prospectus;

 

    the sale or issuance of or entry into an agreement to sell or issue shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock in connection with any (i) mergers, (ii) acquisition of securities, businesses, property, technologies or other assets, (iii) joint ventures, (iv) strategic alliances, commercial relationships or other collaborations, (v) equipment leasing arrangements (vi) debt financing or (vii) the assumption of employee benefit plans in connection with mergers or acquisitions; provided, that the aggregate number of shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock (on an as-converted or as-exercised basis, as the case may be) that we may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue shall not exceed 10% of the total number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of the transactions (determined on a fully-diluted basis and as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and other similar events after the date of this prospectus); and provided further, that each recipient of shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock shall execute a lock-up agreement with respect to the remaining restricted period; and

 

    the filing of one or more registration statements with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form S-8 with respect to shares of common stock issued or issuable under any equity compensation plan in effect on the date of this prospectus.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets, Inc., in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice. When and as required by FINRA Rule 5131, at least two business days before the release or waiver of any applicable lock-up, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Capital Markets will notify us of the impending release or waiver and announce the impending release or waiver through a major news service, except where the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer of securities that is not for consideration and where the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same lock-up agreement terms in place for the transferor.

In order to facilitate our initial public offering of common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares

 

-148-


Table of Contents

in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in our initial public offering. In addition, to stabilize the price of common stock, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market. The underwriting syndicate also may reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing common stock in the offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed common stock to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of our common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

We and the several underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in our initial public offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full-service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise). The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

In the ordinary course of business, we have sold, and may in the future sell, products or services to one or more of the underwriters or their respective affiliates in arms-length transactions on market competitive terms.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to our initial public offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours. The estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the

 

-149-


Table of Contents

cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors. Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market for the shares will develop or that after the offering the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, or, a Relevant Member State, an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a)   to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b)   to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c)   in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

    it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended, or the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

    it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of

 

-150-


Table of Contents

any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571 Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA; (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (ii) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (iii) by operation of law.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan, or the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law, and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchanges or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the company, or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or the CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of the shares.

 

-151-


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or the DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement documents, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or the ASIC, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons, or Exempt Investors, who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

 

-152-


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. Latham and Watkins, LLP, Menlo Park, California, is acting as counsel to the underwriters.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Arista Networks, Inc. at December 31, 2012 and 2013, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement is this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law will file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.arista.com. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on or that can be accessed through our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

-153-


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Financial Statements:

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Income

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Arista Networks, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Arista Networks, Inc., as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Arista Networks, Inc. at December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Redwood City, California

March 28, 2014,

except for Note 15, as to which the date is

April 14, 2014

 

F-2


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    December 31,     March 31,
2014
    Pro
Forma

Equity
March 31,
2014
 
  2012     2013      
               

(Unaudited)

 

ASSETS

       

CURRENT ASSETS:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 88,655      $ 113,664     

$

129,524

  

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $1,284, and $2,339 and $2,378 as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

    49,902        77,999        63,007     

Inventories

    24,181        73,360        78,978     

Deferred tax assets

    6,309        12,356        8,964     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    7,125        4,144        7,494     

Notes receivable, current portion

    1,000        4,000        4,000     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

    177,172        285,523        291,967     

Notes receivable, long-term

    4,000                   

Property and equipment, net

    30,546        67,204        67,626     

Restricted cash

    4,040        4,040        4,040     

Deposits and other assets

    2,731        3,212        6,008     

Deferred tax assets

    1,679        4,541        5,822     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

TOTAL ASSETS

  $ 220,168      $ 364,520      $ 375,463     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

       

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

       

Accounts payable

  $ 11,016      $ 14,741      $ 7,258     

Accrued liabilities

    12,141        26,909        26,933     

Deferred revenue

    17,602        41,306        36,291     

Convertible notes payable, related party

           24,743        24,805     

Accrued interest payable, related party

           4,484        4,853     

Convertible notes payable

           74,050        74,280     

Accrued interest payable

           12,967        14,077     

Other current liabilities

    5,605        10,144        10,437     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

    46,364        209,344        198,934     

Convertible notes payable, related party

    24,503                   

Accrued interest payable, related party

    2,984                   

Convertible notes payable

    73,170                   

Accrued interest payable

    8,467                   

Income taxes payable

    12,477        14,716        14,890     

Lease financing obligations, non-current

    25,253        43,152        43,367     

Other long-term liabilities

    8,040        19,576        21,844     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

TOTAL LIABILITIES

    201,258        286,788        279,035     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

       

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

       

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value—24,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited); aggregate liquidation preference of $6,000 as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited); no shares authorized, issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

    5,992        5,992        5,992      $   

Common stock, $0.0001 par value—176,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited); 30,305,610, 31,927,105, 32,088,441 and 56,088,441 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and pro forma (unaudited)

    3        3        3        6   

Additional paid-in capital

    12,373        28,737        35,137        41,126   

Retained earnings

    504        42,964        55,293        55,293   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    38        36        3        3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    18,910        77,732        96,428      $ 96,428   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  $ 220,168      $ 364,520      $ 375,463     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Income

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
                       (Unaudited)  

Revenue

   $ 139,848      $ 193,408      $ 361,224      $ 61,348      $ 117,207   

Cost of revenue

     43,366        61,252        122,686        19,220        35,893   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     96,482        132,156        238,538        42,128        81,314   

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     26,408        55,155        98,587        19,514        33,446   

Sales and marketing

     19,450        28,603        55,115        10,135        18,655   

General and administrative

     6,224        8,501        18,688        3,736        7,231   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     52,082        92,259        172,390        33,385        59,332   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     44,400        39,897        66,148        8,743        21,982   

Other income (expense), net:

          

Interest expense—related party

     (1,857     (1,735     (1,739     (428     (432

Interest expense

     (4,560     (5,322     (5,380     (1,323     (1,339

Interest and other income (expense), net

     (357     135        (754     (99     (764
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (6,774     (6,922     (7,873     (1,850     (2,535
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

     37,626        32,975        58,275        6,893        19,447   

Provision for income taxes

     3,591        11,626        15,815        282        7,118   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 34,035      $ 21,349      $ 42,460      $ 6,611      $ 12,329   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders:

          

Basic

   $ 13,789      $ 9,622      $ 20,777      $ 3,127      $ 6,362   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 13,854      $ 9,662      $ 21,780      $ 3,233      $ 6,816   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

          

Basic

   $ 0.65      $ 0.39      $ 0.76      $ 0.12      $ 0.22   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.65      $ 0.39      $ 0.72      $ 0.12      $ 0.20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

          

Basic

     21,175,788        24,711,453        27,320,294        26,284,899        29,124,310   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     21,345,641        24,901,005        30,051,290        28,044,389        33,815,705   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited):

          

Basic

       $ 0.77        $ 0.22   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

       $ 0.73        $ 0.20   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited):

          

Basic

         51,320,294       

 

53,124,310

  

      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

         54,051,290       

 

57,815,705

  

      

 

 

     

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2011              2012              2013             2013             2014      
                 

(Unaudited)

 

Net income

   $ 34,035       $ 21,349       $ 42,460      $ 6,611      $ 12,329   

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

            

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     3         4         (2     (33     (33
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     3         4         (2     (33     (33
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 34,038       $ 21,353       $ 42,458      $ 6,578      $ 12,296   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

    Convertible Preferred Stock     Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In Capital
    Retained
Earnings

(Accumulated
Deficit)
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity (Deficit)
 
        Shares             Amount         Shares     Amount          

Balance—December 31, 2010

    24,000,000      $ 5,992        22,577,904      $ 2      $ 246      $ (54,880   $ 31      $ (48,609

Net income

                                       34,035               34,035   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

                                              3        3   

Stock-based compensation

                                1,974                      1,974   

Vesting of early exercised stock options

                                15                      15   

Exercise of stock options

                  4,163,900               1                      1   

Repurchase of shares subject to repurchase

                  (252,084                                   

Issuance of restricted stock awards

                  700,000                                      

Vesting of restricted stock awards

                                35                      35   

Exercise of stock purchase rights

                  98,400        1        148                      149   

Stock issued in conjunction with debt financing

                  2,500,000               4,203                      4,203   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2011

    24,000,000        5,992        29,788,120        3        6,622        (20,845     34        (8,194

Net income

                                       21,349               21,349   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

                                              4        4   

Tax benefit for equity incentive plans

                                39                      39   

Stock-based compensation

                                4,703                      4,703   

Vesting of early exercised stock options

                                799                      799   

Exercise of stock options

                  1,235,541               104                      104   

Repurchase of shares subject to repurchase

                  (358,051                                   

Repurchase of restricted stock awards

                  (380,000                                   

Vesting of restricted stock awards

                                62                      62   

Exercise of stock purchase rights

                  20,000               44                      44   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2012

    24,000,000        5,992        30,305,610        3        12,373        504        38        18,910   

Net income

                                       42,460               42,460   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

                                              (2     (2

Tax benefit for equity incentive plans

                                552                      552   

Stock-based compensation

                                10,159                      10,159   

Vesting of early exercised stock options

                                3,981                      3,981   

Exercise of stock options

                  1,822,244               1,453                      1,453   

Repurchase of shares subject to repurchase

                  (191,999                                   

Repurchase of restricted stock awards

                  (30,000                                   

Vesting of restricted stock awards

                                60                      60   

Exercise of stock purchase rights

                  21,250               159                      159   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2013

    24,000,000        5,992        31,927,105        3        28,737        42,964        36        77,732   

Net income (unaudited)

                                       12,329               12,329   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax (unaudited)

                                              (33     (33

Tax benefit for equity incentive plans (unaudited)

                                306                      306   

Stock-based compensation (unaudited)

                                4,782                      4,782   

Vesting of early exercised stock options (unaudited)

                                937                      937   

Exercise of stock options (unaudited)

                  162,002               363                      363   

Repurchase of shares subject to repurchase (unaudited)

                  (666                                   

Vesting of restricted stock awards (unaudited)

                                12                      12   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

    24,000,000      $ 5,992        32,088,441      $ 3      $ 35,137      $ 55,293      $ 3      $ 96,428   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

   

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
        2011             2012             2013             2013             2014      
                      (Unaudited)  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

         

Net income

  $
34,035
  
  $ 21,349      $ 42,460      $ 6,611      $ 12,329   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

         

Depreciation and amortization

   
1,293
  
    1,779        5,044        717        2,285   

Stock-based compensation

   
1,974
  
    4,703        10,159        1,742        4,782   

Deferred income taxes

   
(4,234

    (3,722     (8,831     (660     2,110   

Provision for bad debts

   
1,170
  
    326        191        426        43   

Amortization of debt discount

   
836
  
    1,040        1,118        274        292   

Excess tax benefit on stock based-compensation

           (95     (882     (26     (311

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

         

Accounts receivable

    (11,596     (22,043     (28,289     (13,418     14,950   

Inventories

    (7,733     (7,153     (49,179     (4,141     (5,619

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    586        (5,009     2,981        (1,736     (3,349

Deposits and other assets

    5        (173     (305     170        (2,794

Accounts payable

    1,434        3,842        3,865        (744     (5,904

Accrued liabilities

    1,000        6,544        11,967        3,595        27   

Deferred revenue

    6,137        13,451        34,127        6,076        (2,797

Interest payable

    3,955        4,512        4,501        1,110        1,110   

Interest payable—related party

    (23,904     1,504        1,500        370        370   

Income taxes payable

    6,931        4,914        2,141        679        109   

Other liabilities

    541        537        2,080        642        56   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

    12,430        26,306        34,648        1,687        17,689   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

         

Purchases of property and equipment

    (2,770     (3,312     (20,316     (1,696     (3,103

Purchases of notes receivable

           (5,000                     

Proceeds from repayment of notes receivable

                  1,000                 

Change in restricted cash

           (4,040                     

Other investing activities

                  (175              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (2,770     (12,352     (19,491     (1,696     (3,103
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

         

Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes payable

    71,722                               

Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes payable—related party

    24,075                               

Proceeds from issuance of common stock in conjunction with convertible notes

    4,203                               

Repayments of notes payable—related party

    (55,555                            

Principle payments—lease financing obligations

                                (133

Payments—deferred offering costs

                                (775

Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercising options, net of repurchases

    2,060        3,882        9,004        2,986        1,861   

Excess tax benefit on stock-based compensation

           95        882        26        311   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

    46,505        3,977        9,886        3,012        1,264   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes

    (18     (1     (34     (18     10   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    56,147        17,930        25,009        2,985        15,860   

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of period

    14,578        70,725        88,655        88,655        113,664   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of period

  $
70,725
  
  $ 88,655      $ 113,664      $ 91,640      $ 129,524   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

         

Cash paid for income taxes

  $
520
  
  $ 15,114      $ 16,806      $ 1,640      $ 8,121   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest—related party

  $ 25,530      $      $      $      $   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest—lease financing obligation

  $      $      $      $      $ 514   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING INFORMATION:

         

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities related to property and equipment

  $
(6

  $ 886      $ 2,668      $ (307   $ (852
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unpaid deferred offering costs

  $      $      $      $      $ 2,124   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition of building with financing obligation

  $      $ 25,253      $ 18,718      $ 12,908      $ 456   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Organization

Arista Networks, Inc. (together with our subsidiaries, “we,” “our” or “us”) is a supplier of cloud networking solutions that use software innovations to address the needs of large-scale Internet companies, cloud service providers and next-generation enterprise. Our cloud networking solutions consist of our Extensible Operating System, a set of network applications and our 10/40/100 Gigabit Ethernet switches. We were incorporated in October 2004 in the State of California under the name Arastra, Inc. In March 2008, we reincorporated in the State of Nevada and in October 2008 changed our name to Arista Networks, Inc. We reincorporated in the state of Delaware in March 2014. Our corporate headquarters are located in Santa Clara, California, and we have wholly-owned subsidiaries throughout the world, including North America, Europe, Asia and Australia.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Arista Networks, Inc. and our wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP).

In preparing the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and for the year then ended, we have evaluated subsequent events through March 28, 2014, the date on which these financial statement were available to be issued, except for matters in Note 15—Subsequent Events .

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported and disclosed in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Those estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to, revenue recognition and deferred revenue; allowance for doubtful accounts and sales return reserve; determination of fair value for stock-based awards; accounting for income taxes, including the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets and reserves for uncertain tax positions; valuation of inventory; valuation of warranty accruals; and the recognition and measurement of contingent liabilities. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors and adjust those estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances dictate. As future events and their effects cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ from these estimates, and those differences could be material to the consolidated financial statements.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2014 and the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, and the consolidated statement of stockholders’ equity (deficit) for the three months ended March 31, 2014, and the related footnote disclosures are unaudited. These unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. In management’s opinion, the unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and include all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of our statement of financial position as of March 31, 2014 and our results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014. The results for the three months ended March 31, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the

 

F-8


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

full fiscal year or any other period.

In preparing the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months then ended, we have evaluated subsequent events through May 1, 2014, the date on which these unaudited interim financial statements were available to be issued. See Note 16—Subsequent Events—unaudited .

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet

The accompanying unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet was prepared as of March 31, 2014 assuming the automatic conversion of all shares of our convertible preferred stock into 24,000,000 shares of common stock upon the completion of a qualifying initial public offering.

Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities

We use a qualitative approach in assessing the consolidation requirement for variable interest entities (VIEs). This approach focuses on determining whether we have the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly affect the VIE’s economic performance and whether we have the obligation to absorb losses, or the right to receive benefits, that could potentially be significant to the VIE. For all periods presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, we have determined that we are not the primary beneficiary of any VIEs. However, in the event that we are the primary beneficiary of a VIE entity, the assets, liabilities, and results of operations of the VIE will be included in our consolidated financial statements.

Business Concentrations

We work closely with third parties to manufacture and deliver our products. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014, two suppliers provided all of our electronic manufacturing services. Our products rely on key components, including certain integrated circuit components and power supplies some of which our contract manufacturers purchase on our behalf from a limited number of suppliers, including certain sole source providers. We do not have guaranteed supply contracts with any of our component suppliers, and our suppliers could delay shipments or cease manufacturing such products or selling them to us at any time. If we are unable to obtain a sufficient quantity of these components on commercially reasonable terms or in a timely manner, sales of our products could be delayed or halted entirely or we may be required to redesign our products. Quality or performance failures of our products or changes in our contractors’ or vendors’ financial or business condition could disrupt our ability to supply quality products to our customers. Any of these events could result in lost sales and damage to our end-customer relationships, which would adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable and notes receivable. Our cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash are invested in high quality financial instruments with banks and financial institutions. Such deposits may be in excess of insured limits provided on such deposits.

Our accounts receivable are unsecured and represent amounts due to us based on contractual obligations of our customers. We mitigate credit risk in respect to accounts receivable by performing ongoing credit evaluations of our customers to assess the probability of accounts receivable collection based on a number of factors, including past transaction experience with the customer, evaluation of their credit history, the credit limits

 

F-9


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

extended and review of the invoicing terms of the contract. We generally do not require our customers to provide collateral to support accounts receivable. We have recorded an allowance for doubtful accounts for those receivables that we have determined not to be collectible.

Our notes receivable are secured and represent amounts due to us from a private company. We mitigate credit risk in respect to the notes receivable by performing ongoing credit evaluations of the borrower to assess the probability of collecting all amounts due to us under the existing contractual terms.

We market and sell our products through both our direct sales force and our channel partners, including distributors, value-added resellers, system integrators and original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) partners. Significant customers are those which represent more than 10% of our total net revenue during the period or net accounts receivable balance at each respective balance sheet date. For each significant customer, revenue as a percentage of total revenue and accounts receivable as a percentage of total accounts receivable are as follows:

 

     Revenue     Accounts Receivable  
     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months
Ended
March 31,
    As of
December 31,
    As of
March 31,
2014
 

Customers

   2011     2012     2013     2013     2014     2012     2013    
                       (Unaudited)                 (Unaudited)  

Customer A

     10     15     22     13     25     25     17     16

Customer B

     *        *        *              *        *        11     *   

 

* less than 10%

Fair Value Measurements

Our assets and liabilities which require fair value measurement consist of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, notes receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and convertible notes payable. Cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities are stated at carrying amounts as reported in the consolidated financial statements, which approximates fair value due to their short term nature. Notes receivable are stated at fair value, as we have elected to fair value our notes receivable using the fair value option permitted to us. The carrying amounts of our convertible notes payable approximate fair value as the stated interest rates approximate market rates currently available to us.

Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or an exit price that would be paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The authoritative guidance on fair value measurements establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy for disclosure of the inputs used to measure fair value instruments as follows:

Level I —Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date;

Level II —Inputs are observable, unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, unadjusted quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the related assets or liabilities; and

 

F-10


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

Level III —Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market data for the related assets or liabilities and typically reflect management’s estimate of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

Our financial instruments consist of Level I and Level III assets. Level I assets include highly liquid money market funds that are included in cash and cash equivalents. Level III assets that are measured on a recurring basis consist solely of our notes receivable. We classified the notes receivable as Level III, as we used unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that were significant to the fair value measurement, and the valuation required management judgment due to the absence of quoted market prices. We measure the fair value of the notes receivable based upon the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns, considering each of the possible future outcomes available to us. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the convertible notes are the scenario probabilities and the discount rate estimated at the valuation date. Generally, increases (decreases) in the discount rate would result in a directionally opposite impact to the fair value measurement of the notes. Also, changes in the probability scenarios would have had varying impacts depending on the weighting of each specific scenario. More weighting towards a change in control or an equity financing by the investee would result in an increase in fair value of the notes receivable.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid investments with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit with various financial institutions and highly liquid investments in money market funds. Interest is accrued as earned.

Restricted Cash

We have restricted cash pledged as collateral representing a security deposit required for a facility lease. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014, we have classified the restricted cash of $4.0 million as a non-current asset in our accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Accounts Receivable, Allowance for Doubtful Accounts, and Sales Return Reserves

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount, net of allowances for doubtful accounts, and sales return reserves. We estimate our allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the collectability of the receivables in light of historical trends, adverse situations that may affect our customers’ ability to pay and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is done in order to identify issues which may impact the collectability of receivables and related estimated required allowance. Revisions to the allowance are recorded as an adjustment to bad debt expense. After appropriate collection efforts are exhausted, specific accounts receivable deemed to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance in the period they are deemed uncollectible. Recoveries of accounts receivable previously written-off are recorded as credits to bad debt expense. We estimate our sales return reserves based on historical return rates applied against current period gross revenues. Specific customer returns and allowances are considered when determining our sales return reserve estimate. Revisions to the reserve are recorded as adjustments to revenue and the sales return reserves.

We mitigate credit risk in respect to accounts receivable by performing ongoing credit evaluations of our customers to assess the probability of accounts receivable collection based on a number of factors, including past transaction experience with the customer, evaluation of its credit history, the credit limits extended and review of the invoicing terms of the arrangement. We also monitor the credit history of our channel partners and assess their creditworthiness primarily based on the channel partner’s financial condition. In situations where a partner

 

F-11


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

or customer may be thinly capitalized and we have limited payment history with it, we will either establish a small credit limit or require it to prepay their purchases.

Inventories

Inventories consist of raw materials and finished goods, and are stated at the lower of cost, computed using the first-in, first-out method, or market value. We evaluate inventory for excess and obsolete products. These estimates are dependent on our assessment of current and expected orders from our customers, product development plans and current sales levels. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory write-downs may be required. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, we incurred inventory write-downs of $1.6 million, $3.2 million, $5.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

We outsource most of our manufacturing and supply chain management operations to two third-party contract manufacturers and as a result, a significant portion of our cost of revenue consists of payments to them. Our third-party contract manufacturers purchase and own a portion of the material used to build our switch products until they are shipped to us, at which time our third-party contract manufacturers invoice us. In addition, we also purchase certain strategic component inventory, including integrated circuits, which are consigned to our third-party contract manufacturers. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014, our strategic component inventory consigned to others was $6.5 million, $18.3 million and $16.6 million and is included in raw materials.

Our third-party contract manufacturers procure components and assembles products based on our demand forecasts. These forecasts represent our estimates of future demand for our products based upon historical trends and analysis from our sales and product management functions. If the actual component usage and product demand are significantly lower than forecast, we may establish a liability for non-cancelable, non-returnable purchase commitments with our contract manufacturers for quantities in excess of our demand forecasts, or obsolete material charges. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, we did not have any significant costs associated with this exposure. As of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, our contract manufacturer liabilities were $1.8 million and $1.5 million.

Our finished goods inventory consists of our finished switch products and accessories. This inventory is located principally at third-party direct fulfillment facilities in California, the Netherlands and Singapore and over 85 third-party spare parts locations around the world.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the related assets, generally from one to three years, 30 years for buildings or the lease term for leasehold improvements. Building construction-in-process, related to our build to suit lease, consists of capitalized construction costs. The leased building under our build to suit lease is capitalized and included in property and equipment as we were involved in the construction funding and did not meet the “sale-leaseback” criteria.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The carrying amounts of our long-lived assets, including property and equipment, are periodically reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may

 

F-12


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is measured by comparison of the carrying amount of each asset to the future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate over their remaining lives. If the asset is considered to be impaired, the amount of any impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the impaired asset. No impairment of any long-lived assets was identified for any of the periods presented.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs consisted primarily of direct incremental legal and accounting fees related to our proposed initial public offering. Approximately $2.9 million of deferred offering costs are included in deposits and other assets on our consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2014. No amounts were deferred as of December 31, 2012 and 2013. Upon completion of the initial public offering contemplated herein, these amounts will be offset against the net proceeds of the offering. If the offering is terminated, the deferred offering costs will be expensed.

Notes Receivable

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we entered into secured note purchase agreements with a private company to provide them with cash advances. We elected the fair value option to account for these notes receivable and will record unrealized gains and losses in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. Accordingly, these notes receivable are remeasured to fair value at the end of each reporting period. Upfront costs and fees incurred in conjunction with entering into notes receivable were expensed and recognized in earnings as incurred. Gains and losses from the change in fair value, as well as interest income, are recorded in interest and other income (expense), net in the accompanying consolidated statements of income at each reporting period.

Revenue Recognition

We generate revenue from sales of switching products which incorporate our EOS software and accessories such as cables and optics to direct customers and channel partners together with post contract customer support (“PCS”). We typically sell products and PCS in a single transaction. We recognize revenue when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery or performance has occurred; the sales price is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured.

We define each of the four criteria above as follows:

 

    Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists.  Evidence of an arrangement consists of stand-alone purchase orders or purchase orders issued pursuant to the terms and conditions of a master sales agreement. It is our practice to identify an end customer prior to shipment to a reseller or distributor.

 

    Delivery or performance has occurred.  We use shipping documents or written evidence of customer acceptance, when applicable, to verify delivery or performance. We recognize product revenue upon transfer of title and risk of loss, which primarily is upon shipment to customers. We do not have significant obligations for future performance, such as customer acceptance provisions, rights of return or pricing credits, associated with our product sales.

 

    The sales price is fixed or determinable . We assess whether the sales price is fixed or determinable based on payment terms and whether the sales price is subject to refund or adjustment.

 

    Collectability is reasonably assured . We assess probability of collectability on a customer-by-customer basis. Our customers are subjected to a credit review process that evaluates their financial condition and ability to pay for products and services.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

PCS is offered under renewable, fee-based contracts, which includes technical support, hardware repair and replacement parts beyond standard warranty, bug fixes, patches and unspecified upgrades on a when-and-if-available basis. We initially defer PCS revenue and recognize it ratably over the life of the PCS contract, with the related expenses recognized as incurred. PCS contracts usually have a term of one to three years. We include billed but unearned PCS revenue in deferred revenue.

We report revenue net of sales taxes. We include shipping charges billed to customers in revenue and the related shipping costs are included in cost of goods sold.

Multiple-Element Arrangements

Most of our arrangements, other than renewals of PCS, are multiple element arrangements with a combination of products and PCS. Products and PCS generally qualify as separate units of accounting. Our hardware deliverables include EOS software, which together deliver the essential functionality of our products. For multiple element arrangements, we allocate revenue to each unit of accounting based on the relative selling price. The relative selling price for each element is based upon the following hierarchy: vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), if available; third-party evidence (“TPE”), if VSOE is not available; and best estimate of selling price (“BESP”), if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. As we have not been able to establish VSOE or TPE for our products and most of our services, we generally utilize BESP for the purposes of allocating revenue to each unit of accounting.

 

    VSOE —We determine VSOE based on our historical pricing and discounting practices for the specific products and services when sold separately. In determining VSOE, we require that a substantial majority of the stand-alone selling prices fall within a reasonably narrow pricing range.

 

    TPE —When VSOE cannot be established for deliverables in multiple-element arrangements, we apply judgment with respect to whether we can establish a selling price based on TPE. TPE is determined based on competitor prices for interchangeable products or services when sold separately to similarly situated customers. However, as our products contain a significant element of proprietary technology and offer substantially different features and functionality, the comparable pricing of products with similar functionality typically cannot be obtained. Additionally, as we are unable to reliably determine what competitors products’ selling prices are on a stand-alone basis, we are not able to obtain reliable evidence of TPE of selling price.

 

    BESP —When we are unable to establish selling price using VSOE or TPE, we use BESP in our allocation of arrangement consideration. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service was sold regularly on a stand-alone basis. BESP is based on considering multiple factors including, but not limited to the sales channel (reseller, distributor or end customer), the geographies in which our products and services were sold (domestic or international) and size of the end customer.

We limit the amount of revenue recognition for delivered elements to the amount that is not contingent on the future delivery of products or services, future performance obligations, or subject to customer-specific return or refund privileges.

We account for multiple agreements with a single partner as one arrangement if the contractual terms and/or substance of those agreements indicate that they may be so closely related that they are, in effect, parts of a single arrangement.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

We may occasionally accept returns to address customer satisfaction issues even though there is no contractual provision for such returns. We estimate returns for sales to customers based on historical returns rates applied against current-period gross revenues. Specific customer returns and allowances are considered when determining our sales return reserve estimate.

Research and Development Expenses

Costs related to the research, design and development of our products are charged to research and development expenses as incurred. Software development costs are capitalized beginning when a product’s technological feasibility has been established and ending when the product is available for general release to customers. Generally, our products are released soon after technological feasibility has been established. As a result, costs incurred subsequent to achieving technological feasibility have not been significant and accordingly, all software development costs have been expensed as incurred.

Warranty

We offer a one-year warranty on all of our hardware products and a 90-day warranty against defects in the software embedded in the products. We accrue for potential warranty claims at the time of shipment as a component of cost of revenues based on historical experience and other relevant information. We accrue specifically identified reserves if and when we determine we have a systemic product failure. The accrued warranty liability is recorded in accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Post-Employment Benefits

We have a 401(k) Plan that covers substantially all of our employees in the United States. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, we did not provide a discretionary company match to employee contributions.

Segment Reporting

Our chief operating decision maker is our Chief Executive Officer. Our Chief Executive Officer reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. We have one business activity and there are no segment managers who are held accountable for operations or operating results. Accordingly, we have determined that we operate as one reportable segment.

Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize stock-based compensation for stock-based awards, including stock options, restricted stock awards (“RSAs”) and stock purchase rights based on the estimated fair value of the awards, net of estimated forfeitures. The fair value of each stock-based award is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. This model requires that at the date of grant we determine the fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected term of the award, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock, risk-free interest rates, and expected dividend yield of our common stock. The stock-based compensation expense, net of forfeitures, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally four years. We estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation for our awards. Our forfeiture rate is based on an analysis of our actual historical forfeitures.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

Excess tax benefits associated with stock option exercises and other equity awards are recognized in additional paid in capital. The income tax benefits resulting from stock awards that were credited to stockholders’ equity were $39,000, $0.6 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014. There were no income tax benefits from stock awards for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Foreign Currency

The functional currency of certain of our foreign subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are remeasured at the average exchange rate in effect during the period. At the end of each reporting period, our subsidiaries’ monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured to the functional currency using exchange rates in effect at the end of the reporting period. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured at historical exchange rates. Gains and losses related to remeasurement are recorded in interest and other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of income. We recognized $0.2 million, $0.2 million, $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $37,000, in transaction losses for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

We also have certain foreign subsidiaries that use the local currency as their functional currency. The assets and liabilities of the subsidiaries are, therefore, translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at each balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated using rates that approximate those in effect during the period. Translation adjustments are accumulated as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income within stockholders’ equity (deficit). For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, our cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments constituted our sole component of accumulated other comprehensive income.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the liability approach for deferred income taxes, which requires recognition of deferred income tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements, but have not been reflected in our taxable income. Estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax liabilities and in the determination of the recoverability of certain deferred income tax assets, which arise from temporary differences and carryforwards. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax assets are expected to be realized or settled. We regularly assess the likelihood that our deferred income tax assets will be realized based on the positive and negative evidence available. We record a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount that we are more likely than not to realize.

We regularly review our tax positions and benefits to be realized. We recognize tax liabilities based upon our estimate of whether, and to the extent to which, additional taxes will be due when such estimates are more likely than not to be sustained. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. We recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters as income tax expense.

Net Income per Share of Common Stock

Basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities. We consider our Series A convertible preferred stock

 

F-16


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

to be participating securities. Under the two-class method, net income attributable to common stockholders is determined by allocating undistributed earnings, calculated as net income less current period convertible preferred stock non-cumulative dividends, among our common stock and convertible preferred stock. In computing diluted net income attributable to common stockholders, undistributed earnings are re-allocated to reflect the potential impact of dilutive securities.

Basic net income per common share is computed by dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Shares of common stock subject to repurchase resulting from the early exercise of employee stock options are considered participating securities. Diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding, including potential dilutive common shares assuming the dilutive effect of outstanding stock options using the treasury stock method. For purposes of this calculation, convertible preferred stock and options to purchase shares of common stock are considered to be common stock equivalents and are excluded from the calculation of diluted net income per share of common stock if their effect is antidilutive.

Convertible notes payable are excluded from the calculation of diluted net income per share since such notes are convertible to common stock at the option of the holder only upon the occurrence of a contingent event, including change in control, initial public offering or prepayment of the convertible notes. The effect of the conversion of the convertible notes payable into common stock may be dilutive.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income per Share of Common Stock

In contemplation of our initial public offering, we have presented the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income per share of common stock, which has been computed to give effect to the automatic conversion of all of our convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock as if the conversion occurred at the beginning of the period or the date of issue, if later.

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740), Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists . ASU 2013-11 provides guidance on the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, similar tax loss or tax credit carryforward exists. This new standard requires the netting of unrecognized tax benefits, or UTBs, against a deferred tax asset for a loss or other carryforward that would apply in settlement of the uncertain tax positions. We have early adopted to net UTBs against all available same-jurisdiction loss or other tax carryforwards that would be utilized rather than only against carryforwards that are created by the UTBs. Adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

2. Correction of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements

In connection with the preparation of our 2013 annual consolidated financial statements we determined that the correction of certain amounts previously reported for inventory and cost of revenue was required. In conjunction with a change in our supply chain, we did not appropriately capitalize the cost of freight incurred related to product shipped from our contract manufacturers to our distribution centers and we also did not appropriately capitalize the purchase price variance for inventory procured, which accumulated to $1.3 million and none as of September 30, 2012, $1.6 million and none as of December 31, 2012 and $2.3 million and $1.0 million as of September 30, 2013, respectively.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

We evaluated the materiality of these errors from a quantitative and qualitative perspective and concluded that these errors were not material to any of our previously reported interim or annual period financial statements. However, the correction of these accumulated errors would be material if corrected solely in the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2013. Therefore, we have revised our previously reported financial statements as of December 31, 2012 and September 30, 2013 and for the year ended December 30, 2012 and the interim periods ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 for these errors.

The impact of the correction of these errors to our previously reported results for the 2012 annual period and the unaudited interim periods ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 are summarized below (in thousands, except per share amounts).

 

     Consolidated Balance Sheets  
     December 31, 2012      September 30, 2013  
     (As reported)     (As revised)      (As reported)      (As revised)  
                  (Unaudited)  

Inventories

   $ 22,626      $ 24,181       $ 51,348       $ 54,685   

Deferred tax asset—current

     6,308        6,309         8,049         8,050   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     7,640        7,125         12,459         11,428   

Total current assets

     176,131        177,172         262,244         264,551   

Total assets

     219,127        220,168         337,831         340,138   

Retained earnings

     (537     504         26,915         29,222   

Total stockholders’ equity

     17,869        18,910         55,780         58,087   

 

     Consolidated Statements of Income  
     Year Ended
December 31, 2012
     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2012
     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2013
 
     (As reported)      (As revised)      (As reported)      (As revised)      (As reported)      (As revised)  
                   (Unaudited)      (Unaudited)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 62,806       $ 61,252       $   45,262       $   43,919       $ 87,176       $ 85,393   

Gross profit

     130,602         132,156         90,805         92,148         159,282         161,065   

Income from operations

     38,343         39,897         28,858         30,201         41,860         43,643   

Income before provision for income taxes

     31,420         32,975         23,655         24,998         36,417         38,200   

Provision for income taxes

     11,112         11,626         8,586         8,857         8,965         9,482   

Net income

     20,308         21,349         15,069         16,141         27,452         28,718   

Net income per share, basic

     0.37         0.39         0.28         0.30         0.49         0.52   

Net income per share, diluted

     0.37         0.39         0.27         0.29         0.47         0.49   

 

     Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income  
     Year Ended
December 31, 2012
     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2012
     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2013
 
     (As reported)      (As revised)      (As reported)      (As revised)      (As reported)      (As revised)  
                   (Unaudited)      (Unaudited)  

Net income

   $ 20,308       $ 21,349       $ 15,069       $ 16,141       $ 27,452       $ 28,718   

Total comprehensive income

     20,312         21,353         15,090         16,162         27,458         28,724   

 

F-18


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  
     Year Ended
December 31, 2012
    Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2012
    Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2013
 
     (As reported)     (As revised)     (As reported)     (As revised)     (As reported)     (As revised)  
                 (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Net income

   $ 20,308      $ 21,349      $ 15,069      $ 16,141      $ 27,452      $ 28,718   

Change in operating assets and liabilities

            

Inventories

     (5,598     (7,153     (5,504     (6,848     (28,722     (30,505

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (5,524     (5,009     (8,770     (8,498     (4,888     (4,370

Net cash provided by operating activities

      26,306         26,306         18,332       
18,332
  
    40,615        40,615   

Certain amounts disclosed in Notes 4, 11 and 12 have been revised to reflect the correction.

 

3. Fair Value Measurements

We measure and report our cash equivalents, restricted cash and notes receivable at fair value. The following table sets forth the fair value of our financial assets by level within the fair value hierarchy:

 

     As of December 31, 2012  
     Level I      Level II      Level III      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Financial Assets

  

Money market funds

   $ 41,011       $       $       $ 41,011   

Money market funds – restricted cash (1)

     4,040                         4,040   

Notes receivable (2)

                     5,000         5,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets

   $ 45,051       $     —       $ 5,000       $ 50,051   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31, 2013  
     Level I      Level II      Level III      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Financial Assets

  

Money market funds

   $ 47,036       $       $       $ 47,036   

Money market funds – restricted cash (1)

     4,040                         4,040   

Notes receivable (2)

                     4,000         4,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets

   $ 51,076       $     —       $ 4,000       $ 55,076   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of March 31, 2014  
     Level I      Level II      Level III      Total  
     (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands)  

Financial Assets

           

Money market funds

   $ 46,210       $       $       $ 46,210   

Money market funds – restricted cash (1)

     4,040                         4,040   

Notes receivable (2)

                     4,000         4,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets

   $ 50,250       $     —       $ 4,000       $ 54,250   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

 

(1) Included in “restricted cash” in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(2) Included in “notes receivable – current portion” and “notes receivable–long-term” in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

We did not have any Level III assets prior to 2012. We invested $5.0 million during 2012 in a private company (See “Note 5-Notes Receivable” ), and there were no changes in the fair value of the Level III assets during the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014. During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 we had no transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy of its assets measured at fair value. On December 31, 2013, we received a principal payment of $1.0 million and related accrued interest.

 

4. Balance Sheet Components

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of the following:

 

         As of December 31,          As of
March 31,
2014
 
             2012                  2013         
                   (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands)  

Cash

   $ 47,644       $ 66,628       $ 83,314   

Money market funds

     41,011         47,036         46,210   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

   $ 88,655       $ 113,664       $ 129,524   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accounts Receivable, net

Accounts receivable, net consists of the following:

 

         As of December 31,         As of
March 31,
2014
 
             2012                 2013        
                 (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands)  

Accounts receivable,

   $ 51,186      $ 80,338      $ 65,385   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (1,284     (810     (825

Sales return reserve

            (1,529     (1,553
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

   $ 49,902      $   77,999      $ 63,007   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

There were no product sales return reserves established during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012. Activity in the sales return reserve account consists of additions of $1.6 million and deductions of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Activity in the sales return reserve account consists of additions of $0.8 million and deductions of $0.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts consists of the following:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    As of
March 31,
2014
 
     2012     2013    
                 (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands)  

Allowance for doubtful accounts, beginning of period

   $ 1,169      $ 1,284      $ 810   

Charged to expenses

     326        191        43   

Deductions (write-offs)

     (211     (665     (28
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts, end of period

   $ 1,284      $ 810      $ 825   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Inventories

Inventories consist of the following:

 

         As of December 31,          As of
March 31,

2014
 
         2012              2013         
                   (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands)  

Raw materials

   $ 6,501       $ 18,286       $ 16,590   

Finished goods

     17,680         55,074         62,388   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventories

   $ 24,181       $ 73,360       $ 78,978   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014, finished goods inventory included spare parts inventory of $2.6 million, $5.5 million and $6.7 million, respectively.

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment, net consists of the following:

 

     As of December 31,     As of
March 31,
2014
 
     2012     2013    
           (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands)  

Equipment and machinery

   $ 6,066      $ 13,733      $ 15,209   

Computer hardware and software

     1,948        3,688        3,917   

Furniture and fixtures

     25        1,352        1,374   

Leasehold improvements

     2,137        19,407        19,203   

Building

            35,154        35,154   

Building construction-in-process

     25,252                 

Construction-in-process

            1,056        2,126   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, gross

     35,428        74,390        76,983   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (4,882     (7,186     (9,357
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 30,546      $ 67,204      $ 67,626   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

Building construction-in-process consists of capitalized construction costs of our leased building in Santa Clara, California. Based on the terms of the lease agreement and due to our involvement in certain aspects of the construction, such as our financial involvement in structural elements of asset construction, making decisions related to tenant improvement costs and purchasing insurance not reimbursable by the buyer-lessor (the Landlord), we are deemed the owner of the building (for accounting purposes only) during the construction period. We maintain continued involvement in the property after construction was completed and lack transferability of the risks and rewards of ownership, primarily due to our required maintenance of a $4.0 million letter of credit. Due to our continuing involvement in the property post construction and lack of transferability of related risks and rewards of ownership to the Landlord after construction is complete, we account for the building as a financing obligation. See “Note 7-Commitments and Contingencies” .

Accordingly, as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014, we have recorded assets of $25.3 million, $53.3 million and $53.4 million, respectively, representing the total costs of the building and improvements incurred, including the costs paid by the Landlord. As of December 31, 2012, the building was in the construction phase. The building was completed during the third quarter of 2013.

Depreciation expense was $1.1 million, $1.8 million, $5.0 million, $0.7 million and $2.3 million, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consist of the following:

 

     As of December 31,      As of
March 31,

2014
 
     2012      2013     
                   (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands)  

Accrued payroll related costs

   $ 4,860       $ 9,090       $ 9,291   

Accrued warranty costs

     5,314         5,075         4,655   

Accrued accounts payable

     322         5,370        
7,249
  

Accrued manufacturing costs

     215         3,633         1,805   

Other

     1,430         3,741         3,933   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued liabilities

   $ 12,141       $ 26,909       $ 26,933   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Current Liabilities

Other current liabilities consist of the following:

 

     As of December 31,      As of
March 31,

2014
 
     2012      2013     
                   (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands)  

Liability for early exercised shares subject to repurchase

   $ 4,722       $ 7,520       $ 7,763   

Other

     883         2,624         2,674   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other current liabilities

   $ 5,605       $ 10,144       $ 10,437   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

Warranty Accrual

The following table summarizes the activity related to our accrued liability for estimated future warranty costs:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,

2014
 
         2012             2013        
                 (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands)  

Warranty accrual, beginning of period

   $ 2,375      $ 5,314      $ 5,075   

Liabilities accrued for warranties issued during the period

     3,418        4,290        488   

Warranty costs incurred during the period

     (479     (4,529     (908
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Warranty accrual, end of period

   $ 5,314      $ 5,075      $ 4,655   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We identified specific products that were failing in the field prematurely at higher than expected rates due to various component issues. We determined that replacement of certain affected products was required and recorded specific warranty reserves of $1.8 million, $3.3 million, $0.4 million and $0.2 million, during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, respectively. The majority of the replacement effort occurred during 2013. There was no specific product warranty reserve recorded for the three months ended March 31, 2014. In addition, we accrued $0.1 million, $0.1 million, $3.9 million, $1.1 million and $0.5 million, for general accrued warranty liabilities during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

During the three months ended March 31, 2014 we received $2.2 million in the form of a settlement from one of our suppliers, related to a product defect issue identified in prior years. This amount was recorded as a reduction to cost of revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue consists of the following:

 

     As of December 31,      As of
March 31,
2014
 
     2012      2013     
                   (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands)  

Current portion of deferred revenue

   $ 17,602       $ 41,306       $ 36,291   

Long-term portion of deferred revenue

     7,175         17,598         19,816   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred revenue

   $ 24,777       $ 58,904       $ 56,107   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The long-term portion of deferred revenue is included in other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

5. Notes Receivable

In May and July 2012, we made loans in the aggregate of $1.0 million, under two convertible notes receivable to a private company. The interest rate on the notes receivable was 6.0% per annum. The notes are convertible into the private company’s preferred stock or any securities exchangeable for the private company’s

 

F-23


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

preferred stock. All unpaid principal and accrued interest on the notes receivable was due and payable on the earlier of December 31, 2013, or upon default. The notes receivable may not be prepaid before the maturity date. The notes receivable were collateralized by the assets of the borrower. On December 31, 2013, we received a principal payment of $1.0 million and related accrued interest.

In December 2012, we made an additional loan of $4.0 million to the same borrower. The terms of the notes receivable are the same as the amended May and July notes receivable, except that the maturity date is August 31, 2014.

In the event the borrower closes a Corporate Transaction after December 31, 2012, we will receive two times our outstanding principal balance as well as any unpaid accrued interest. A Corporate Transaction is defined as being a sale or lease of all assets, a consolidation or merger or other transaction in which 50% of the voting power is transferred. In the event the borrower completes a Qualified Financing, the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the notes receivable will automatically convert into shares of the borrower’s preferred stock. A Qualified Financing is defined as being a preferred stock financing in which the borrower receives $6.0 million or more in aggregate proceeds. The minimum number of preferred shares we would receive would be equal to the loan value divided by 80% of the lowest price per share the borrower received in the Qualified Financing. In addition, we are able to exchange the notes receivable at any time on or prior to June 30, 2014, if the borrower issues new debt securities on terms more favorable to other investors for debt securities similar to such new debt securities.

In conjunction with the notes receivable, we also entered into an Exclusivity and Supply Agreement (“Supply Agreement”) with the borrower. Under the terms of the Supply Agreement, the borrower has agreed to develop and produce certain products for us at mutually agreed on supply terms and with best in class pricing rights to us. In addition, any exclusive features developed between us and the borrower cannot be sold by the borrower to other customers for 24 months following the commercial availability of such production versions. The Supply Agreement does not have a maturity date. We determined that the fair value of the Supply Agreement on its inception was insignificant as the borrower is still in the development stage and there is no certainty that a commercial product will be developed.

We determined that we had a variable interest in the borrower through our notes receivable. However, we determined that we are not the primary beneficiary as we do not have the power to direct the borrower’s activities that most significantly affect the borrower’s economic performance. We also determined that our investment in the borrower is not an equity-method investment as the notes receivable have different risk and reward characteristics than those of the borrower’s common stock. We have elected the fair value option method of accounting for our notes receivable. We believe the fair value of the convertible notes receivable is $5.0 million and $4.0 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and $4.0 million as of March 31, 2014 which corresponds to the maximum exposure to loss as a result of our variable interest involvement with the borrower.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

6. Debt Obligations

Our debt obligations consist of the following:

 

     As of December 31,      As of
March 31,
2014
 
     2012      2013     
                   (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands)  

Convertible notes payable—related party

   $ 25,000       $ 25,000       $ 25,000   

Convertible notes payable

     75,000         75,000         75,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     100,000         100,000         100,000   

Less: Unamortized discount on notes payable

     2,327         1,207         915   

Less: Current portion

             98,793         99,085   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term portion of debt

   $ 97,673       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Convertible Notes Payable

In January 2011, we sold $55.0 million aggregate principal amount of subordinated convertible promissory notes (“Convertible Notes”) to outside investors and $25.0 million aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes to two trusts that are related to two of our co-founders. The Convertible Notes are convertible into shares of our common stock upon a change of control, a qualified initial public offering, or immediately prior to when the notes are to be voluntarily prepaid. The proceeds received in the financing were used to repay the outstanding principal on the related party notes payable of $55.6 million and accrued interest of $25.9 million. The repayment of the related party notes payable and the issuance of the aggregate $25.0 million in Convertible Notes to the two trusts were determined to be a debt modification for accounting purposes; therefore, no gain or loss was recognized in our consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2011.

In conjunction with the Convertible Notes, we also issued 2.0 million shares of our common stock, which had an aggregate fair value of $3.0 million upon issuance. The aggregate net carrying value of the Convertible Notes on their issuance was $77.0 million ($80.0 million in Convertible Notes and $3.0 million in unamortized debt discount). The debt discount is being amortized to interest expense over the term of the Convertible Notes under the effective interest method.

In June 2011, we sold an additional $20.0 million in Convertible Notes and also issued 500,000 shares of our common stock, which had an aggregate fair value of $1.2 million, to outside investors. The aggregate net carrying value of the Convertible Notes on issuance was $18.8 million ($20.0 million in Convertible Notes and $1.2 million in unamortized debt discount). The debt discount is being amortized to interest expense over the term of the Convertible Notes under the effective interest method.

The interest rate on the Convertible Notes is 6.0% per annum, computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days. All unpaid principal and accrued interest on the Convertible Notes is due and payable on the earlier of December 31, 2014 or upon the occurrence of an event of default, defined as: (i) failure to pay principal or interest when due; (ii) breaches of covenants; (iii) breaches of representations and warranties; (iv) failure to make other payment obligations resulting in the acceleration of maturity of indebtedness in excess of $10.0 million; (v) voluntary bankruptcy; (vi) involuntary bankruptcy; or (vii) certain adverse judgments. We can voluntarily prepay the Convertible Notes, in whole or in part, before the maturity date by giving each investor 10 days’ prior written notice. We are also required to prepay the Convertible Notes upon a change of control unless the investor elects to convert its Convertible Note immediately prior to the closing of such change of control.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

If we elect to voluntarily prepay the Convertible Notes or in the event of a change of control or a qualified initial public offering (defined as the closing of an initial public offering of our common stock that results in total gross proceeds to us in excess of $25.0 million), the Convertible Note holders have the option to convert the outstanding principal and accrued interest on their Convertible Notes into shares of our common stock at a price per share equal to the conversion price. If we elect to prepay the Convertible Notes, the conversion price is equal to (i) the conversion price of the series of preferred stock first issued by us subsequent to the closing date of our Convertible Notes, or (ii) if no such shares of preferred stock shall have been issued, the fair market value of our common stock as determined by our board of directors in good faith. In the event of a change of control or a qualified initial public offering, the conversion price is equal to the lesser of (i) the conversion price of the series of preferred stock first issued by us subsequent to the closing date of our Convertible Notes, or (ii) the price of the common stock as determined in the initial public offering or the change of control. We have not issued any series of preferred stock subsequent to the sale of the Convertible Notes.

We have determined that in the event we complete a preferred stock financing before December 31, 2014, the Convertible Notes could contain a contingent beneficial conversion feature if a change of control or qualified initial public offering were to occur or a Prepayment Notice is delivered. This contingent beneficial conversion feature will be recorded if and when the related contingent events occur and the conversion feature is deemed to be beneficial.

 

7. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

We lease various operating spaces in North America, Europe, Asia and Australia under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements that expire on various dates through 2018. These arrangements require us to pay certain operating expenses, such as taxes, repairs, and insurance and contain renewal and escalation clauses. We recognize rent expense under these arrangements on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

As of December 31, 2013, the aggregate future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases consist of the following (in thousands):

 

Years Ending December 31,

      

2014

   $ 825   

2015

     540   

2016

     507   

2017

     411   

2018

     161   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum future lease payments

   $ 2,444   
  

 

 

 

Rent expense for all operating leases amounted to $1.2 million, $2.0 million, $3.6 million, $0.8 million and $0.9 million, during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

Financing Obligation—Build-to-Suit Lease

In August 2012, we executed a lease for a building under construction in Santa Clara, California which will serve as our new headquarters. The lease term is 120 months and commenced in September 2013.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

Based on the terms of the lease agreement and due to our involvement in certain aspects of the construction such as our financial involvement in structural elements of asset construction, making decisions related to tenant improvement costs and purchasing insurance not reimbursable by the buyer-lessor (the Landlord), we are deemed the owner of the building (for accounting purposes only) during the construction period. We maintained continued involvement in the property after construction was completed and lack transferability of the risks and rewards of ownership, primarily due to our required maintenance of a $4.0 million letter of credit. Due to our continuing involvement in the property post construction and lack of transferability of related risks and rewards of ownership to the Landlord after construction is complete, we account for the building and related improvements as a lease financing obligation.

Accordingly, as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and March 31, 2014, we have recorded assets of $25.3 million and $53.3 million, and $53.4 million, representing the total costs of the building and improvements incurred, including the costs paid by the lessor (the legal owner of the building) and additional improvement costs paid by us, and a corresponding financing obligation of $25.3 million and $44.0 million, and $44.3 million. As of December 31, 2013, $0.8 million and $43.2 million were recorded as short-term and long-term financing obligations, respectively. As of March 31, 2014, $0.9 million and $43.4 million were recorded as short-term and long-term financing obligations, respectively. During the construction period, we continued to increase the asset and financing obligation as additional building and improvement costs were incurred until construction was completed.

As of December 31, 2013, the future minimum payments due under the lease financing obligation were as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31,

      

2014

   $ 4,991   

2015

     5,601   

2016

     5,769   

2017

     5,948   

2018

     6,128   

Thereafter

     31,059   
  

 

 

 

Total Payments

     59,496   

Less: interest and land lease expense

     (38,962
  

 

 

 

Total net payments under facility financing obligation

     20,534   

Property reverting to landlord

     23,436   
  

 

 

 

Present value of obligation

     43,970   

Less current portion

     (818
  

 

 

 

Long-term portion of obligation

   $ 43,152   
  

 

 

 

Upon completion of construction in the third quarter of 2013, we evaluated the de-recognition of the asset and liability under the sale-leaseback accounting guidance. We concluded that we have forms of continued economic involvement in the facility, and therefore did not meet with the provisions for sale-leaseback accounting. Therefore, the lease is accounted for as a financing obligation and lease payments will be attributed to (1) a reduction of the principal financing obligation; (2) imputed interest expense; and (3) land lease expense (which is considered an operating lease and a component of cost of goods sold and operating expenses) representing an imputed cost to lease the underlying land of the building. In addition, the underlying building asset is depreciated over the building’s estimated useful life of 30 years. At the conclusion of the initial lease term, we will de-recognize both the net book values of the asset and the remaining financing obligation.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

Purchase Commitments

Our products are manufactured, assembled and tested by third-party contract manufacturers in Asia who procure components and assemble products on our behalf based on our forecasts. These forecasts are based on estimates of future demand for our products, historical trend analysis provided by our sales and product marketing organizations and adjusted for overall market conditions. In order to reduce manufacturing lead times and plan for adequate component supply, we may issue purchase orders to these third-party contract manufacturers and vendors that may not be cancelable. As of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, our contract manufacturer liability was $1.8 million and $1.5 million, for non-cancelable purchase commitments issued to our vendors. We did not have a liability as of December 31, 2012 for non-cancelable purchase commitments.

We have provided restricted deposits to our third-party contract manufacturers and vendors to secure our obligations to purchase inventory. We had $2.3 million in restricted deposits as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014. Restricted deposits are classified in deposits and other non-current assets in our accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Guarantees

We have entered into agreements with some of our direct customers and channel partners that contain indemnification provisions relating to potential situations where claims could be alleged that our products infringe the intellectual property rights of a third party. We have at our option and expense the ability to repair any infringement, replace product with a non-infringing equivalent-in-function product or refund our customers the unamortized value of the product based on its estimated useful life. Other guarantees or indemnification agreements include guarantees of product and service performance and standby letters of credit for lease facilities and corporate credit cards. We have not recorded a liability related to these indemnification and guarantee provisions and our guarantee and indemnification arrangements have not had any significant impact on our consolidated financial statements to date.

Legal Proceedings

In November 2013, we received a letter from Optumsoft, Inc., in which Optumsoft asserted (i) ownership of certain components of our EOS network operating system integrated into all of our products pursuant to the terms of a 2004 agreement between the companies and (ii) breaches of certain confidentiality and use restrictions in that agreement. Under the terms of the 2004 agreement, Optumsoft provided us with a non-exclusive, irrevocable, royalty-free license to software delivered by Optumsoft comprising a software tool used to develop certain components of EOS and a runtime library that is incorporated into EOS. The 2004 agreement places certain restrictions on our use and disclosure of the Optumsoft software and gives Optumsoft ownership of improvements, modifications and corrections to, and derivative works of, the Optumsoft software that we develop. In the November 2013 letter, Optumsoft requested that we cease all conduct constituting the alleged confidentiality and use restriction breaches including the distribution of any of their software in source code form and the unauthorized access or disclosure of their source code to third parties. Optumsoft also requested that we assign certain components of our software that they believe to be improvements of their software tool. To date, Optumsoft has not filed any legal action against us, although we cannot assure you that it will not do so in the future. David Cheriton, one of our founders and a former member of our board of directors, who resigned from our board of directors on March 1, 2014 and has no continuing role with us, is a founder and, we believe, the largest stockholder and a director of Optumsoft. The 2010 David R. Cheriton Irrevocable Trust dtd July 27, 2010, a trust for the benefit of minor children of Mr. Cheriton, is our largest stockholder. See Note 15—Subsequent Events ” for further information.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

We do not believe a loss is probable; however, it is a reasonable possibility. Due to the early stage of this matter, no estimate of the amount or range of possible amounts can be determined at this time.

We intend to vigorously defend against any action brought against us by Optumsoft. However, we cannot be certain that, if litigated, any claims by Optumsoft would be resolved in our favor. For example, if it were determined that Optumsoft owned components of our EOS network operating system, we would be required to transfer ownership of those components and any related intellectual property to Optumsoft. If Optumsoft were the owner of those components, it could make them available to our competitors, such as through a sale or license. In addition, if Optumsoft were to bring actual litigation, it could assert additional or different claims against us, including claims that our license from Optumsoft is invalid. An adverse litigation ruling could result in a significant damages award against us and injunctive relief. In addition, if our license was ruled to have been terminated, and we were not able to negotiate a new license from Optumsoft on reasonable terms, we could be prohibited from selling products that incorporate Optumsoft intellectual property. Any such adverse ruling could materially adversely affect our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition. Whether or not we prevail in a lawsuit, we expect that any litigation would be expensive, time-consuming and a distraction to management in operating our business.

In the ordinary course of business, we are a party to other claims and legal proceedings including matters relating to commercial, employee relations, business practices and intellectual property. We record a provision for contingent losses when it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Based on currently available information, management does not believe that the ultimate outcome of these other unresolved matters is probable or estimable and not likely, individually and in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. However, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties and our view of these matters may change in the future. Were an unfavorable outcome to occur, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows for the period in which the unfavorable outcome occurs, and potentially in future periods.

 

8. Common Stock Reserved for Issuance

We have reserved shares of common stock, on an as-converted basis, for future issuance as follows:

 

     As of December 31,      As of
March 31,
2014
 
     2012      2013     
                   (Unaudited)  

Conversion of convertible preferred stock outstanding

     24,000,000         24,000,000         24,000,000   

Outstanding stock options and RSAs

     8,447,403         11,245,179         13,507,913   

Outstanding stock purchase rights

     8,000         2,000         2,000   

Conversion of convertible debt and related accrued but unpaid interest

     15,977,213         3,948,787         3,209,308   

Shares reserved for future option and RSA grants

     3,339,055         8,941,034         6,516,964   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     51,771,671         48,137,000         47,236,185   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The number of shares of common stock to be issued on conversion of the convertible debt is determined by formula based on the fair value of our common stock (see Note 6). The amounts included above for the conversion of the convertible debt were determined based on the period end fair value of common stock.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

9. Convertible Preferred Stock

The holders of convertible preferred stock have various rights, preferences and privileges as follows:

Conversion Rights

Each share of Series A convertible preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the original issue price of $0.25 per share by the conversion price applicable to such share at the time in effect for such series, which is currently $0.25 per share. The conversion price per share for convertible preferred stock will be adjusted for certain recapitalizations, splits, combinations, common stock dividends or similar events. At the current conversion price, each share of Series A convertible preferred stock will convert on a one-for-one basis into common stock.

Each share of convertible preferred stock will automatically be converted into common stock at the conversion price in effect at the time for the Series A preferred stock immediately upon the earlier of (i) the sale of our common stock in a firm commitment, underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the public offering price of which is not less than $1.50 per share, with aggregate gross proceeds of at least $25.0 million; or (ii) the date authorized by the vote of or specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A convertible preferred stock.

Liquidation Preference

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of us, the holders of each share of Series A convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the proceeds of such liquidation to the holders of common stock, an amount per share equal to $0.25 plus any declared but unpaid dividends. If the proceeds are insufficient to permit the payment in full of the amounts due to the holders of the Series A convertible preferred stock, then the entire proceeds available for distribution shall be distributed among them in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be entitled.

Upon completion of the distributions required by the above-mentioned liquidation preferences, any remaining proceeds shall be distributed among the holders of convertible preferred stock and common stock pro rata based on the number of shares of common stock held by each, assuming full conversion of all such preferred stock to common stock.

Any acquisition of the corporation by means of merger or other form of corporate reorganization in which our outstanding shares are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued by the acquiring corporation or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets shall be treated as a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the corporation and shall entitle the holders of the convertible preferred stock and common stock to receive at the closing in cash, securities or other property amounts as specified in above.

Voting Rights

Each share of convertible preferred stock has a number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which it is convertible. The holders of our Series A convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, have the right to elect two directors. The holders of the common stock and convertible preferred stock, voting together on an as-if-converted basis, elect the remaining five directors.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

Dividend Rights

The Series A convertible preferred stockholders are entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on our common stock, payable at the rate of $0.015 per share of Series A convertible preferred stock per annum, when and if declared by the board of directors. Such dividends shall be noncumulative. To date, the board of directors has not declared any dividends.

Redemption Rights

Our Series A convertible preferred stock is not redeemable.

 

10. Stock-Based Compensation

Total stock-based compensation expense related to options, RSAs and stock purchase rights granted were allocated as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2011              2012              2013          2013      2014  
                          (Unaudited)  
    

(In thousands)

 

Cost of revenue

   $ 94       $ 270       $ 408       $ 67       $ 211   

Research and development

     992         2,590         5,464         996         2,467   

Sales and marketing

     554         1,078         2,985         482         1,428   

General and administrative

     334         765         1,302         197         676   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 1,974       $ 4,703       $ 10,159       $ 1,742       $ 4,782   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allocations to cost of revenue, research and development, general and administrative and selling and marketing expense are based upon the department to which the associated employee reported.

Determination of Fair Value

The fair value of each stock option grant granted under the Equity Incentive Plan was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions and fair value per share:

 

       Year Ended December 31,       Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
                       (Unaudited)  

Expected term (in years)

     5.1        5.6        6.5        6.5        7.9   

Risk-free interest rate

     1.5     0.9     1.7     1.3     2.3

Expected volatility

     48.8     51.0     51.0     50.5     47.7

Dividend rate

                    

Our use of the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected term of the option, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock, risk-free interest rates and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. The assumptions used in our option-pricing model represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

These assumptions and estimates are as follows:

•        Fair Value of Common Stock . Because our common stock is not yet publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of common stock. The fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards is determined by our board of directors, which considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of common stock at each grant date. These factors included, but were not limited to, (i) contemporaneous valuations of common stock performed by third-party specialists; (ii) the lack of marketability of our common stock; (iii) developments in the business; (iv) the prices paid in recent transactions involving our equity securities and (v) the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as our initial public offering or a merger or acquisition, given prevailing market conditions.

•         Expected Term . The expected term represents the period that our option awards are expected to be outstanding. We consider several factors in estimating the expected term of its options granted, including the expected lives used by a peer group of companies within our industry that we consider to be comparable to our business and the historical option exercise behavior of our employees, which we believe are representative of future behavior.

•         Expected Volatility.  The volatility is derived from the average historical stock volatilities of a peer group of public companies within our industry that we consider to be comparable to our business over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock-based grants. We did not rely on implied volatilities of traded options in our industry peers’ common stock because the volume of activity was low.

•         Risk-Free Interest Rate.  The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for zero-coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to the option’s expected term.

•        Dividend Yield.  We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

2004 Plan

During the year ended December 31, 2004, we adopted the 2004 Plan for the purpose of granting stock-based awards to employees, directors and consultants. Stock options granted under the 2004 Plan may be either Incentive Stock Options (“ISOs”), Nonstatutory Stock Options (“NSOs”) or Restricted Stock Awards (“RSAs”). ISOs may be granted to employees with exercise prices not less than the fair value of the common stock on the grant date as determined by the board of directors, and NSOs may be granted to employees, directors or consultants at exercise prices not less than 85% of the fair value of the common stock on the grant date as determined by the board of directors. If, at the time we grant an option, the optionee directly or by attribution owns stock possessing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our stock, the exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair value of the common stock on the grant date as determined by the board of directors. Options may be granted with vesting terms as determined by the board of directors. Options granted are exercisable over a maximum term of 10 years from the date of grant or five years from the date of grant for 10% shareholders and generally vest over an estimated period of 4 years. With the establishment of the 2011 Plan, we no longer grant stock options under the 2004 Plan.

2011 Plan

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we adopted the 2011 Plan for the purpose of granting stock-based awards to employees, directors, and consultants. Stock options granted under the 2011 Plan may be either ISOs,

 

F-32


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

NSOs, RSAs Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”) and Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”). ISOs may be granted to employees with exercise prices not less than the fair value of the common stock on the grant date as determined by the board of directors, and NSOs may be granted to employees, directors or consultants at exercise prices not less than 85% of the fair value of the common stock on the grant date as determined by the board of directors. If, at the time we grant an option, the optionee directly or by attribution owns stock possessing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our stock, the exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair value of the common stock on the grant date as determined by the board of directors. Options may be granted with vesting terms as determined by the board of directors. Options granted are exercisable over a maximum term of 10 years from the date of grant or five years from the date of grant for 10% shareholders and generally vest over an estimated period of 4 years. RSAs and restricted units may be issued to employees and service providers in accordance to the terms and provisions of the 2011 Plan with exercise price not less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant. RSAs and restricted units vesting criteria are determined by the board of directors.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

The following table summarizes the option and RSA activity under the 2004 Plan and 2011 Plan and related information:

 

           Options and RSA’s Outstanding                
     Shares
Available for
Grant
    Number of
Shares
Underlying
Outstanding
Options and
        RSA’s        
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years) of
Stock Options
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
of Stock
Options
Outstanding
 
                               (In thousands)  

Outstanding—December 31, 2010

     134,564        1,561,200      $ 0.005         6.8       $ 2,268   

Authorized

     7,200,000                       

Options granted

     (6,634,500     6,634,500        2.07         

RSA’s granted

     (700,000     700,000        1.00         

Options exercised

            (4,163,900     0.29         

RSA’s exercised

            (700,000     1.00         

Options canceled

     241,733        (241,733     0.34         

Early exercised shares repurchased

     252,084                       
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Outstanding—December 31, 2011

     493,881        3,790,067      $ 3.28         8.5       $ 1,402   

Authorized

     8,000,000                       

Options granted

     (6,597,600     6,597,600        4.41         

Options exercised

            (1,235,541     4.05         

Options canceled

     704,723        (704,723     3.86         

Early exercised shares repurchased

     738,051                       
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Outstanding—December 31, 2012

     3,339,055        8,447,403      $ 4.00         9.0       $ 23,880   

Authorized

     10,000,000                       

Options granted

     (5,509,600     5,509,600        10.15         

Options exercised

            (1,822,244     4.87         

Options canceled

     889,580        (889,580     4.67         

Early exercised shares repurchased

     221,999                       
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Outstanding—December 31, 2013

     8,941,034        11,245,179      $ 6.82         8.8       $ 254,319   

Options granted (unaudited)

     (2,557,100     2,557,100        29.40         

Options exercised (unaudited)

            (162,002     9.60         

Options canceled (unaudited)

     132,364        (132,364     8.17         

Early exercised shares repurchased (unaudited)

     666                       
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Outstanding—March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

     6,516,964        13,507,913      $ 11.05         8.8       $ 351,310   
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Vested and exercisable—December 31, 2013

       2,137,177      $ 3.78         8.0       $ 54,838   
    

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest—December 31, 2013

       10,017,160      $ 6.63         8.6       $ 228,518   
    

 

 

         

Vested and exercisable—March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

       2,516,622      $ 3.95         7.9       $ 83,317   
    

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest—March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

       11,712,190      $ 10.12         8.7       $ 315,559   
    

 

 

         

 

F-34


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 was $1.67, $2.20, $8.64, $5.29 and $19.81 per share, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, was $8.2 million, $0.6 million and $14.0 million, respectively, and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, $3.1 million and $3.8 million, respectively. Intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying options and the fair value of the common stock for the options that had exercise prices that were lower than the fair value per share of the common stock on the date of exercise.

As of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, the total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense for unvested stock options, net of expected forfeitures, was $48.6 million and $81.5 million, respectively, which are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.3 years and 4.0 years, respectively.

The total fair value of options vested for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, was $0.6 million, $1.5 million, $5.7 million, $0.9 million and $1.8 million, respectively.

Under our stock options plans, the options outstanding and vested and exercisable by exercise price are as follows:

 

December 31, 2013

   Options Outstanding and Exercisable      Options Vested and Exercisable  

Range of Exercise Price

   Number of
Shares Underlying
Outstanding
Options
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
     Weighted-
Average

Exercise Price
per Share
     Number of
Shares
Underlying
Outstanding
Options
     Weighted-
Average

Exercise Price
per Share
 

$0.01 – $3.33

     2,606,656         7.8       $ 3.30         1,210,812       $ 3.27   

$4.16 – $4.92

     3,905,588         8.6         4.39         921,548         4.41   

$7.76 – $8.87

     2,151,985         9.3         8.26         —           —     

$10.18

     2,018,450         9.7         10.18         4,817         10.18   

$22.49

     562,500         9.9         22.49         —           —     
  

 

 

          

 

 

    
     11,245,179         8.8       $ 6.82         2,137,177       $ 3.78   
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

March 31, 2014 (Unaudited)

   Options Outstanding and Exercisable      Options Vested and Exercisable  

Range of Exercise Price

   Number of
Shares Underlying
Outstanding
Options
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
per Share
     Number of
Shares
Underlying
Outstanding
Options
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
per Share
 

$0.01 – $3.33

     2,582,980         7.5       $ 3.30         1,364,589       $ 3.27   

$4.16 – $4.92

     3,777,898         8.4         4.39         1,045,353         4.41   

$7.76 – $8.87

     2,109,785         9.1         8.26         98,246         7.76   

$10.18

     1,951,250         9.5         10.18         7,017         10.18   

$22.49

     1,084,550         9.7         22.49         1,167         22.49   

$30.67 – $34.12

     2,001,450         9.9         31.21         250         30.67   
  

 

 

          

 

 

    
     13,507,913         8.8       $ 11.05         2,516,622       $ 3.95   
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

In October 2013, our board of directors approved an increase of 10,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2011 Plan.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

Restricted Stock Awards

A summary of our restricted stock awards activity and related information is as follows:

 

     Number of
RSA’s
Outstanding
    Weighted-
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
 

Unvested balance—December 31, 2011

     665,335      $ 2.39   

Vested

     (62,000     2.41   

Awards repurchased and cancelled

     (380,000     2.40   
  

 

 

   

Unvested balance—December 31, 2012

     223,335      $ 2.41   

Vested

     (51,668     2.49   

Awards repurchased and cancelled

     (30,000     2.37   
  

 

 

   

Unvested balance—December 31, 2013

     141,667      $ 2.42   

Vested (unaudited)

     (12,500     2.50   
  

 

 

   

Unvested balance—March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

     129,167      $ 2.50   
  

 

 

   

The total fair value of restricted stock awards granted to employees for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $1.7 million. There were no restricted stock awards granted for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 or for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014. As of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, the total unrecognized expense for unvested restricted stock awards, net of expected forfeitures, was $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively, which are expected to be amortized over a weighted-average period of 2.8 years and 2.5 years, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, the intrinsic value of the unvested restricted stock awards based on the estimated fair value of $6.83 per share was $1.3 million. As of December 31, 2013, the intrinsic value of the unvested restricted stock awards based on the estimated fair value of $29.44 per share was $3.8 million. As of March 31, 2014, the intrinsic value of the unvested restricted stock awards based on the estimated fair value of $37.06 per share was $4.5 million.

Early Exercise of Stock Options and RSAs

We typically allow our employees and directors to exercise options and RSAs granted under the 2004 Plan and the 2011 Plan prior to vesting. The shares and RSAs are subject to our lapsing repurchase right upon termination of employment at the original purchase price. The proceeds initially are recorded in other liabilities from the early exercise of stock options and RSAs and are reclassified to common stock and paid-in capital as our repurchase right lapses. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, we repurchased 252,084, 738,051, 221,999, 44,082 and 666 shares of common stock, respectively, at the original exercise price due to the termination of employees prior to the repurchase right lapsing. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014, shares held by employees and directors that were subject to repurchase were 4,288,706, 3,097,766 and 2,698,151, respectively, with an aggregate price of $4.7 million, $7.5 million and $7.8 million, respectively.

Stock Purchase Rights

We may issue common stock awards to employees or non-employees. The common stock awards are issued directly from authorized common stock and accounted for outside of our equity incentive plans. These awards are 100% fully vested on issuance, but are required to be exercised at exercise prices set forth in respective Common Stock Purchase Agreements. Shares issued during the years December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 were 98,400,

 

F-36


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

20,000 and 21,250, respectively. Shares issued during the three months ended March 31, 2013 were 2,000. There were no shares issued during the three months ended March 31, 2014. The costs related to the issuance of common stock awards are recorded at fair market value when granted.

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and three months ended March 31, 2013, approximately $0.1 million, $21,000, $51,000, and $9,000, respectively, of stock based compensation expense was recorded for stock purchase rights issued. There was no stock based compensation expense recorded for the three months ended March 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014, there were stock purchase rights for 8,000, 2,000 and 2,000 shares, respectively, outstanding but not yet exercised, at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.93, $3.33 and $3.33, respectively.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

11. Net Income Per Share Available to Common Stock

The following table sets forth the computation of our basic and diluted net income per share available to common stock:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
                       (Unaudited)  
Numerator:   

(In thousands, except share and

per share amounts)

 

Basic:

          

Net income

   $ 34,035      $ 21,349      $ 42,460      $ 6,611      $ 12,329   

Less: undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities

     (20,246     (11,727     (21,683     (3,484     (5,967
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available to common stockholders, basic

   $ 13,789      $ 9,622      $ 20,777      $ 3,127      $ 6,362   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted:

          

Net income attributable to common stockholders, basic

   $ 13,789      $ 9,622      $ 20,777      $ 3,127      $ 6,362   

Add: undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities

     65        40        1,003        106        454   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders, diluted

   $ 13,854      $ 9,662      $ 21,780      $ 3,233      $ 6,816   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

          

Basic:

          

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income per share available to common stockholders, basic

     21,175,788        24,711,453        27,320,294        26,284,899        29,124,310   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted:

          

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income per share available to common stockholders, basic

     21,175,788        24,711,453        27,320,294        26,284,899        29,124,310   

Add weighted-average effect of dilutive securities:

          

Stock options and RSA’s

     156,088        186,902        2,725,518        1,756,271        4,689,595   

Stock purchase rights

     13,765        2,650        5,478        3,219        1,800   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income per share available to common stockholders, diluted

     21,345,641        24,901,005        30,051,290        28,044,389        33,815,705   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

          

Basic

   $ 0.65      $ 0.39      $ 0.76      $ 0.12      $ 0.22   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.65      $ 0.39      $ 0.72      $ 0.12      $ 0.20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

The following outstanding shares of common stock equivalents were excluded from the computation of diluted net income per share available to common stockholders for the periods presented because including them would have been anti-dilutive:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2011      2012      2013      2013      2014  
                          (Unaudited)  

Stock options and RSA’s to purchase common stock

     3,010,226         3,598,996         168,575         258,327         1,959,411   

Stock purchase rights

                                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,010,226         3,598,996         168,575         258,327         1,959,411   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth the computation of our unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,

2013
    Three Months Ended
March 31,

2014
 

Numerator:

    

Net income

   $ 42,460      $ 12,329   

Undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities

     (3,097     (640
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income used in computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     39,363        11,689   

Undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities

     145        50   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income used in computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

   $ 39,508      $ 11,739   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income per share attributable to common stock, basic

     27,320,294        29,124,310   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock

     24,000,000        24,000,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     51,320,294        53,124,310   

Weighted-average effect of dilutive stock options and stock purchase rights

     2,730,996        4,691,395   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     54,051,290        57,815,705   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Basic

   $ 0.77      $ 0.22   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.73      $ 0.20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

12. Income Taxes

The geographical breakdown of income before provision for income taxes is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2011              2012              2013      
    

(In thousands)

 

Domestic

   $ 26,238       $ 26,837       $ 50,455   

Foreign

     11,388         6,138         7,820   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

   $ 37,626       $ 32,975       $ 58,275   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2011             2012             2013      
     (In thousands)  

Current provision for income taxes:

      

Federal

   $ 5,710      $ 13,037      $ 19,708   

State

     1,852        2,003        4,525   

Foreign

     263        308        413   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current

     7,825        15,348        24,646   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax benefit:

      

Federal

     (3,140     (3,525     (8,059

State

     (325     (342     (938

Foreign

     (769     145        166   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred

     (4,234     (3,722     (8,831
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 3,591      $ 11,626      $ 15,815   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax and our effective income tax is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2011             2012             2013      

U.S. federal statutory income tax

     35.00     35.00     35.00

State tax, net of federal benefit

     1.09        0.26        0.89   

Foreign tax differential

     (5.64     (3.21     (2.61

Tax credits

     (4.61     (0.96     (10.64

Change in valuation allowance

     (20.98     3.04        3.87   

Non-deductible expenses

     1.87        0.66        (0.07

Uncertain tax positions and associated interest

     2.77        0.44        0.58   

Other, net

     0.04        0.03        0.12   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

     9.54     35.26     27.14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We have operations and a taxable presence in over 15 countries outside the U.S. All of these countries except one have a lower tax rate than the United States. The significant countries in which we have a presence include Cayman Islands, Ireland and the United Kingdom.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

For December 31, 2011, the tax credits generated were attributable to the federal research and development credit and foreign tax credit generated from deemed dividend. The federal research and development credit expired as of December 31, 2011. On January 2, 2013, a retroactive extension of the 2012 federal research and development credit was signed into law in accordance with The American Taxpayer Act of 2012. The net benefit of $1.8 million related to the 2012 federal research and development credit is included in the year ended December 31, 2013.

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2012     2013  
     (In thousands)  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Property and equipment

   $ 23      $ 1,020   

Stock based compensation

     672        1,738   

Reserves and accruals not currently deductible

     6,954        13,351   

Net operating losses

     1,716        1,143   

Tax credits

     2,244        5,156   

State taxes

     481        514   

Other

     105        375   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     12,195        23,297   

Valuation allowance

     (3,874     (6,288
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     8,321        17,009   

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Property and equipment

     (170     (47

Accrued liabilities

            (173

State taxes

     (182       

Other

     (13       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (365     (220
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 7,956      $ 16,789   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents the breakdown between current and non-current deferred tax assets and liabilities:

 

     As of December 31,  
         2012             2013      
     (In thousands)  

Deferred tax assets

   $ 6,309      $ 12,356   

Deferred tax assets, non-current

     1,679        4,541   

Deferred tax liabilities, non-current

     (32     (108
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax assets

   $ 7,956      $ 16,789   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recognition of deferred tax assets is appropriate when realization of these assets is more likely than not. We believe that all of the deferred tax assets were realizable with the exception of California and Canada deferred tax

 

F-41


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

assets. Therefore, a valuation allowance of $3.9 million and $6.3 million was recorded as of December 31, 2012 and as of December 31, 2013, respectively against the California and Canadian deferred tax assets as it was not more likely than not that these assets will be recognized.

The net valuation allowance increased (decreased) by $(8.0) million, $1.0 million and $2.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

At December 31, 2011, we had $2.2 million of net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $33.9 million. At December 31, 2012 and 2013, we had no net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $27.2 million and $13.1 million, respectively, which begin expiring in 2028.

As of December 31, 2011, we had $3.1 million U.S. federal R&D credit carryforwards for federal income tax purposes and state R&D credit carryforwards of approximately $2.4 million, which can be carried over indefinitely. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, we had no U.S. federal R&D credit carryforwards for federal income tax purposes and state R&D credit carryforwards of approximately $4.8 million and $9.0 million, respectively, which can be carried over indefinitely. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, we had $0.4 million and $1.3 million, respectively, of Canadian scientific research and experimental development tax credit carryforwards, which begin to expire in 2032.

Utilization of the net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards may be subject to limitations due to ownership changes limitations provided in the Internal Revenue code and similar state provision. In all years up to December 31, 2013, such limitations had no impact to our deferred tax assets.

Our policy with respect to our undistributed foreign subsidiaries earnings is to consider those earnings to be indefinitely reinvested and, accordingly, no related provision for U.S. federal and state income taxes has been provided. Upon distribution of those earnings’ in the form of dividends or otherwise, we may be subject to both U.S. income taxes (subject to an adjustment for foreign tax credits) and withholding taxes in the various countries. As of December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, the undistributed earnings approximated $0.4 million, $1.0 million and $4.9 million, respectively. The determination of the future tax consequences of the remittance of these earnings is not practicable.

On September 13, 2013, the U.S. Treasury Department and the IRS issued final regulations that address costs incurred in acquiring, producing or improving tangible property (the “tangible property regulations”). The tangible property regulations are generally effective for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2014 and may be adopted in earlier years. The tangible property regulations will require us to make additional tax accounting method changes as of January 1, 2014; however, we do not anticipate the impact of these changes to be material to our consolidated financial position, results of operations or both.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

Uncertain Tax Positions

We recognize uncertain tax positions only to the extent that management believes that it is more likely than not the position will be sustained. The reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits in 2011, 2012 and 2013 was as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2011              2012              2013      
     (In thousands)  

Gross unrecognized tax benefits—beginning balance

   $ 11,603       $ 13,326       $ 13,960   

Increases related to tax positions taken in a prior year

     1,197                 70   

Increases related to tax positions taken during current year

     526         634         2,975   

Decreases related to tax positions taken in a prior year

                     (32

Decreases related to settlements with taxing authorities

                       

Decreases related to lapse of statute of limitations

                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross unrecognized tax benefits—ending balance

   $ 13,326       $ 13,960       $ 16,973   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, the total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits was $13.3 million, of which $12.2 million would affect our effective tax rate if recognized. As of December 31, 2012, the total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits was $14.0 million, of which $12.2 million would affect our effective tax rate if recognized. As of December 31, 2013, the total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits was $17.0 million, of which $13.9 million would affect our effective tax rate if recognized.

Our policy is to recognize interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. For the year ended December 31, 2011, we did not incur interest or penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits. We accrued interest and penalties of $0.3 million and $0.5 million in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, we had recognized a liability for interest and penalties of $0.3 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

We do not anticipate that the amount of existing unrecognized tax benefits would significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months. Because of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards, substantially all of our tax years remain open to federal and state tax examination. Our foreign tax returns are open to audit under the statute of limitations of the respective foreign countries in which the subsidiaries are located.

 

13. Segment Information

We have determined that we operate as one reportable segment. The following table represents net revenue based on the customer’s location, as determined by the customer’s billing address:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended March 31,  
           2011                  2012                  2013                  2013                  2014        
                   (Unaudited)  
    

(In thousands)

 

United States

   $ 100,122       $ 150,760       $ 296,426       $ 47,526       $ 95,054   

Other Americas

     2,588         4,442         6,096         1,868         2,240   

Europe, Middle East and Africa

     21,766         23,500         39,164         7,720         11,656   

Asia Pacific

     15,372         14,706         19,538         4,234         8,257   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 139,848       $ 193,408       $ 361,224       $ 61,348       $ 117,207   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

Included within Europe, Middle East and Africa total in the above table is revenue from sales to the United Kingdom of $15.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2011. Aside from the United States and United Kingdom, no other country comprised 10% or greater of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014.

Long lived assets, excluding intercompany receivables, investments in subsidiaries and deferred tax assets, net by location are summarized as follows:

 

     As of December 31,      As of March 31,
2014
 
     2012      2013     
                   (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands)  

United States

   $ 30,348       $ 63,557       $ 64,060   

International

     198         3,647         3,566   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 30,546       $ 67,204       $ 67,626   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

14. Other Related Party Transactions and Balances

Certain members of our board of directors serve on the boards of our customers. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, we recognized revenue of $0.1 million, $1.1 million, $11.1 million, $0.5 million and $4.6 million, respectively, from sales transactions with these related party customers. Amounts due from these related party customers were $0.5 million, $3.8 million and $5.1 million related to the above sales as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014, respectively.

 

15. Subsequent Events

Litigation

On April 4, 2014, Optumsoft filed a lawsuit against us in the Superior Court of California, Santa Clara County titled Optumsoft, Inc. v. Arista Networks, Inc., in which it asserts (i) ownership of certain components of our EOS network operating system pursuant to the terms of a 2004 agreement between the companies, and (ii) breaches of certain confidentiality and use restrictions in that agreement. Under the terms of the 2004 agreement, Optumsoft provided us with a non-exclusive, irrevocable, royalty-free license to software delivered by Optumsoft comprising a software tool used to develop certain components of EOS and a runtime library that is incorporated into EOS. The 2004 agreement places certain restrictions on our use and disclosure of the Optumsoft software and gives Optumsoft ownership of improvements, modifications and corrections to, and derivative works of, the Optumsoft software that we develop.

In its lawsuit, Optumsoft has asked the Court to order us to (i) give Optumsoft copies of certain components of our software for evaluation by Optumsoft, (ii) cease all conduct constituting the alleged confidentiality and use restriction breaches, (iii) secure the return or deletion of Optumsoft’s alleged intellectual property provided to third parties, including our customers, (iv) assign ownership to Optumsoft of Optumsoft’s alleged intellectual property currently owned by us, and (v) pay Optumsoft’s alleged damages, attorney’s fees, and costs of the lawsuit. David Cheriton, one of our founders and a former member of our board of directors who resigned from our board of directors on March 1, 2014 and has no continuing role with us, is a founder and, we believe, the largest stockholder and director of Optumsoft. The 2010 David R. Cheriton Irrevocable Trust dtd July 27, 2010, a trust for the benefit of the minor children of Mr. Cheriton, is our largest stockholder.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

Although Optumsoft has claimed ownership of various specific software components in communications with us, it has not identified in the litigation the specific software components it claims to own. We cannot assure you which software components Optumsoft may ultimately claim to own in the litigation, although they may include components that are material.

On April 14, 2014, we filed a cross-complaint against Optumsoft, in which we assert our ownership of the software components at issue and our interpretation of the 2004 agreement. Among other things, we assert that the language of the 2004 agreement and the parties’ long course of conduct support our ownership of the disputed software components. We ask the Court to declare our ownership of those software components, all similarly-situated software components developed in the future and all related intellectual property. We also assert that, even if we are found not to own any particular components at issue, such components are licensed to us under the terms of the 2004 agreement. However, there can be no assurance that our assertions will ultimately prevail in litigation.

On the same day, we also filed an answer to Optumsoft’s claims, as well as affirmative defenses based in part on Optumsoft’s failure to maintain the confidentiality of its claimed trade secrets, its authorization of the disclosures it asserts and its delay in claiming ownership of the software components at issue. We have also taken additional steps to respond to Optumsoft’s allegations that we improperly used and/or disclosed Optumsoft confidential information. While we believe we have strong defenses to these allegations, we believe we have (i) revised our software to remove the elements we understand to be at issue and made the revised software available to our customers and (ii) removed information from our website that Optumsoft asserted disclosed Optumsoft confidential information.

We intend to vigorously defend against Optumsoft’s lawsuit. However, we cannot be certain that, if litigated, any claims by Optumsoft would be resolved in our favor. For example, if it were determined that Optumsoft owned components of our EOS network operating system, we would be required to transfer ownership of those components and any related intellectual property to Optumsoft. If Optumsoft were the owner of those components, it could make them available to our competitors, such as through a sale or license. In addition, Optumsoft could assert additional or different claims against us, including claims that our license from Optumsoft is invalid. Additionally, the existence of this lawsuit could cause concern among our customers and potential customers and could adversely affect our business and results of operations. An adverse litigation ruling could also result in a significant damages award against us and the injunctive relief described above. In addition, if our license was ruled to have been terminated, and we were not able to negotiate a new license from Optumsoft on reasonable terms, we could be required to pay substantial royalties to Optumsoft or be prohibited from selling products that incorporate Optumsoft intellectual property. Any such adverse ruling could materially adversely affect our business, prospects, results of operation and financial condition. Whether or not we prevail in the lawsuit, we expect that the litigation will be expensive, time-consuming and a distraction to management in operating our business.

We do not believe a loss is probable; however, it is reasonably possible. Due to the early stage of this matter, no estimate of the amount or range of possible amounts can be determined at this time.

 

16. Subsequent Events - unaudited

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

In April 2014, the Board of Directors and shareholders approved the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2014 Equity Plan”), The 2014 Equity Plan will become effective on the first day that our common stock is publicly

 

F-45


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

 

traded. A total of 6,510,000 shares of our common stock are initially reserved for future issuance under the 2014 Equity Plan. The number of shares available for grant and issuance under the 2014 Equity Plan will be increased automatically on January 1 of each year commencing with 2016 by the number of shares equal to 3% of our shares outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31, but not to exceed 12,500,000 shares, unless the Board of Directors, in its discretion, determines to make a smaller increase.

2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In April 2014, the Board of Directors and shareholders approved the 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”). The ESPP will become effective on the first day that our common stock is publicly traded. A total of 651,000 shares of our common stock are initially reserved for future issuance under the ESPP. The number of shares reserved for issuance under the ESPP will increase automatically on January 1 of each year commencing with 2015 by the number of shares equal to 1% of our shares outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31, but not to exceed 2,500,000 shares, unless the Board of Directors, in its discretion, determines to make a smaller increase.

Litigation

On April 23, 2014, Net Navigation LLC sued us for alleged infringement of U.S. Patent Nos. 5,901,147; 6,434,145; and 6,625,122 in U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas. That same day, Net Navigation LLC filed complaints against three other companies alleging infringement of one or more of those patents. Based upon our preliminary investigation, we do not believe that our products infringe any valid or enforceable claim of the aforementioned patents, although the outcome of any litigation can never be certain. We do not believe a loss is probable; however, it is a reasonable possibility. Due to the early stage of this matter, no estimate of the amount or range of possible amounts can be determined at this time.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II—INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by the Registrant, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, upon completion of this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 31,041   

FINRA filing fee

     36,650   

Exchange listing fee

     250,000   

Printing and engraving

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     *   

Miscellaneous

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a corporation’s board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents.

On completion of this offering, as permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation will include provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors, excluding liability for any breach of the duty of loyalty.

In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws of the Registrant will provide that:

 

    The Registrant shall indemnify its directors and officers for serving the Registrant in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at the Registrant’s request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

    The Registrant may, in its discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law.

 

    The Registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such director or officer shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

 

    The Registrant will not be obligated pursuant to the amended and restated bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person, except with respect to proceedings authorized by the Registrant’s board of directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification.

 

    The rights conferred in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive, and the Registrant is authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with its directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
    The Registrant may not retroactively amend the bylaw provisions to reduce its indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.

The Registrant’s policy is to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of its directors and officers that provide the maximum indemnity allowed to directors and executive officers by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and also to provide for certain additional procedural protections. The Registrant also maintains directors and officers insurance to insure such persons against certain liabilities.

These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements entered into between the Registrant and its officers and directors may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant’s officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act.

The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and otherwise.

 

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

Since January 1, 2011, the Registrant issued the following unregistered securities:

2011 Note and Common Stock Financing

In January 2011, the Registrant sold $55.0 million aggregate principal amount of subordinated convertible promissory notes, or Convertible Notes, to outside investors and $25.0 million aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes to two trusts that are related to two of the Registrant’s co-founders. In conjunction with the issuance of the subordinated convertible promissory notes, the Registrant also issued 2,000,000 shares of common stock at a price per share of $0.005, which had an aggregate fair value of $3.0 million upon issuance. In June 2011, the Registrant sold an additional $20.0 million in subordinated convertible promissory notes and also issued 500,000 shares of common stock at a price per share of $0.005, which had an aggregate fair value of $1.2 million, to an outside investor. The interest rate on the subordinated convertible promissory notes is 6.0% per annum, computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days. All unpaid principal and accrued interest on the subordinated convertible promissory notes is due and payable on the earlier of December 31, 2014 or upon the occurrence of an event of default. The Registrant is also required to prepay the subordinated convertible promissory notes upon a change of control unless the investor elects to convert its subordinated convertible promissory notes immediately prior to the closing of such change of control. If the Registrant elects to voluntarily prepay the subordinated convertible promissory notes or in the event of a change of control or a qualified initial public offering, the note holders have the option to convert the outstanding principal and accrued interest on their subordinated convertible promissory notes into shares of common stock at a price per share equal to the conversion price.

Option and Common Stock Issuances

 

  (a)   Option Plan Grants and Exercises

From January 1, 2011 through April 15, 2014, the Registrant granted to its officers, directors, employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 21,998,800 shares of common stock under its 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and its 2011 Equity Incentive Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.005 to $34.12 per share. Of the options granted, options to purchase 315,000 shares of common stock were granted to six non-employee directors with exercise prices ranging from $1.00 to $34.12 per share; options to purchase 4,524,000 shares of common stock were granted to 18 executives with exercise prices ranging from $0.005 to $30.67 per share and options to purchase 17,159,800 shares of common stock were granted to 961 other employees and consultants with exercise prices ranging from $0.005 to $34.12 per share.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

From January 1, 2011 through April 15, 2014, the Registrant issued and sold to its officers, directors, employees, consultants and other service providers an aggregate of 8,088,687 shares of common stock upon exercise of options under its 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and its 2011 Equity Incentive Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.005 to $30.67 per share, for an average weighted exercise price of $2.15 per share. Of the options exercised, 160,000 shares of common stock were issued to three non-employee directors with exercise prices ranging from $1.00 to $30.67 per share; 2,471,000 shares of common stock were issued to 13 executive with exercise prices ranging from $0.005 to $7.76 per share and 5,457,687 shares of common stock were issued to 375 other employees and consultants with exercise prices ranging from $0.005 to $30.67 per share.

 

  (b)   Common Stock Issuances

From January 1, 2011 through April 15, 2014, the Registrant issued and sold an aggregate of 137,650 shares of its common stock to certain consultants and other service providers at exercise prices ranging from $0.005 to $8.77 per share, for an aggregate exercise price of $330,682.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions or any public offering.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in Item 15(a) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act under either (i) Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as offers and sales of securities pursuant to certain compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation in compliance with Rule 701 or (ii) Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates and instruments issued in such transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in Item 15(b) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates and instruments issued in such transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us.

 

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

  (a)   Exhibits.

We have filed the exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index of this Registration Statement, which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

  (b)   Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the consolidated financial statements or in the notes thereto.

 

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Santa Clara, California, on the 1st day of May 2014.

 

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Jayshree Ullal

  Jayshree Ullal
  Chief Executive Officer and President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ Jayshree Ullal

Jayshree Ullal

 

Chief Executive Officer, President, and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 1, 2014

/s/ Kelyn Brannon

Kelyn Brannon

 

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

  May 1, 2014

*

Andy Bechtolsheim

  Founder, Chief Development Officer and Director   May 1, 2014

*

Charles Giancarlo

  Director   May 1, 2014

*

Ann Mather

  Director   May 1, 2014

*

Daniel Scheinman

  Director   May 1, 2014

*

Marc Stoll

  Director   May 1, 2014

*

Nikos Theodosopoulos

  Director   May 1, 2014

 

*By:   /s/ Kelyn Brannon
 

Kelyn Brannon

Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

  1.1**   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1*   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended and currently in effect.
  3.2   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon completion of the offering.
  3.3*   Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.4   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be in effect upon completion of the offering.
  4.1*   Form of the Registrant’s common stock certificate.
  4.2*   Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated October 16, 2004, between Registrant and certain holders of Registrant’s capital stock named therein.
  4.3*   Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated January 4, 2011, between Registrant and certain holders of Registrant’s capital stock named therein.
  5.1**   Form of Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
10.1   Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2+*   2004 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.3+*   2011 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.4+   2014 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.5+   2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.6+*   Offer Letter, dated October 17, 2004, by and between the Registrant and Kenneth Duda.
10.7+*   Offer Letter, dated June 8, 2007, by and between the Registrant and Anshul Sadana.
10.8+*   Offer Letter, dated August 1, 2008, by and between the Registrant and Jayshree Ullal.
10.9+*   Offer Letter, dated March 27, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Charles Giancarlo.
10.10+*   Offer Letter, dated June 3, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Ann Mather.
10.11+*   Offer Letter, dated June 21, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Kelyn Brannon.
10.12+*   Severance Agreement, dated July 8, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Kelyn Brannon.
10.13+*   Offer Letter, dated October 3, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Marc Stoll.
10.14+*   Summary of Q3/Q4 2013 Employee Incentive Plan.
10.15*   Lease between Arista Networks, Inc. and The Irvine Company LLC, dated August 10, 2012, as amended on February 28, 2013.
10.16*   License Agreement, dated November 30, 2004, by and between the Registrant and Optumsoft, Inc.
10.17†*   Manufacturing Services Letter Agreement, dated February 5, 2007, between the Registrant and Jabil Circuit, Inc.
10.18†*   Microsoft Master Product Purchase Agreement, dated February 8, 2012, between the Registrant and Microsoft Corporation.


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

10.19*   Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note dated January 4, 2011 between Registrant and The Bechtolsheim Family Trust.
10.20*   Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note dated January 4, 2011 between Registrant and the 2010 David R. Cheriton Irrevocable Trust.
10.21+*   Employee Incentive Plan.
10.22   Letter Agreement dated April 4, 2014 between the Registrant and the Bechtolsheim Family Trust
10.23   Letter Agreement dated April 4, 2014 between the Registrant and the 2010 David R. Cheriton Irrevocable Trust
21.1*   List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1**   Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
24.1*   Power of Attorney (Included in page II-5 to the Registration Statement filed on March 31, 2014).
99.1*   Complaint by Optumsoft, Inc. against Registrant filed on April 4, 2014.
99.2*   Registrant’s Answer to Unverified Complaint filed on April 14, 2014.
99.3*   Cross-Complaint by Registrant against Optumsoft, Inc. filed on April 14, 2014

 

* Previously filed.
** To be filed by amendment.
+ Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Arista Networks, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), certifies that:

A. The name of the Corporation is Arista Networks, Inc.

The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 2, 2011.

B. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, and restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation.

C. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

D. The text of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated to read as set forth in EXHIBIT A attached hereto.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Arista Networks, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Jayshree Ullal, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on                     , 2014.

 

 

Jayshree Ullal, Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation is Arista Networks, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The purpose of this Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

ARTICLE III

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 615 South DuPont Highway in the City of Dover, County of Kent, 19901. The name of the registered agent at such address is National Corporate Research, Ltd.

ARTICLE IV

4.1 Authorized Capital Stock . The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 1,100,000,000 shares, consisting of 1,000,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), and 100,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”).

4.2 Increase or Decrease in Authorized Capital Stock . The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), voting together as a single class, without a separate vote of the holders of the class or classes the number of authorized shares of which are being increased or decreased, unless a vote by any holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock is required by the express terms of any series of Preferred Stock as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.4 of this Article IV (or any certificate of designation with respect thereto).

4.3 Common Stock .

(a) The holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each such share on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders on which the holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to vote. Except as otherwise required by law or this certificate of incorporation (this “ Certificate of Incorporation ” which term, as used herein, shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock), and subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock, at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders the holders of shares of Common Stock shall have the right to vote for the election of directors and on all other matters properly submitted to a vote of the stockholders; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms, number of shares, powers, designations, preferences, or relative participating, optional or other special rights (including, without limitation, voting rights), or to qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, of one or more outstanding

 

-1-


series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, by any certificates of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.

(b) Subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions (payable in cash, property or capital stock of the Corporation) when, as and if declared thereon by the Board of Directors from time to time out of any assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor and shall share equally on a per share basis in such dividends and distributions.

(c) In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock in respect thereof, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them.

4.4 Preferred Stock .

(a) The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series pursuant to a resolution or resolutions providing for such issue duly adopted by the Board of Directors (authority to do so being hereby expressly vested in the Board of Directors). The Board of Directors is further authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to fix by resolution or resolutions and to set forth in one or more certificates of designation filed pursuant to the DGCL the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participation, optional or other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, including, without limitation, authority to fix by resolution or resolutions the dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of any such series, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of the foregoing.

(b) The Board of Directors is further authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series, the number of which was fixed by it, subsequent to the issuance of shares of such series then outstanding, subject to the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof stated in the Certificate of Incorporation or the resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares of such series. If the number of shares of any series is so decreased, then the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

ARTICLE V

5.1 General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

5.2 Number of Directors; Election; Term .

(a) Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, the number of directors that constitutes the entire Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed solely by resolution of the majority of the Whole Board. For purposes of this Certificate of Incorporation, the term “ Whole Board ” will mean the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships.

 

-2-


(b) Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, effective upon the closing date (the “ Effective Date ”) of the initial sale of shares of common stock in the Corporation’s initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The initial assignment of members of the Board of Directors to each such class shall be made by the Board of Directors. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date, the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Date, each of the successors elected to replace the directors of a Class whose term shall have expired at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third annual meeting next succeeding his or her election and until his or her respective successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, if the number of directors that constitutes the Board of Directors is changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned by the Board of Directors among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable, provided that no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.2, and subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, or removal.

(d) Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

5.3 Removal . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, a director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the Corporation only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66  2 3 % in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon.

5.4 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, and except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, vacancies occurring on the Board of Directors for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, at any meeting of the Board of Directors, and not by stockholders. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been assigned by the Board of Directors and until his or her successor shall be duly elected and qualified.

ARTICLE VI

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation by the

 

-3-


affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock required by law, by this Certificate of Incorporation or by any Preferred Stock certificate of designation, the Bylaws may also be amended, altered or repealed and new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon.

ARTICLE VII

7.1 No Action by Written Consent of Stockholders . Except as otherwise expressly provided by the terms of any series of Preferred Stock permitting the holders of such series of Preferred Stock to act by written consent, any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of the stockholders and may not be effected by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

7.2 Special Meetings . Except as otherwise expressly provided by the terms of any series of Preferred Stock permitting the holders of such series of Preferred Stock to call a special meeting of the holders of such series, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board, the chairperson of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer or the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), and the ability of the stockholders to call a special meeting is hereby specifically denied. The Board of Directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board, may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.

7.3 No Cumulative Voting . No stockholder will be permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors.

7.4 Advance Notice . Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII

8.1 Limitation of Personal Liability . To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

8.2 Indemnification .

The Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in

 

-4-


settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The Corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if the Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board.

The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any employee or agent of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

Any repeal or amendment of this Article VIII by changes in law, or the adoption of any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VIII will, unless otherwise required by law, be prospective only (except to the extent such amendment or change in law permits the Corporation to further limit or eliminate the liability of directors) and shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE IX

If any provision or provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation (including any rights, preferences or other designations of Preferred Stock), in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by this Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL; and all rights, preferences and privileges herein conferred upon stockholders by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this Article IX. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, and in addition to any other vote that may be required by law or the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66  2 3 % of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, alter or repeal, or adopt any provision as part of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with the purpose and intent of, Article V, Article VI, Article VII or this Article IX (including, without limitation, any such Article as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal or adoption of any other Article).

 

-5-

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Adopted [            ], 2014


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  
ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES      1   

1.1

  

REGISTERED OFFICE

     1   

1.2

  

OTHER OFFICES

     1   
ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS      1   

2.1

  

PLACE OF MEETINGS

     1   

2.2

  

ANNUAL MEETING

     1   

2.3

  

SPECIAL MEETING

     1   

2.4

  

ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

     2   

2.5

  

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     6   

2.6

  

QUORUM

     6   

2.7

  

ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

     6   

2.8

  

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

     7   

2.9

  

VOTING

     7   

2.10

  

STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

     7   

2.11

  

RECORD DATES

     7   

2.12

  

PROXIES

     8   

2.13

  

LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

     8   

2.14

  

INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

     9   
ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS      9   

3.1

  

POWERS

     9   

3.2

  

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

     9   

3.3

  

ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

     9   

3.4

  

RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

     10   

3.5

  

PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

     10   

3.6

  

REGULAR MEETINGS

     10   

3.7

  

SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

     11   

3.8

  

QUORUM; VOTING

     11   

3.9

  

BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

     11   

3.10

  

FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     12   

3.11

  

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

     12   
ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES      12   

4.1

  

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

     12   

4.2

  

COMMITTEE MINUTES

     12   

4.3

  

MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

     12   

4.4

  

SUBCOMMITTEES

     13   
ARTICLE V — OFFICERS      13   

5.1

  

OFFICERS

     13   

5.2

  

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

     13   

5.3

  

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

     13   

5.4

  

REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

     14   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

     Page  

5.5

  

VACANCIES IN OFFICES

     14   

5.6

  

REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OR INTERESTS OF OTHER CORPORATIONS OR ENTITIES

     14   

5.7

  

AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

     14   

5.8

  

THE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD

     14   

5.9

  

THE VICE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD

     15   

5.10

  

THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

     15   

5.11

  

THE PRESIDENT

     15   

5.12

  

THE VICE PRESIDENTS AND ASSISTANT VICE PRESIDENTS

     15   

5.13

  

THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES

     15   

5.14

  

THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

     16   

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

     16   

6.1

  

STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

     16   

6.2

  

SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

     16   

6.3

  

LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES

     17   

6.4

  

DIVIDENDS

     17   

6.5

  

TRANSFER OF STOCK

     17   

6.6

  

STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

     18   

6.7

  

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

     18   

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

     18   

7.1

  

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     18   

7.2

  

NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

     18   

7.3

  

NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

     19   

7.4

  

NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

     19   

7.5

  

WAIVER OF NOTICE

     19   

ARTICLE VIII — INDEMNIFICATION

     20   

8.1

  

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

     20   

8.2

  

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

     20   

8.3

  

SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

     21   

8.4

  

INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS; ADVANCE PAYMENT TO OTHERS

     21   

8.5

  

ADVANCE PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     21   

8.6

  

LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

     21   

8.7

  

DETERMINATION; CLAIM

     22   

8.8

  

NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

     22   

8.9

  

INSURANCE

     22   

8.10

  

SURVIVAL

     23   

8.11

  

EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

     23   

8.12

  

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

     23   

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

     Page  

ARTICLE IX — GENERAL MATTERS

     23   

9.1

  

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

     23   

9.2

  

FISCAL YEAR

     23   

9.3

  

SEAL

     24   

9.4

  

CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

     24   

ARTICLE X — AMENDMENTS

     24   

 

-iii-


BYLAWS

ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered office of Arista Networks, Inc. shall be fixed in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation. References in these bylaws to the certificate of incorporation shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the corporation, as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock.

1.2 OTHER OFFICES

The corporation’s board of directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the board of directors. The board of directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the corporation’s then-principal executive office.

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on such date, at such time, and at such place (if any) within or without the State of Delaware, as the board of directors shall designate from time to time and stated in the corporation’s notice of the meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business, brought in accordance with Section 2.4 of these bylaws, may be transacted.

2.3 SPECIAL MEETING

(i) A special meeting of the stockholders, other than those required by statute, may be called at any time only by (A) the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board, (B) the chairperson of the board of directors, (C) the chief executive officer, or (D) the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer). A special meeting of the stockholders may not be called by any other person or persons. The board of directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board, may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders. For purposes of these Bylaws, the term “ Whole Board ” will mean the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships.

(ii) The notice of a special meeting shall include the purpose for which the meeting is called. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought


before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors acting by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board, the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer). Nothing contained in this Section 2.3(ii) shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the board of directors may be held.

2.4 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

(i) Advance Notice of Stockholder Business at Annual Meeting. At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be brought: (A) pursuant to the corporation’s proxy materials with respect to such meeting, (B) by or at the direction of the board of directors, or (C) by a stockholder who (1) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(i) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has timely complied in proper written form with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(i). In addition, for business to be properly brought by a stockholder before an annual meeting, such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action pursuant to these bylaws and applicable law. Except for proposals properly made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, and the rules and regulations thereunder (as so amended and inclusive of such rules and regulations), clause (C) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(a) To comply with clause (C) of Section 2.4(i), above, a stockholder’s notice must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(i) and must be timely received by the secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the 45th day nor earlier than the 75th day before the one-year anniversary of the date on which the corporation first mailed its proxy materials or a notice of availability of proxy materials (whichever is earlier) for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or if the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 30 days after the one-year anniversary of the date of the previous year’s annual meeting, then, for notice by the stockholder to be timely, it must be so received by the secretary not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting, or (ii) the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement (as defined below) of the date of such annual meeting is first made. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described in this Section 2.4(i)(a). “ Public Announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor thereto (the “ 1934 Act ”).

(b) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth as to each matter of business the stockholder intends to bring before the annual meeting: (1) a brief description of the business intended to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (2) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), (3) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person as of the date of delivery of such notice, (4) whether

 

-2-


and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit from share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, (5) any material interest of the stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person in such business, and (6) a statement whether either such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (1) through (6), a “ Business Solicitation Statement ”). In addition, to be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must be supplemented not later than ten days following the record date for notice of the meeting to disclose the information contained in clauses (3) and (4) above as of the record date for notice of the meeting. For purposes of this Section 2.4, a “ Stockholder Associated Person ” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder and on whose behalf the proposal or nomination, as the case may be, is being made, or (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person referred to in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii).

(c) Without exception, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(i) and, if applicable, Section 2.4(ii). In addition, business proposed to be brought by a stockholder may not be brought before the annual meeting if such stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business or if the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.4(i), and, if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting that any such business not properly brought before the annual meeting shall not be conducted.

(ii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations at Annual Meetings. Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii) shall be eligible for election or re-election as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders. Nominations of persons for election or re-election to the board of directors of the corporation shall be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (B) by a stockholder who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(ii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the secretary of the corporation.

(a) To comply with clause (B) of Section 2.4(ii) above, a nomination to be made by a stockholder must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(ii) and must be received by the secretary at the then-principal executive offices of the corporation at the time set forth in, and in accordance with, the final three sentences of Section 2.4(i)(a), above; provided additionally, however, that in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the board of directors is increased and there is no Public Announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased board made by

 

-3-


the corporation at least ten (10) days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination pursuant to the foregoing provisions, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.4(ii) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such Public Announcement is first made by the corporation.

(b) To be in proper written form, such stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth:

(1) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director (a “ nominee ”): (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the nominee, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the nominee, (C) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the nominee and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the nominee, (D) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of the nominee with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of the nominee, (E) a description of all arrangements or understandings between or among the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder or concerning the nominee’s potential service on the board of directors, (F) a written statement executed by the nominee acknowledging that as a director of the corporation, the nominee will owe fiduciary duties under Delaware law with respect to the corporation and its stockholders, and (G) any other information relating to the nominee that would be required to be disclosed about such nominee if proxies were being solicited for the election or re-election of the nominee as a director, or that is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act (including without limitation the nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected or re-elected, as the case may be); and

(2) as to such stockholder giving notice, (A) the information required to be provided pursuant to clauses (2) through (5) of Section 2.4(i)(b), above, and the supplement referenced in the second sentence of Section 2.4(i)(b) above (except that the references to “business” in such clauses shall instead refer to nominations of directors for purposes of this paragraph), and (B) a statement whether either such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person to be necessary to elect or re-elect such nominee(s) (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (A) and (B) above, a “ Nominee Solicitation Statement ”).

(c) At the request of the board of directors, any person nominated by a stockholder for election or re-election as a director must furnish to the secretary (1) that information required to be set forth in the stockholder’s notice of nomination of such person as a director as of a date subsequent to the date on which the notice of such person’s nomination was given and (2) such other information as may reasonably be required by the corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director or audit committee financial expert of the corporation under applicable law, securities exchange rule or regulation, or any publicly disclosed corporate governance guideline or committee charter of the corporation and (3) such other information that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee; in the absence of the furnishing of any such information of the kind specified in this Section 2.4(ii)(c) if requested, such stockholder’s nomination shall not be considered in proper form pursuant to this Section 2.4(ii).

 

-4-


(d) Without exception, no person shall be eligible for election or re-election as a director of the corporation at an annual meeting of stockholders unless nominated in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(iii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations for Special Meetings.

(a) For a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected or re-elected, nominations of persons for election or re-election to the board of directors shall be made only (1) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (2) by any stockholder who (A) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(iii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting and (B) delivers a timely written notice of the nomination to the secretary that includes the information set forth in Sections 2.4(ii)(b) and (ii)(c) above. To be timely, such notice must be received by the secretary at the then-principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the board of directors to be elected or re-elected at such meeting. A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at a special meeting unless the person is nominated (i) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (ii) by a stockholder in accordance with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(iii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. Any person nominated in accordance with this Section 2.4(iii) is subject to, and must comply with, the provisions of Section 2.4(ii)(c).

(b) The chairperson of the special meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination or business was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination or business shall be disregarded.

(iv) Other Requirements and Rights. In addition to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.4. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect any rights of:

(a) a stockholder to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act; or

 

-5-


(b) the corporation to omit a proposal from the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act.

2.5 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

2.6 QUORUM

The holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock issued, outstanding and entitled to vote, and present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders, unless otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the voting power of the then-issued and outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange.

If a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. The chairperson of the meeting shall have the authority to adjourn a meeting of the stockholders in all other events. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If, after the adjournment, a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the board of directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and Section 2.11 of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

-6-


2.8 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall be designated by the board of directors; in the absence of such designation, the chairperson of the board, if any, the chief executive officer (in the absence of the chairperson) or the president (in the absence of the chairperson of the board and the chief executive officer), or in their absence any other executive officer of the corporation, shall serve as chairperson of the stockholder meeting.

2.9 VOTING

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of the voting power of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange.

2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Subject to the rights of the holders of the shares of any series of Preferred Stock or any other class of stock or series thereof that have been expressly granted the right to take action by written consent, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

2.11 RECORD DATES

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the board of directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the board of directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

 

-7-


If no record date is fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 2.11 at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

2.12 PROXIES

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL. A written proxy may be in the form of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

2.13 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date. The stockholder list shall be arranged in alphabetical order and show the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the corporation’s then-principal place of business. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place (as opposed to solely by means of remote communication), then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also

 

-8-


be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

2.14 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

Before any meeting of stockholders, the board of directors shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting shall appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector or inspectors so appointed and designated shall (i) ascertain the number of shares of capital stock of the corporation outstanding and the voting power of each share, (ii) determine the shares of capital stock of the corporation represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, (v) certify their determination of the number of shares of capital stock of the corporation represented at the meeting and such inspector or inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots, (vi) determine the result; and (vii) do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.

In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the corporation, the inspector or inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS

3.1 POWERS

The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time solely by resolution of the board of directors. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors. If so provided in the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the corporation shall be divided into classes.

 

-9-


3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation; provided, however , that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the director. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. Acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the board of directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then-in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. If the directors are divided into classes, a person so elected by the directors then in office to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then-in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board of directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

The board of directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS

Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board of directors.

 

-10-


3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors, at such times and places as he or she or they shall designate.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(iii) sent by facsimile; or

(iv) sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the corporation’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

3.8 QUORUM; VOTING

At all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of such directors.

3.9 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or statute, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board of directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board of directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

-11-


3.10 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or statute, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

3.11 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

A director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the corporation only for cause.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the corporation.

4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i) Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

(ii) Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

(iii) Section 3.7 (special meetings; notice);

(iv) Section 3.8 (quorum; voting);

(v) Section 3.9 (action without a meeting); and

(vi) Section 7.5 (waiver of notice)

 

-12-


with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its members. However :

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the committee; and

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board of directors or a committee may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

4.4 SUBCOMMITTEES

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the board of directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

ARTICLE V — OFFICERS

5.1 OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation shall be a president and a secretary. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairperson of the board of directors, a vice chairperson of the board of directors, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

The board of directors shall appoint the officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in this Section 5 for the regular election to such office.

5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

The board of directors may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the

 

-13-


corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board of directors. Any such officer, except in the case of an officer chosen by the board of directors, may also be removed by an officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written or electronic notice to the corporation; provided, however , that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the officer. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors or as provided in Section 5.3.

5.6 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OR INTERESTS OF OTHER CORPORATIONS OR ENTITIES

The chairperson of the board of directors, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares or equity interests of any other corporation or corporations or entity or entities standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

5.7 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

All officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the board of directors.

5.8 THE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD

The chairperson of the board shall have the powers and duties customarily and usually associated with the office of the chairperson of the board. The chairperson of the board shall preside at meetings of the board of directors.

 

-14-


5.9 THE VICE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD

The vice chairperson of the board shall have the powers and duties customarily and usually associated with the office of the vice chairperson of the board. In the case of absence or disability of the chairperson of the board, the vice chairperson of the board shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chairperson of the board.

5.10 THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

The chief executive officer shall have, subject to the supervision, direction and control of the board of directors, ultimate authority for decisions relating to the supervision, direction and management of the affairs and the business of the corporation customarily and usually associated with the position of chief executive officer, including, without limitation, all powers necessary to direct and control the organizational and reporting relationships within the corporation. If at any time the office of the chairperson and vice chairperson of the board shall not be filled, or in the event of the temporary absence or disability of the chairperson of the board and the vice chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chairperson of the board unless otherwise determined by the board of directors.

5.11 THE PRESIDENT

The president shall have, subject to the supervision, direction and control of the board of directors, the general powers and duties of supervision, direction and management of the affairs and business of the corporation customarily and usually associated with the position of president. The president shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board or the chief executive officer. In the event of the absence or disability of the chief executive officer, the president shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief executive officer unless otherwise determined by the board of directors.

5.12 THE VICE PRESIDENTS AND ASSISTANT VICE PRESIDENTS

Each vice president and assistant vice president shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer or the president.

5.13 THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES

(i) The secretary shall attend meetings of the board of directors and meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and minutes of all such proceedings in a book or books kept for such purpose. The secretary shall have all such further powers and duties as are customarily and usually associated with the position of secretary or as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer or the president.

(ii) Each assistant secretary shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer, the president or the secretary. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the secretary, the assistant secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary.

 

-15-


5.14 THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

(i) The chief financial officer shall be the treasurer of the corporation. The chief financial officer shall have custody of the corporation’s funds and securities, shall be responsible for maintaining the corporation’s accounting records and statements, shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation, and shall deposit or cause to be deposited moneys or other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors. The chief financial officer shall also maintain adequate records of all assets, liabilities and transactions of the corporation and shall assure that adequate audits thereof are currently and regularly made. The chief financial officer shall have all such further powers and duties as are customarily and usually associated with the position of chief financial officer, or as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairperson, the chief executive officer or the president.

(ii) Each assistant treasurer shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president or the chief financial officer. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the chief financial officer, the assistant treasurer (or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the board of directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief financial officer.

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

6.1 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairperson of the board of directors or vice-chairperson of the board of directors, or the president or a vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly-paid shares, or upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly-paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully-paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly-paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

6.2 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other

 

-16-


special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section 6.2 or Sections 151, 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this section 6.2 a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

6.3 LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES

Except as provided in this Section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

6.4 DIVIDENDS

The board of directors, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the corporation’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

The board of directors may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

6.5 TRANSFER OF STOCK

Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer; provided, however, that such succession, assignment or authority to transfer is not prohibited by the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, applicable law or contract.

 

-17-


6.6 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

6.7 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

The corporation:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii) shall be entitled (to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law) to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the corporation’s records. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

7.2 NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent; and

(ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

 

-18-


Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

  (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

  (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

  (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

  (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

7.3 NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the corporation, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

7.4 NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

7.5 WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given to stockholders, directors or other persons under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether

 

-19-


before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders or the board of directors, as the case may be, need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII — INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director of the corporation or an officer of the corporation, or while a director of the corporation or officer of the corporation is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of a subsidiary or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

8.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or while a director or officer of the corporation is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

-20-


8.3 SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

8.4 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS; ADVANCE PAYMENT TO OTHERS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall have power to advance expenses to and indemnify its employees and its agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The board of directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified or receive an advancement of expenses to such person or persons as the board of determines.

8.5 ADVANCE PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VIII or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems reasonably appropriate and shall be subject to the corporation’s expense guidelines.

8.6 LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

Subject to the requirements in Section 8.3 and the DGCL, the corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article VIII in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(i) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(ii) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iii) for any reimbursement of the corporation by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the corporation, as required in each case under the 1934 Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the corporation pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the corporation of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iv) initiated by such person against the corporation or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of

 

-21-


the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the corporation provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under Section 8.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(v) if prohibited by applicable law; provided, however , that if any provision or provisions of this Article VIII shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (1) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (2) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforcebable.

8.7 DETERMINATION; CLAIM

If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VIII is not paid in full within 90 days after receipt by the corporation of the written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. The corporation shall indemnify such person against any and all expenses that are incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the corporation under this Article VIII, to the extent such person is successful in such action, and to the extent not prohibited by law. In any such suit, the corporation shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

8.8 NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

8.9 INSURANCE

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

 

-22-


8.10 SURVIVAL

The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article VIII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

8.11 EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

8.12 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to the “ corporation ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the corporation ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the corporation ” as referred to in this Article VIII.

ARTICLE IX — GENERAL MATTERS

9.1 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any document or instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

9.2 FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors and may be changed by the board of directors.

 

-23-


9.3 SEAL

The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the board of directors. The corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

9.4 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “ person ” includes both an entity and a natural person.

ARTICLE X — AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the total voting power of outstanding voting securities, voting together as a single class. The board of directors, acting by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board, shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws; provided, however , that a bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the board of directors.

 

-24-


ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary or Assistant Secretary of Arista Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation and that the foregoing bylaws, comprising [    ] pages, were amended and restated on             , 2014 by the corporation’s board of directors.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his or her hand this      day of             , 2014.

 

 

Secretary

Exhibit 10.1

DRAFT

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of [            , 20    ] (the “ Effective Date ”), and is between Arista Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [ insert name of indemnitee ] (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

A. Indemnitee’s service to the Company substantially benefits the Company.

B. Individuals are reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations or in certain other capacities unless they are provided with adequate assurance of protection through insurance or indemnification against the risks of claims and actions against them arising out of such service.

C. Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Company’s governing documents and any insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as a director or officer without additional protection.

D. In order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to contractually obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, Indemnitee as permitted by applicable law.

E. This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Company’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law, and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and this Agreement shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor shall this Agreement be deemed to limit, diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

The parties therefore agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

(a) A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing [thirty percent (30%)] or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

(ii) Change in Board Composition. During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the Effective Date), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Company’s board of directors, and any new directors (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 1(a)(i), 1(a)(iii) or 1(a)(iv)) whose election by the board of directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least [a majority] of the directors then-still in office, who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Company’s board of directors;


(iii) Corporate Transactions. A merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) [at least two thirds (2/3)] of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation [and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity];

(iv) Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

(v) Other Events. Any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

For purposes of this Section 1(a), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(1) “ Person ” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “ Person ” shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(2) “ Beneficial Owner ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “ Beneficial Owner ” shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of (i) the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity or (ii) the Company’s board of directors approving a sale of securities by the Company to such Person.

(b) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise.

(c) “ DGCL ” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

(d) “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(e) “ Enterprise ” means the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(f) “ Expenses ” include all attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges,

 

-2-


postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses actually and reasonably, and of the types customarily, incurred by Indemnitee, or on his or her behalf, in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or their equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 12(d), Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company [at any time]. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(g) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner or member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither currently is, as of the time the request for indemnification is made nor in the previous five (5) years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than as Independent Counsel with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “ Independent Counsel ” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then-prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(h) “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or proceeding, or claim, issue or matter therein, whether brought in the right of the Company, a Subsidiary or otherwise, and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, including any appeal therefrom, and including without limitation any such Proceeding pending as of the Effective Date, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, a potential party, a non-party witness or otherwise by reason of (i) the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company or of a Subsidiary, or (ii) the fact or assertion that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Company or of a Subsidiary as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, a Subsidiary or any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

(i) “ Subsidiary ” means any entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities is owned directly or indirectly by the Company.

(j) Reference to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of a Subsidiary which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Agreement.

2. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 2, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by

 

-3-


applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement [(if, and only if, such settlement is approved in advance by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld)] in connection with such Proceeding , if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

3. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses in connection with such Proceeding , if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court of Chancery shall deem proper.

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. To the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in and is successful (on the merits or otherwise) in defense of any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses in connection therewith. To the extent permitted by applicable law, if Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of one or more but fewer than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses in connection with (a) each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter and (b) any claim, issue or matter related to any such successfully resolved claim, issuer or matter. For purposes of this Section 4, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. To the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses in connection therewith.

6. Additional Indemnification.

(a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 2, 3 or 4, above, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement [(if, and only if, such settlement is approved in advance by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld)] in connection with the Proceeding .

(b) For purposes of Section 6(a), the meaning of the phrase “ to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law ” shall include, but not be limited to:

(i) the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL; and

 

-4-


(ii) the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

7. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity or provide any benefit to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise, in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid[, subject to any subrogation rights set forth in Section 15] 1 ;

(b) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(c) for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(d) initiated by Indemnitee, including against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company’s board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) otherwise authorized in Section 12(d) or (iv) otherwise required by applicable law or the Company’s bylaws; or

(e) if prohibited by applicable law.

8. Advances of Expenses. To the extent indemnity is provided pursuant to Sections 2, 3 or 4, above, or otherwise in this Agreement, the Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any such Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than [30] days, after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditure made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice). Reimbursements hereunder shall be deemed advances, and shall be unsecured and interest free and made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay such advances. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any such advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. This Section 8 shall not apply to prevent reimbursement to the extent advancement is prohibited by law, or with respect to Proceeding for which indemnity is not permitted under this Agreement, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 7(b) or 7(c) prior to a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

 

1   Note to Draft : Delete if Section 15 is deleted due to there being no Secondary Indemnitor.

 

-5-


9. Procedures for Notification and Defense of Claim.

(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include, in reasonable detail, a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights, except to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

(b) If, at the time of the receipt of a written notice of a Proceeding pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of the Proceeding to such insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies. The Company shall thereafter take all commercially-reasonable actions to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) In the event the Company may be obligated to make any indemnity in connection with a Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of the Company’s election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee for any fees or expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. Notwithstanding the Company’s assumption of the defense of any such Proceeding, the Company shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel to the extent (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee is authorized by the Company, (ii) counsel for the Company or Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, such that Indemnitee needs to be separately represented, (iii) the fees and expenses are non-duplicative and reasonably incurred in connection with Indemnitee’s role in the Proceeding despite the Company’s assumption of the defense, (iv) the Company is not financially or legally able to perform its defense obligations, or (v) the Company shall not have retained, or shall not continue to retain, such counsel to defend such Proceeding; provided that Indemnitee’s counsel conducts the defense of such Proceeding actively and diligently. The Company shall have the right to conduct such defense as it sees fit in its sole discretion. Regardless of any provision in this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s personal expense. The Company shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company.

(d) Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation in connection with the Proceeding as may be reasonably appropriate.

(e) The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee for any settlement of any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(f) The Company shall have the right to settle any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the consent of Indemnitee.

 

-6-


10. Procedures upon Application for Indemnification.

(a) To obtain indemnification, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and as is reasonably necessary or as the Company may reasonably request to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of the Proceeding. The Company shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the board of directors that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Any delay in providing the request will not relieve the Company from its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent such failure is prejudicial.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors, or if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, or (D) if so directed by the Company’s board of directors, by the stockholders of the Company. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information that is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and that is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

(c) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(b), the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 10(c). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company’s board of directors, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Company’s board of directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel,” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, the parties have not agreed upon an Independent Counsel, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and for the appointment as Independent Counsel of

 

-7-


a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(b), above. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a), below, the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then-prevailing).

(d) The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of any Independent Counsel and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person, persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 10(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by such person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption.

(b) The termination of any Proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or as required by applicable law) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(c) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith to the extent Indemnitee relied in good faith on (i) the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, (ii) information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, (iii) the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or its board of directors, or counsel selected by any committee of the board of directors, or (iv) information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant, an appraiser, investment banker or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise or its board of directors or any committee of the board of directors (including consultants or advisors formally engaged by the board or committee). The provisions of this Section 11(c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(d) Neither the knowledge, actions nor failure to act of any other director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

12. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) Subject to Section 12(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10, above, that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8, above, or 12(d), below, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10, above, within 90 days after the later of the receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification or the final disposition of the Proceeding, (iv) payment of indemnification pursuant to this Agreement is not made (A) within ten (10) days

 

-8-


after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or (B) with respect to indemnification pursuant to Sections 4 or 5, above, and 12(d), below, within 30 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) the Company or any other person or entity takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration with respect to his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses, to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 4, above. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration in accordance with this Agreement.

(b) Neither (i) the failure of the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct, may be asserted or offered into evidence as a defense to the action or to create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

(c) To the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, the Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10, above, that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statements not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) To the extent not prohibited by applicable law, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company to the extent Indemnitee is successful in such action, and, if requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall (as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 60 days, after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to the provisions of Section 8, above.

 

-9-


(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

13. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amounts incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the events and transactions giving rise to such Proceeding; and (ii) the relative fault of Indemnitee and the Company (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents) in connection with such events and transactions.

14. Non-exclusivity; No Limitation on Indemnity Rights. The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of, or in any manner limit, any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change, subject to the restrictions expressly set forth herein or therein. Except as expressly set forth herein, no right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. Except as expressly set forth herein, the assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

15. [ Primary Responsibility. The Company acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by [ insert name of fund ] [and certain affiliates thereof] ([collectively,] the “ Secondary Indemnitor[s] ”). The Company agrees that, as between the Company and the Secondary Indemnitor[s], the Company is primarily responsible for amounts required to be indemnified or advanced under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement and any obligation of the Secondary Indemnitor[s] to provide indemnification or advancement for the same amounts is secondary to those Company obligations. To the extent not in contravention of any insurance policy or policies providing liability or other insurance for the Company or any director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, the Company waives any right of contribution or subrogation against the Secondary Indemnitor[s] with respect to the liabilities for which the Company is primarily responsible under this Section 15. In the event of any payment by the Secondary Indemnitor[s] of amounts otherwise required to be indemnified or advanced by the Company under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement, the Secondary Indemnitor[s] shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement of expenses under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement or, to the extent such subrogation is unavailable and contribution is found to be the applicable remedy, shall have a right of contribution with respect to the amounts paid. The Secondary Indemnitor[s] [are][is an] express third-party [beneficiaries][beneficiary] of the terms of this Section 15.] 2

 

2   Note to Draft : If there is no Secondary Indemnitor for the officer or director, delete this section and replace with “ Reserved.”

 

-10-


16. No Duplication of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment for such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise[, subject to any subrogation rights set forth in Section 15] 3 .

17. Insurance. The Company shall, to the extent that the Board determines it to be economically reasonable, maintain a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, on such terms and conditions as may be approved by the Board.

18. Subrogation. In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

19. Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director or officer of the Company or, at the request of the Company, as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another Enterprise, for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is removed from such position. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that any employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) is at will, and Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, with or without notice, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in any executed, written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), any existing formal severance policies adopted by the Company’s board of directors or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or the DGCL. No such document shall be subject to any oral modification thereof.

20. Duration. This Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and continue until and terminate upon the later of (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or a Subsidiary, or as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other Enterprise, as applicable, or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then-pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12, above, relating thereto.

21. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

3   Note to Draft : Delete if Section 15 is deleted due to there being no Secondary Indemnitor.

 

-11-


22. Severability. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order or other applicable law, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

23. Enforcement. The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

24. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s obligations to Indemnitee, as provided by its certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and by applicable law.

25. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment to this Agreement shall be binding unless and only to the extent executed in writing by the parties hereto. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement shall adversely affect any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

26. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(a) if to Indemnitee, to Indemnitee’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown on the signature page of this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof; or

(b) if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at 5470 Great America Parkway, Santa Clara, California 95054, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to Indemnitee, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Mark B. Baudler, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery,

 

-12-


one business day after deposit with the courier), (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day.

27. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a), above, or by the Company or Indemnitee pursuant to a written agreement between the Company and Indemnitee providing for such, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, Corporation Service Company, Wilmington, Delaware, as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

28. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

29. Captions. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

( signature page follows )

 

-13-


The parties are signing this Indemnification Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory sentence.

 

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

 

( Signature )

 

( Print name )

 

( Title )

[ INSERT INDEMNITEE NAME ]

 

( Signature )

 

( Print name )

 

( Street address )

 

( City, State and ZIP )

Exhibit 10.4

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are:

 

    to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

    to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 

    to promote the success of the Company’s business.

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Units and Performance Shares.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares.

(d) “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(e) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control; or


(ii) A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this subsection (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this definition, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(g) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

 

-2-


(h) “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or a duly authorized committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(i) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(j) “ Company ” means Arista Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(k) “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity, provided the services (i) are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital raising transaction, and (ii) do not directly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.

(l) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(m) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

(n) “ Employee ” means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(o) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(p) “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is increased or reduced. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

(q) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Capital Market of The NASDAQ Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

-3-


(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(iii) For purposes of any Awards granted on the Registration Date, the Fair Market Value will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the registration statement in Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock; or

(iv) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(r) “ Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company.

(s) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(t) “ Inside Director ” means a Director who is an Employee.

(u) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(v) “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(w) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(x) “ Outside Director ” means a Director who is not an Employee.

(y) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(z) “ Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

(aa) “ Performance Share ” means an Award denominated in Shares which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine pursuant to Section 10.

(bb) “ Performance Unit ” means an Award which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine and which may be settled for cash, Shares or other securities or a combination of the foregoing pursuant to Section 10.

 

-4-


(cc) “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

(dd) “ Plan ” means this 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

(ee) “ Registration Date ” means the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities.

(ff) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock award under Section 7 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

(gg) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 8. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(hh) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.

(ii) “ Section 16(b) ” means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

(jj) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(kk) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 14 of the Plan.

(ll) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 9 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

(mm) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan .

(a) Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is 6,510,000 Shares, plus (i) any Shares that, as of the Registration Date, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “ Existing Plan ”) and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (ii) any Shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the Existing Plan and/or the Company’s 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ 2004 Plan ”) that, after the Registration Date, expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and Shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the Existing Plan and/or the 2004 Plan that, after the Registration Date, are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company, with the maximum number of Shares to be added to the Plan pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) equal to 20,025,189 Shares. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

 

-5-


(b) Automatic Share Reserve Increase . The number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2016 Fiscal Year, in an amount equal to the least of (i) 12,500,000 Shares, (ii) 3% of the outstanding Shares on the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year or (iii) such number of Shares determined by the Board.

(c) Lapsed Awards . If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares), which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued (i.e., the net Shares issued) pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares or Performance Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 14, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Sections 3(b) and 3(c).

(d) Share Reserve . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Procedure .

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies . Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

(ii) Section 162(m) . To the extent that the Administrator determines it to be desirable to qualify Awards granted hereunder as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Plan will be administered by a Committee of two (2) or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

-6-


(iii) Rule 16b-3 . To the extent desirable to qualify transactions hereunder as exempt under Rule 16b-3, the transactions contemplated hereunder will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3.

(iv) Other Administration . Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

(vi) to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

(vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;

(ix) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 19 of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(b) of the Plan regarding Incentive Stock Options);

(x) to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in such manner as prescribed in Section 15 of the Plan;

 

-7-


(xi) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(xii) to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that would otherwise be due to such Participant under an Award; and

(xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

5. Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares and Performance Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6. Stock Options .

(a) Limitations . Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

(b) Term of Option . The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the term will be ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement. Moreover, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

(c) Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(i) Exercise Price . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, subject to the following:

(1) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

(A) granted to an Employee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

-8-


(B) granted to any Employee other than an Employee described in paragraph (A) immediately above, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(2) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code.

(ii) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates . At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

(iii) Form of Consideration . The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under a broker-assisted (or other) cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise; (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws; or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

(d) Exercise of Option .

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) a notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable withholding taxes). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse.

 

-9-


Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iii) Disability of Participant . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iv) Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised following the Participant’s death within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event may the option be exercised later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement), by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following Participant’s death. Unless otherwise provided by the

 

-10-


Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

7. Restricted Stock .

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b) Restricted Stock Agreement . Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

(c) Transferability . Except as provided in this Section 7 or the Award Agreement, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

(d) Other Restrictions . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

(e) Removal of Restrictions . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

(f) Voting Rights . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

(g) Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

(h) Return of Restricted Stock to Company . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

 

-11-


8. Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(c) Earning Restricted Stock Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

(d) Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may only settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

(e) Cancellation . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

9. Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

(b) Number of Shares . The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Stock Appreciation Rights granted to any Service Provider.

(c) Exercise Price and Other Terms . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

(d) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement . Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

-12-


(e) Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights . A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(b) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(d) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

(f) Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount . Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

10. Performance Units and Performance Shares .

(a) Grant of Performance Units/Shares . Performance Units and Performance Shares may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time, as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. The Administrator will have complete discretion in determining the number of Performance Units and Performance Shares granted to each Participant.

(b) Value of Performance Units/Shares . Each Performance Unit will have an initial value that is established by the Administrator on or before the date of grant. Each Performance Share will have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.

(c) Performance Objectives and Other Terms . The Administrator will set performance objectives or other vesting provisions (including, without limitation, continued status as a Service Provider) in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or value of Performance Units/Shares that will be paid out to the Service Providers. The time period during which the performance objectives or other vesting provisions must be met will be called the “Performance Period.” Each Award of Performance Units/Shares will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Performance Period, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. The Administrator may set performance objectives based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, business unit or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(d) Earning of Performance Units/Shares . After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Units/Shares will be entitled to receive a payout of the

 

-13-


number of Performance Units/Shares earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance objectives or other vesting provisions have been achieved. After the grant of a Performance Unit/Share, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such Performance Unit/Share.

(e) Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Units/Shares . Payment of earned Performance Units/Shares will be made as soon as practicable after the expiration of the applicable Performance Period. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Units/Shares in the form of cash, in Shares (which have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Units/Shares at the close of the applicable Performance Period) or in a combination thereof.

(f) Cancellation of Performance Units/Shares . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned or unvested Performance Units/Shares will be forfeited to the Company, and again will be available for grant under the Plan.

11. Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1st) day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

12. Outside Director Limitations .

(a) Cash-Settled Awards . No Outside Director may be granted, in any fiscal year of the Company, cash-settled Awards with a grant date fair value (determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) of more than $1,500,000, increased to $3,000,000 in connection with his or her initial service.

(b) Stock-Settled Awards . No Outside Director may be granted, in any fiscal year of the Company, stock-settled Awards with a grant date fair value (determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) of more than $1,500,000, increased to $3,000,000 in connection with his or her initial service.

13. Transferability of Awards . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, an Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.

 

-14-


14. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award, and the numerical Share limits in Section 3 of the Plan.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Change in Control . In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or other entity or a Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines, including, without limitation, that each Award be assumed or an equivalent option or right substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. The Administrator will not be required to treat all Awards similarly in the transaction.

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award, the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

For the purposes of this subsection (c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Unit or Performance Share, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control.

 

-15-


Notwithstanding anything in this Section 14(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

(d) Outside Director Awards . With respect to Awards granted to an Outside Director that are assumed or substituted for, if on the date of or following such assumption or substitution the Participant’s status as a Director or a director of the successor corporation, as applicable, is terminated other than upon a voluntary resignation by the Participant (unless such resignation is at the request of the acquirer), then the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights as to all of the Shares underlying such Award, including those Shares which would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met.

15. Tax .

(a) Withholding Requirements . Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof) or such earlier time as any tax withholding obligations are due, the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

(b) Withholding Arrangements . The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable cash or Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, or (c) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

(c) Compliance With Code Section 409A . Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is

 

-16-


subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

16. No Effect on Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

17. Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

18. Term of Plan . Subject to Section 22 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon the later to occur of (i) its adoption by the Board or (ii) the business day immediately prior to the Registration Date. It will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the date adopted by the Board, unless terminated earlier under Section 19 of the Plan.

19. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Administrator may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Stockholder Approval . The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

20. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Legal Compliance . Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

 

-17-


21. Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction or to complete or comply with the requirements of any registration or other qualification of the Shares under any state, federal or foreign law or under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the stock exchange on which Shares of the same class are then listed, or any other governmental or regulatory body, which authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary or advisable for the issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance will not have been obtained.

22. Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

-18-


ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

GLOBAL STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Arista Networks, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement, including the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Notice of Grant”), the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A , and the Country-Specific Terms and Conditions, attached hereto as Exhibit B (collectively this “Agreement”).

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Participant:  

 

  
Address:  

 

  
 

 

  

Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of Arista Networks, Inc. (the “Company”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number  

 

  
Date of Grant  

 

  
Vesting Commencement Date  

 

  
Number of Shares Granted  

 

  
Exercise Price per Share  

$

  
Total Exercise Price  

$

  
Type of Option           Incentive Stock Option   
          Nonstatutory Stock Option   
Term/Expiration Date  

 

  

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to accelerated vesting as set forth below or in the Plan, this Option will be exercisable, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule:

[Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and one forty-eighth (1/48 th ) of the Shares subject

 

- 1 -


to the Option shall vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.]

Termination Period :

This Option will be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option will be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 14(c) of the Plan.

For purposes of this Option, Participant’s status as a Service Provider will be considered terminated as of the date Participant is no longer actively providing services to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or determined by the Company, (i) Participant’s right to vest in this Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period ( e.g ., Participant’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any); and (ii) the period (if any) during which Participant may exercise this Option after such termination of Participant as a Service Provider will commence on the date Participant ceases to actively provide services and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any; the Administrator shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer actively providing services for purposes of his or her Option grant (including whether Participant may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence).

 

- 2 -


By Participant’s signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, Participant and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, including exhibits hereto, all of which are made a part of this document. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and this Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and this Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT     ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By  

 

   

 

Print Name     Title  
Address :      

 

     

 

     

 

- 3 -


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

1. Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to Participant named in the Notice of Grant (“Participant”) an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares, as set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Agreement and the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 19(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”) for a U.S. taxpayer, this Option is intended to qualify as an ISO under Section 422 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). However, if this Option is intended to be an ISO, to the extent that it exceeds the US$100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) it will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) will not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event will the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 3, the Option awarded by this Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Shares scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

3. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Option at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Option will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

4. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form attached as Exhibit C (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which will state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice will be completed by Participant and delivered to the Company. The Exercise Notice will be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as

 

- 4 -


to all Exercised Shares together with any Tax-Related Items (as described in Section 6(a)). This Option will be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price.

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price will be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Participant:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) subject to the sole discretion of the Administrator, surrender of other Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares, provided that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6. Tax Obligations .

(a) Responsibility for Taxes . Participant acknowledges that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or, if different, Participant’s employer (the “Employer”), the ultimate liability for all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Participant (“Tax-Related Items”), is and remains Participant’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Employer. Further, notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, no certificate representing the Shares will be issued to Participant, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of any Tax-Related Items which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. In addition, if Participant is subject to Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction between the Date of Grant and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any Tax-Related Items by withholding from Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant or reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any Tax-Related Items at any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if Participant fails to comply with his or her obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of

 

- 5 -


Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant will immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company and/or the Employer on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409A . For U.S. taxpayers, under Code Section 409A, an option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per share exercise price that is determined by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a share on the date of grant (a “Discount Option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” A Discount Option may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) U.S. federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The Discount Option may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest charges to Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share Exercise Price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share Exercise Price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant, Participant will be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

7. Nature of Grant . In accepting this Option, Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

(a) the grant of this Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted in the past;

(b) all decisions with respect to future options or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

(c) Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

(d) this Option and any Shares acquired under the Plan, and the income and value of same, are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

(e) this Option and any Shares acquired under the Plan, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

(f) the future value of the Shares underlying this Option is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(g) if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, this Option will have no value;

(h) if Participant exercises this Option and acquires Shares, the value of such Shares may increase or decrease in value, even below the Exercise Price;

 

- 6 -


(i) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of this Option resulting from the termination of Participant as a Service Provider (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of this Option to which Participant is otherwise not entitled, Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Company, the Employer or any other Parent or Subsidiary, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Company, the Employer and any other Parent or Subsidiary from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agree to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim;

(j) unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, this Option and the benefits evidenced by this Agreement do not create any entitlement to have this Option or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor to be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Common Stock; and

(k) the following provisions apply only if Participant is providing services outside the U.S.:

(i) This Option and the Shares subject to this Option are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose; and

(ii) Participant acknowledges and agrees that neither the Company, the Employer nor any other Parent or Subsidiary shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Participant’s local currency and the U.S. Dollar that may affect the value of this Option or of any amounts due to Participant pursuant to the exercise of this Option or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon exercise.

8. Data Privacy . Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Participant’s personal data as described in this Agreement and any other option grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan.

Participant understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all options or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

 

- 7 -


Participant understands that Data will be transferred to such stock plan service provider as may be selected by the Company from time to time, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. Participant understands that the recipients of Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country ( e.g. , the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country. Participant understands that if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the Company and any possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purposes of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Further, Participant understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If Participant do not consent, or if Participant later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her employment status or service and career with the Employer will not be adversely affected; the only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing Participant’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Participant options or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

9. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and the receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

10. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THIS OPTION PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY OR THE EMPLOYER, AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY OR THE EMPLOYER TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

- 8 -


11. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Agreement will be addressed to the Company at Arista Networks, Inc., 5453 Great America Parkway, Santa Clara, CA 95054, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

12. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant.

13. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this Option contained herein, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

14. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Shares . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, qualification or rule compliance of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state, federal or foreign law, the tax code and related regulations or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the purchase by, or issuance of Shares to, Participant (or his or her estate) hereunder, such purchase or issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, rule compliance, consent or approval will have been completed, effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company has sole discretion in its efforts to meet the requirements of any such state, federal or foreign law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority or securities exchange. Assuming such compliance, for purposes of the Tax-Related Items, the Exercised Shares will be considered transferred to Participant on the date the Option is exercised with respect to such Exercised Shares.

15. Plan Governs . This Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

16. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares subject to the Option have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Agreement.

17. Electronic Delivery and Acceptance . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to options awarded under the Plan or future options that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the

 

- 9 -


Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

18. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

19. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

20. No Advice Regarding Grant . The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan, or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares. Participant is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

21. Modifications to the Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable for any legal or administrative reasons, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, including but not limited to the compliance with Code Section 409A.

22. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an option under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature, is established voluntarily by the Company and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

23. Governing Law and Venue . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of California, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Option or this Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of California , and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of Santa Clara County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this Option is made and/or to be performed.

24. Language . If Participant has received this Agreement, or any other document related to this Option and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

25. Insider Trading Restrictions/Market Abuse Laws . Participant acknowledges that, depending on Participant’s country, Participant may be subject to insider trading restrictions and/or

 

- 10 -


market abuse laws, which may affect his or her ability to acquire or sell the Shares or rights to the Shares under the Plan during such times as Participant is considered to have “inside information” regarding the Company (as defined by the laws in Participant’s country). Any restrictions under these laws or regulations are separate from and in addition to any restrictions that may be imposed under any applicable Company insider trading policy. Participant acknowledges that it is Participant’s responsibility to comply with any applicable restrictions, and Participant is advised to speak to his or her personal advisor on this matter.

26. Country-Specific Terms and Conditions . Notwithstanding any provisions in this Agreement, this Option shall be subject to the Country-Specific Terms and Conditions for Participant’s country attached to this Agreement as Exhibit B . Moreover, if Participant relocates to one of the countries included therein, the terms and conditions for such country will apply to Participant to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Country-Specific Terms and Conditions constitute part of this Agreement.

27. Waiver . Participant acknowledges that a waiver by the Company of breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by Participant or any other participant.

 

- 11 -


EXHIBIT B

COUNTRY-SPECIFIC

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Certain capitalized terms used but not defined in these Country-Specific Terms and Conditions (“Country-Specific Terms”) have the meanings set forth in the Plan and/or in the Agreement.

Terms and Conditions

These Country-Specific Terms include additional terms and conditions that govern the Option granted to Participant under the Plan if he or she resides and/or works in one of the countries listed below. If Participant is a citizen or resident (or is considered as such for local law purposes) of a country other than the country in which Participant is currently residing and/or working, or if Participant relocates to another country after the grant of the Option, the Company shall, in its discretion, determine to what extent these Country-Specific Terms contained herein shall be applicable to Participant.

Notifications

These Country-Specific Terms may also include information regarding exchange controls and certain other issues of which Participant should be aware with respect to participation in the Plan. The information is based on the securities, exchange control, and other laws in effect in the respective countries as of April 2014. Such laws are often complex and change frequently. As a result, the Company strongly recommends that Participant not rely on the information in these Country-Specific Terms as the only source of information relating to the consequences of his or her participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date at the time Participant exercises the Option or sells Shares acquired under the Plan.

In addition, the information contained herein is general in nature and may not apply to Participant’s particular situation, and the Company is not in a position to assure Participant of a particular result. Accordingly, Participant is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant laws in his or her country may apply to Participant’s situation.

Finally, if Participant is a citizen or resident (or is considered as such for local law purposes) of a country other than the country in which Participant is currently residing and/or working, or if Participant relocates to another country after the grant of the Option, the notifications contained herein may not be applicable to Participant in the same manner.

AUSTRALIA

Terms and Conditions

Exercise of Option . The following provision supplements Section 4 of the Agreement:

If this Option vests when the Fair Market Price per Share is equal to or less than the Exercise Price for this Option, Participant shall not be permitted to exercise this Option. This Option may only be exercised starting on the business day following the first day on which the Fair Market Price per Share exceeds the Exercise Price for this Option.

 

- 1 -


Notifications

Exchange Control Information . Exchange control reporting is required for cash transactions exceeding AUD10,000 and for international fund transfers. If an Australian bank is assisting with the transaction, the bank will file the report on behalf of Participant.

Securities Law Information . If Participant acquires Shares under the Plan and offers the Shares for sale to a person or entity resident in Australia, the offer may be subject to disclosure requirements under Australian law. Participant should consult with his or her own legal advisor before making any such offer in Australia. Participant should obtain legal advice on his or her disclosure obligations prior to making such offer.

CANADA

Terms and Conditions

Method of Payment . The following provision supplements Sections 5 and 6 of the Agreement:

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement or the Plan to the contrary, Participant is prohibited from surrendering Shares that he or she already owns to pay the Exercise Price or any Tax-Related Items in connection with the exercise of this Option. The Company reserves the right to permit this method of payment depending upon the development of local law.

Termination as Service Provider . The following provision supplements the “Termination Period” section of the Notice of Grant:

For purposes of this Option, in the event that Participant ceases to be a Service Provider (for any reason whatsoever and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of local labor laws), Participant’s right to vest in this Option will terminate as of the date that is the earlier of: (1) the date Participant receives notice of termination of employment from the Employer, or (2) the date Participant is no longer actively employed or actively providing services to the Employer, regardless of any notice period or period of pay in lieu of such notice required under local law (including, but not limited to statutory law, regulatory law and/or common law). The Administrator in its sole discretion will determine the date Participant is no longer providing active service (including whether Participant may still be considered actively employed or actively providing services while on a leave of absence).

 

- 2 -


The following provisions apply for residents of Quebec:

French Language Provision . The parties acknowledge that it is their express wish that this Agreement, as well as all documents, notices and legal proceedings entered into, given or instituted pursuant hereto or relating directly or indirectly hereto, be drawn up in English.

Les parties reconnaissent avoir expressement souhaité que ce Contrat, ainsi que tous les documents, avis et procédures judiciaries, éxecutés, donnés ou intentés en vertu de, ou lié, directement ou indirectement à la présente convention, soient rédigés en langue anglaise.

Data Privacy . The following provision supplements Section 8 of the Agreement:

Participant hereby authorizes the Company and the Company’s representatives to discuss with and obtain all relevant information from all personnel, professional or not, involved in the administration and operation of the Plan. Participant further authorizes the Employer, the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary to disclose and discuss the Plan with their advisors. Participant further authorizes the Employer, the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary to record such information and to keep such information in his or her employee file.

Notifications

Securities Law Information . Participant will not be permitted to sell or otherwise dispose of any Shares acquired upon exercise of this Option within Canada. Participant will only be permitted to sell or dispose of any Shares acquired under the Plan if such sale or disposal takes place outside of Canada on the facilities on which such Shares are traded.

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Information . Participant is required to report any foreign property (including Shares and cash) on form T1135 (Foreign Income Verification Statement) if the total cost of Participant’s foreign property exceeds C$100,000 at any time in the year. The form must be filed by April 30 of the following year. Participant’s cost of Shares would generally be their fair market value at the time they were issued to Participant.

FRANCE

Terms and Conditions

French Language Provision . By accepting this Option, Participant confirms having read and understood these Country-Specific Terms, the Agreement and the Plan, including all terms and conditions included therein, which were provided in the English language. Participant accepts the terms of those documents accordingly.

En acceptant cette Option, le Participant confirme avoir lu et compris ces Termes Spécifiques pour chaque Pays, le Contrat et le Plan, incluant tous leurs termes et conditions, qui ont été transmis en langue anglaise. Le Participant accepte les dispositions de ces documents en connaissance de cause.

 

- 3 -


Notifications

Tax Information . The Option is not intended to qualify for specific tax and social security treatment applicable to stock options granted under Section L.225-177 to L.225-186-1 of the French Commercial Code, as amended.

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Information . If Participant maintains a foreign bank account, Participant is required to report such account to the French tax authorities when filing his or her annual tax return. Failure to comply could trigger significant penalties.

GERMANY

Notifications

Exchange Control Information . Cross-border payments in excess of €12,500 must be reported monthly to the German Federal Bank. If Participant makes or receives a payment in excess of this amount, Participant must report the payment to the German Federal Bank electronically using the “General Statistics Reporting Portal” (“ Allgemeines Meldeportal Statistik ”) available via the German Federal Bank’s website ( www.bundesbank.de ).

HONG KONG

Terms and Conditions

Sale of Shares . Participant agrees that, in the event that any portion of the Option becomes vested and is exercisable prior to the six-month anniversary of the Date of Grant, Participant will not sell any Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option prior to the six-month anniversary of the Date of Grant.

Notifications

Securities Law Information . WARNING: Neither the grant of the Option nor the issuance of Shares upon exercise of the Option constitutes a public offering of securities under Hong Kong law and is available only to Service Providers of the Company and any Parent and Subsidiary. The Agreement, including these Country-Specific Terms, the Plan and other incidental communication materials distributed in connection with the Option (i) have not been prepared in accordance with and are not intended to constitute a “prospectus” for a public offering of securities under the applicable securities legislation in Hong Kong, (ii) have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong, and (iii) are intended only for the personal use of each eligible Service Provider of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary and may not be distributed to any other person. If Participant has any questions regarding the contents of the Agreement, including these Country-Specific Terms or the Plan, Participant should obtain independent professional advice.

 

- 4 -


INDIA

Terms and Conditions

Method of Payment . The following provision supplements Sections 5 and 6 of the Agreement:

Due to legal restrictions in India, even if the Common Stock is listed on a recognized national securities exchange at the time of exercise, Participant may not exercise this Option using a cashless sell-to-cover exercise, whereby Participant directs a broker or transfer agent to sell some (but not all) of the Shares subject to this Option and deliver to the Company the amount of the sale proceeds to pay the Exercise Price and any Tax-Related Items. However, payment of the Exercise Price may be made by any of the other methods of payment set forth in the Agreement. The Company reserves the right to provide Participant with this method of payment depending on the development of local law.

Notifications

Exchange Control Information . Due to exchange control restrictions in India, Participant understands that he or she is required to repatriate any proceeds from the sale of Shares acquired under the Plan or the receipt of any dividends to India within 90 days of receipt. Participant must obtain a foreign inward remittance certificate (“FIRC”) from the bank where Participant deposits the funds and must maintain the FIRC as evidence of the repatriation of funds in the event the Reserve Bank of India or the Employer requests proof of repatriation.

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Information . Participant is required to declare any foreign bank accounts and any foreign financial assets (including Shares held outside of India) in Participant’s annual tax return. Participant is responsible for complying with this reporting obligation and is advised to confer with his or her personal tax advisor in this regard.

IRELAND

Nature of Grant . This provision supplements Section 7 of the Agreement:

In accepting the Option, Participant acknowledges that he or she understands and agrees that the benefits received under the Plan will not be taken into account for any redundancy or unfair dismissal claim.

Notifications

Director Notification Obligation . If Participant is a director, shadow director or secretary of a Parent or Subsidiary in Ireland, Participant is required to notify such Irish Parent or Subsidiary in writing within five business days of (i) receiving or disposing of an interest in the Company ( e.g., the Option, Shares, etc.), (ii) becoming aware of the event giving rise to the notification requirement, or (iii) becoming a director, shadow director or secretary of an Irish Parent or Subsidiary if such an interest exists at the time. This notification requirement also applies with respect to the interests of a spouse or children under the age of 18 (whose interests will be attributed to the director, shadow director or secretary).

 

- 5 -


JAPAN

Notifications

Exchange Control Information . If Participant acquires Shares valued at more than ¥100,000,000 in a single transaction, Participant must file a Securities Acquisition Report with the Ministry of Finance through the Bank of Japan within 20 days of the acquisition of the Shares.

In addition, if Participant pays more than ¥30,000,000 in a single transaction for the purchase of Shares when Participant exercises the Option, Participant must file a Payment Report with the Ministry of Finance through the Bank of Japan within 20 days of the date that the payment is made. The precise reporting requirements vary depending on whether or not the relevant payment is made through a bank in Japan.

Please note that a Payment Report is required independently from a Securities Acquisition Report; therefore, Participant must file both a Payment Report and a Securities Acquisition Report if the total amount that Participant pays in a single transaction for exercising the Option and purchasing Shares exceeds ¥100,000,000.

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Information . Participant is required to report details of any assets held outside of Japan as of December 31 (including Shares acquired under the Plan), to the extent such assets have a total net Fair Market Value exceeding ¥50 million. Such report will be due by March 15 each year. Participant should consult with his or her personal tax advisor to determine if the reporting obligation applies to Participant’s personal situation.

KOREA

Notifications

Exchange Control Information . In the event that Participant remits funds out of Korea in connection with the exercise of the Option, such remittance of funds must be “confirmed” by a foreign exchange bank in Korea. In order to receive the confirmation, Participant will likely be required to submit documents evidencing the nature of remittance to the bank handling the remittance in Korea together with the confirmation application, including a copy of the Agreement, the Plan, the Participant’s certificate of employment with the Employer and any other information requested by the bank. No bank confirmation is necessary if no funds are remitted out of Korea in connection with the exercise of the Option ( e.g. , if Participant uses funds already outside of Korea to exercise the Option or exercises the Option using a cashless method of payment).

In addition, exchange control laws require Korean residents who realize US$500,000 or more from the sale of Shares in a single transaction to repatriate the proceeds to Korea within 18 months of the sale.

 

- 6 -


Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Information . Korean residents must declare all foreign financial accounts ( i.e. , non-Korean bank accounts, brokerage accounts, etc.) to the Korean tax authority and file a report with respect to such accounts if the value of such accounts exceeds KRW 1 billion (or an equivalent amount in foreign currency). Participant should consult with his or her personal tax advisor to determine his or her personal reporting obligations.

MALAYSIA

Terms and Conditions

Data Privacy . The following provisions replace Section 8 of the Agreement:

 

Participant hereby explicitly, voluntarily and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of his or her personal data as described in this Agreement and any other Plan participation materials by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary or any third parties authorized by same in assisting in the implementation, administration and management of Participant’s participation in the Plan.

Participant may have previously provided the Company and the Employer with, and the Company and the Employer may hold, certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, his or her name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, the fact and conditions of Participant’s participation in the Plan, details of all options or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, cancelled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

Participant also authorizes any transfer of Data, as may be required, to such stock plan service provider as may be selected by the

Peserta dengan ini secara eksplisit, secara sukarela dan tanpa sebarang keraguan mengizinkan pengumpulan, penggunaan dan pemindahan, dalam bentuk elektronik atau lain-lain, data peribadinya seperti yang dinyatakan dalam Perjanjian ini dan apa-apa bahan Pelan penyertaan oleh dan di antara Majikan, Syarikat dan mana-mana Syarikat Induk atau Anak Syarikat atau mana-mana pihak ketiga yang diberi kuasa oleh yang sama untuk membantu dalam pelaksanaan, pentadbiran dan pengurusan penyertaan Peserta dalam Pelan tersebut.

Sebelum ini, Peserta mungkin telah membekalkan Syarikat dan Majikan dengan, dan Syarikat dan Majikan mungkin memegang, maklumat peribadi tertentu tentang Peserta, termasuk, tetapi tidak terhad kepada, namanya , alamat rumah dan nombor telefon, tarikh lahir, nombor insurans sosial atau nombor pengenalan lain, gaji, kewarganegaraan, jawatan, apa-apa saham atau jawatan pengarah yang dipegang dalam Syarikat, fakta dan syarat-syarat penyertaan Peserta dalam Pelan tesebut, butir-butir semua opsyenatau apa-apa hak lain untuk saham-saham yang dianugerahkan, dibatalkan, dilaksanakan, terletak hak, tidak diletak hak ataupun belum dijelaskan bagi faedah Peserta (“Data”), untuk tujuan yang eksklusif bagi melaksanakan, mentadbir dan menguruskan Pelan tesebut.

Peserta juga memberi kuasa untuk membuat apa-apa pemindahan Data, sebagaimana yang

 

 

- 7 -


Company from time to time, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan and/or with whom any Shares acquired upon exercise of this Option are deposited. Participant acknowledges that these recipients may be located in Participant’s country or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections to Participant’s country, which may not give the same level of protection to Data. Participant understands that he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the Company, the stock plan service provider and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage his or her participation in the Plan. Participant understands that he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case, without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative, whose contact details are [ insert local contact information ]. Further, Participant understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If Participant does not consent, or if Participant later seeks to revoke the consent, his or her employment status or service and career with the Employer will not be adversely affected;

diperlukan, kepada pembekal perkhidmatan pelan saham yang lain sebagaimana yang dipilih oleh Syarikat dari semasa ke semasa, yang membantu Syarikat dalam pelaksanaan, pentadbiran dan pengurusan Pelan tersebut dan/atau dengan sesiapa yang mendepositkan Saham-Saham yang diperolehi melalui pelaksanaan Opsyen ini. Peserta mengakui bahawa penerima-penerima ini mungkin berada di negara Peserta atau di tempat lain, dan bahawa negara penerima (contohnya, Amerika Syarikat) mungkin mempunyai undang-undang privasi data dan perlindungan yang berbeza daripada negara Peserta, yang mungkin tidak boleh memberi tahap perlindungan yang sama kepada Data. Peserta faham bahawa dia boleh meminta senarai nama dan alamat mana-mana penerima Data dengan menghubungi wakil sumber manusia tempatannya. Peserta memberi kuasa kepada Syarikat, pembekal perkhidmatan pelan saham dan mana-mana penerima lain yang mungkin membantu Syarikat (masa sekarang atau pada masa depan) untuk melaksanakan, mentadbir dan menguruskan penyertaan Peserta dalam Pelan tersebut untuk menerima, memiliki, menggunakan, mengekalkan dan memindahkan Data, dalam bentuk elektronik atau lain-lain, semata-mata dengan tujuan untuk melaksanakan, mentadbir dan menguruskan penyertaan Peserta dalam Pelan tersebut. Peserta faham bahawa Data akan dipegang hanya untuk tempoh yang diperlukan untuk melaksanakan, mentadbir dan menguruskan penyertaannya dalam Pelan tersebut. Peserta faham bahawa dia boleh, pada bila-bila masa, melihat data, meminta maklumat tambahan mengenai penyimpanan dan pemprosesan Data, meminta bahawa pindaan-pindaan dilaksanakan ke atas Data atau menolak atau menarik balik persetujuan dalam ini, dalam mana-mana kes, tanpa kos, dengan menghubungi secara bertulis wakil sumber manusia tempatannya , di mana butir-butir hubungannya adalah [ masukkan maklumat kenalan ]. Selanjutnya, Peserta memahami bahawa dia memberikan persetujuan di sini secara sukarela. Jika Peserta tidak bersetuju, atau jika Peserta kemudian membatalkan

 

 

- 8 -


the only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing the consent is that the Company would not be able to grant future stock options or other equity awards to Participant or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect his or her ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of the refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

persetujuannya, status pekerjaan atau perkhidmatan dan kerjayanya dengan Majikan tidak akan terjejas; satunya akibat buruk jika Peserta tidak bersetuju atau menarik balik persetujuan tersebut adalah bahawa Syarikat tidak akan dapat memberikan opsyen saham pada masa depan atau anugerah-anugerah ekuiti lain kepada Peserta atau mentadbir atau mengekalkan anugerah tersebut. Oleh itu, Peserta faham bahawa keengganan atau penarikan balik persetujuannya boleh menjejaskan keupayaannya untuk mengambil bahagian dalam Pelan tersebut. Untuk maklumat lanjut mengenai akibat keengganan untuk memberikan keizinan atau penarikan balik keizinan, Peserta fahami bahawa dia boleh menghubungi wakil sumber manusia tempatannya.

 

 

Notifications

Director Notification Obligation . If Participant is a director of a Malaysian Parent or Subsidiary, Participant is subject to certain notification requirements under the Malaysian Companies Act. Among these requirements is an obligation to notify the Malaysian Parent or Subsidiary in writing when Participant receives or disposes of an interest ( e.g ., stock options, Shares, etc.) in the Company or any related company. This notification must be made within 14 days of receiving or disposing of any interest in the Company or any related company.

NETHERLANDS

Notifications

 

LOGO

RUSSIA

Terms and Conditions

U.S. Transaction . Participant understands that the acceptance of the Option through the website of the Company’s designated stock broker or otherwise results in an agreement between Participant and the Company that is completed in the United States and that the Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof.

 

- 9 -


Method of Payment . The following provision supplements Sections 5 and 6 of the Agreement:

Depending on the development of local regulatory requirements, the Company reserves the right to restrict Participant to the cashless sell-all method of exercise, whereby all Shares subject to the exercised Option will be sold immediately upon exercise and the sales proceeds, less the Exercise Price, any Tax-Related Items and broker’s fees or commissions, will be remitted to Participant in accordance with any applicable laws and regulations. If the Company restricts Participant to the cashless-sell-all method of exercise, Participant will not be permitted to acquire and hold Shares after exercise. The Company reserves the right to provide additional methods of exercise to Participant depending on the development of local law.

Notifications

Securities Law Information . Participant acknowledges that the Option, the Notice of Grant, the Agreement, the Plan and all other materials that Participant may receive regarding participation in the Plan do not constitute advertising or an offering of securities in Russia. The Shares acquired pursuant to the Plan have not and will not be registered in Russia and therefore, neither the Option nor the Shares may be used for offering or public circulation in Russia. Participant acknowledges that Participant may hold Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option in Participant’s account with the Company’s third party broker/administrator in the U.S. However, in no event will Shares issued to Participant under the Plan be delivered to Participant in Russia. Further, Participant is not permitted to sell Shares directly to other Russian individuals.

Exchange Control Information . In order to perform a cash exercise of the Option, Participant must remit the funds from a foreign currency account at an authorized bank in Russia. This requirement does not apply if Participant uses a cashless method of exercise, such that there is no remittance of funds out of Russia.

Proceeds from the sale of Shares and any dividends received in relation to the Shares must be repatriated to Russia within a reasonably short period after receipt. The sales proceeds and any dividends received must be initially credited to Participant through a foreign currency account opened in Participant’s name at an authorized bank in Russia. After the funds are initially received in Russia, they may be further remitted to a foreign bank subject to the following limitations: (i) the foreign account may be opened only for individuals; (ii) the foreign account may not be used for business activities; and (iii) the Russian tax authorities must be given notice about the opening/closing of each foreign account within one month of the account opening/closing. Participant is solely responsible for ensuring compliance with applicable exchange control laws in Russia. Participant should be aware that Participant may incur severe monetary penalties if these exchange control requirements are not met.

Labor Law Information . If Participant continues to hold Shares acquired at exercise of the Option after an involuntary termination as a Service Provider, Participant will not be eligible to receive unemployment benefits in Russia.

 

- 10 -


SINGAPORE

Notifications

Securities Law Information . The grant of the Option under the Plan is being made pursuant to the “Qualifying Person exemption” under Section 273(1)(f) of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289, 2006 Ed.) (“SFA”). The Plan has not been lodged or registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Participant should note that the Option is subject to Section 257 of the SFA and that Participant will not be able to make (i) any subsequent sale of the Shares in Singapore or (ii) any offer of such subsequent sale of the Shares subject to the Option in Singapore, unless such sale or offer is made pursuant to the exemptions under Part XIII Division (1) Subdivision (4) (other than Section 280) of the SFA.

Director Notification Obligation . If Participant is a director, associate director or shadow director of a Singaporean Parent or Subsidiary, Participant is subject to certain notification requirements under the Singapore Companies Act. Among these requirements is an obligation to notify the Singaporean Parent or Subsidiary in writing when Participant receives an interest ( e.g. , the Option, Shares, etc.) in the Company or any related companies (including when Participant sells Shares acquired through exercise of the Option). In addition, Participant must notify the Singaporean Parent or Subsidiary when Participant sells or receives shares of the Company or any related company (including when Participant sells or receives Shares acquired under the Plan). These notifications must be made within two business days of acquiring or disposing of any interest in the Company or any related company. In addition, a notification must be made of Participant’s interests in the Company or any related company within two business days of becoming a director.

SOUTH AFRICA

Terms and Conditions

Responsibility for Taxes . The following provision supplements Section 6(a) of the Agreement:

By accepting the Option, Participant agrees that, immediately upon exercise of the Option, Participant will notify the Employer of the amount of any gain realized at exercise. If Participant fails to advise the Employer of the gain realized, Participant may be liable for a fine. Participant will be solely responsible for paying any difference between the actual liability for Tax-Related Items and the amount withheld.

Tax Clearance Certificate for Cash Exercises . If Participant exercises the Option using a cash exercise method, Participant acknowledges that he or she must obtain and provide to the Company or the Employer or any third party designated by the Company or the Employer, a Tax Clearance Certificate (with respect to Foreign Investments) bearing the official stamp and signature of the Exchange Control Department of the South African Revenue Service (“SARS”). Participant must renew this Tax Clearance Certificate every twelve (12) months, or such other period as may be required by the SARS. If Participant exercises by a cashless exercise method whereby no funds are remitted out of South Africa, no Tax Clearance Certificate is required.

 

- 11 -


Notifications

Exchange Control Information . Participant is responsible for ensuring compliance with all exchange control laws in South Africa. Because the exchange control laws change frequently and without notice, Participant is strongly advised to consult a legal advisor prior to the purchase or sale of Shares under the Plan to ensure Participant’s compliance with current regulations. Participant understands that neither the Company nor the Employer will be liable for any fines or penalties resulting from Participant’s failure to comply with applicable laws.

SWEDEN

There are no country-specific provisions.

THAILAND

Notifications

Exchange Control Information . If Participant realizes US$50,000 or more in a single transaction from the sale of Shares or the payment of dividends, he or she is required to repatriate the funds to Thailand immediately following the receipt of the funds and to then either convert such repatriated funds into Thai Baht or deposit the funds into a foreign currency account opened with any commercial bank in Thailand within 360 days of repatriation. Further, for repatriated funds of US$50,000 or more, Participant must specifically report the inward remittance to the Bank of Thailand on a Foreign Exchange Transaction Form. Participant is personally responsible for complying with exchange control restrictions in Thailand.

UNITED ARAB EMIRATES

Notifications

Securities Law Information . The Plan is only being offered to qualified Service Providers and is in the nature of providing equity incentives to Service Providers working or residing in the United Arab Emirates. The Plan and the Agreement are intended for distribution only to such Service Providers and must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. Participant should conduct his or her own due diligence on the Option offered pursuant to the Agreement. If Participant does not understand the contents of the Plan and/or the Agreement, he or she should consult an authorized financial adviser.

UNITED KINGDOM

Terms and Conditions

Joint Election for Transfer of Liability for Employer National Insurance Contributions . As a condition of participation in the Plan and the exercise of the Option at a time when the Shares are

 

- 12 -


considered readily convertible assets under U.K. law, Participant agrees to accept any liability for secondary Class 1 National Insurance contributions that may be payable by the Company, the Employer, or a Parent or Subsidiary in connection with the Option and any event giving rise to Tax-Related Items (the “Employer NICs”). Without prejudice to the foregoing, Participant agrees to execute a joint election with the Company, the form of such joint election (the “Joint Election”) having been approved formally by Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs (“HMRC”), and any other required consent or election prior to exercise of the Option. Participant further agrees to execute such other joint elections as may be required between Participant and any successor to the Company, the Employer, or a Parent or Subsidiary. Participant further agrees that the Company, the Employer, or a Parent or Subsidiary may collect the Employer NICs from Participant by any of the means set forth in Section 6(a) of the Agreement.

If the Shares are considered readily convertible assets under UK law and Participant does not enter into a Joint Election prior to the exercise of the Option, he or she will not be entitled to exercise the Option unless and until he or she enters into a Joint Election, and no exercised Shares will be issued to Participant under the Plan, without any liability to the Company, the Employer, or a Parent or Subsidiary.

Responsibility for Taxes . The following provisions supplement Section 6(a) of the Agreement:

If payment or withholding of any income tax that the Company or the Employer may be required to account to HMRC is not made within 90 days of the event giving rise to the income tax (the “Due Date”) or such other period specified in Section 222(1)(c) of the U.K. Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003, the amount of any uncollected income tax will constitute a loan owed by Participant to the Employer, effective on the Due Date. Participant agrees that the loan will bear interest at the then-current Official Rate of HMRC, it will be immediately due and repayable, and the Company or the Employer may recover it at any time thereafter by any of the means referred to in Section 6(a) of the Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Participant is a director or executive officer of the Company (within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act), Participant will not be eligible for such a loan to cover the tax liability. In the event that Participant is a director or executive officer and any income tax is not collected from or paid by Participant by the Due Date, the amount of any uncollected income tax may constitute a benefit to Participant on which additional income tax and National Insurance contributions (“NICs”) may be payable. Participant will be responsible for reporting and paying any income tax due on this additional benefit directly to HMRC under the self-assessment regime and reimbursing the Employer for the value of the NICs due on this additional benefit. If Participant fails to comply with his or her obligations in connection with the income tax as described in this section, the Company may refuse to deliver the Shares to Participant, without any liability to the Company or the Employer.

In addition, Participant agrees that the Company and/or the Employer may calculate the Tax-Related Items to be withheld and accounted for by reference to the maximum applicable rates, without prejudice to any right Participant may have to recover any overpayment from the relevant tax authorities.

 

- 13 -


EXHIBIT C

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Arista Networks, Inc.

5453 Great America Parkway

Santa Clara, CA 95054

USA

Attention: Stock Administration

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                     ,         , the undersigned (“Purchaser”) hereby elects to purchase             shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of Arista Networks, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Global Stock Option Agreement dated                     (including any exhibits and terms and conditions thereto, the “Agreement”). The purchase price for the Shares will be $        , as required by the Agreement.

2. Delivery of Payment . Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company, or otherwise makes adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company, the full purchase price of the Shares and any Tax-Related Items (as defined in the Agreement) to be paid in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Purchaser . Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has received, read and understood the Plan and the Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares so acquired will be issued to Purchaser as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

5. Tax Consultation . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

- 1 -


6. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan and Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.

 

Submitted by:       Accepted by:
PURCHASER       ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

 

     

 

Signature       By

 

     

 

Print Name       Its
Address :      

 

     

 

     
     
     

 

Date Received

 

- 2 -


ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

GLOBAL RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Arista Networks, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, including the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant (the “Notice of Grant”), the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A , and the Country-Specific Terms and Conditions, attached hereto as Exhibit B (collectively this “Award Agreement”).

NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

Participant Name:

Address:

Participant has been granted the right to receive an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number  

 

 
Date of Grant  

 

 
Vesting Commencement Date  

 

 
Number of Restricted Stock Units  

 

 

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, the Restricted Stock Units will vest in accordance with the following schedule:

[ Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Restricted Stock Units will vest on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and twenty-five percent (25%) of the Restricted Stock Units will vest each year thereafter on the same day as the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date. ]

In the event Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any or no reason before Participant vests in the Restricted Stock Units, the Restricted Stock Units and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will immediately terminate.

For purposes of this Award, Participant’s status as a Service Provider will be considered terminated as of the date Participant is no longer actively providing services to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and unless

 

-1-


otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or determined by the Company, Participant’s right to vest in this Award under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period ( e.g ., Participant’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any). The Administrator shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer actively providing services for purposes of his or her Award grant (including whether Participant may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence).

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the representative of Arista Networks, Inc. (the “Company”) below, Participant and the Company agree that this Award of Restricted Stock Units is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, including exhibits hereto, all of which are made a part of this document. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and this Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and this Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT:      ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

 

    

 

Signature      By

 

    

 

Print Name      Title
Residence Address :     

 

    

 

    

 

-2-


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

1. Grant . The Company hereby grants to the individual named in the Notice of Grant (the “Participant”) under the Plan an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Award Agreement and the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 19(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

2. Company’s Obligation to Pay . Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive a Share on the date it vests. Unless and until the Restricted Stock Units will have vested in the manner set forth in Sections 3 or 4, Participant will have no right to payment of any such Restricted Stock Units. Prior to the actual payment of any vested Restricted Stock Units, such Restricted Stock Units will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at all) only from the general assets of the Company. Any Restricted Stock Units that vest in accordance with Sections 3 or 4 will be paid to Participant (or in the event of Participant’s death, to his or her estate) in whole Shares, subject to Participant satisfying any Tax-Related Items as set forth in Section 7. Subject to the provisions of Section 4, such vested Restricted Stock Units shall be paid in whole Shares as soon as practicable after vesting, but in each such case within the period of sixty (60) days following the vesting date. In no event will Participant be permitted, directly or indirectly, to specify the taxable year of the payment of any Restricted Stock Units payable under this Award Agreement.

3. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 4, and subject to Section 5, the Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Restricted Stock Units scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Award Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

4. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Restricted Stock Units at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Restricted Stock Units will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator. For U.S. Taxpayers, the payment of Shares vesting pursuant to this Section 4 shall in all cases be paid at a time or in a manner that is exempt from, or complies with, Section 409A.

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Award Agreement to the contrary, if the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the Restricted Stock Units is accelerated in connection with Participant’s termination as a Service Provider (provided that such termination is a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, as determined by the Company), other than due to death , and if (x) Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of such termination as a Service Provider and (y) the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will result in the

 

-3-


imposition of additional tax under Section 409A if paid to Participant on or within the six (6) month period following Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, then the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will not be made until the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, unless the Participant dies following his or her termination as a Service Provider, in which case, the Restricted Stock Units will be paid in Shares to the Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following his or her death. It is the intent of this Award Agreement that it and all payments and benefits hereunder be exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the Restricted Stock Units provided under this Award Agreement or Shares issuable thereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to be so exempt or so comply. Each payment payable under this Award Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). For purposes of this Award Agreement, “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code, and any final U.S. Treasury Regulations and U.S. Internal Revenue Service guidance thereunder, as each may be amended from time to time.

5. Forfeiture upon Termination of Status as a Service Provider . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, the balance of the Restricted Stock Units that have not vested as of the time of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any or no reason and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will immediately terminate.

For purposes of this Award of Restricted Stock Units, Participant’s status as a Service Provider will be considered terminated as of the date Participant is no longer actively providing services to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or the terms of Participant’s employment agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Award Agreement or determined by the Company, Participant’s right to vest in the Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period ( e.g ., Participant’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or the terms of Participant’s employment agreement, if any); the Administrator shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer actively providing services for purposes of this Award of Restricted Stock Units (including whether Participant may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence).

6. Death of Participant . Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Award Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, if so allowed by the Administrator in its sole discretion, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

7. Responsibility for Taxes . Participant acknowledges that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or, if different, Participant’s employer (the “Employer”), the ultimate liability for all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account

 

-4-


or other tax-related items related to Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Participant (“Tax-Related Items”), is and remains Participant’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Employer. Further, notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, no certificate representing the Shares will be issued to Participant, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of any Tax-Related Items which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. Prior to vesting and/or settlement of the Restricted Stock Units, Participant will pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. In this regard, Participant authorizes the Company and/or the Employer to withhold all applicable tax withholding obligations legally payable by Participant from his or her wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the Company and/or the Employer or from proceeds of the sale of Shares. Alternatively, or in addition, if permissible under applicable local law, the Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit or require Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part (without limitation) by (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld, (c) delivering to the Company already vested and owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld, or (d) selling a sufficient number of such Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on Participant’s behalf pursuant to this authorization). To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any Tax-Related Items by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant. In addition, if Participant is subject to Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction between the Date of Grant and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any Tax-Related Items hereunder at the time any applicable Restricted Stock Units otherwise are scheduled to vest pursuant to Sections 3 or 4 or at any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, Participant will permanently forfeit such Restricted Stock Units and any right to receive Shares thereunder and the Restricted Stock Units will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company.

8. Nature of Grant . In accepting the award, Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

(a) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan;

(b) the Award of Restricted Stock Units is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future awards of Restricted Stock Units, or benefits in lieu of Restricted Stock Units, even if Restricted Stock Units have been awarded in the past;

 

-5-


(c) all decisions with respect to future Restricted Stock Units or other awards, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

(d) Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

(e) the Award of Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units, and the income and value of same, are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

(f) the Award of Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

(g) the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown, indeterminable and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(h) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Restricted Stock Units resulting from the termination of Participant as a Service Provider (for any reason whatsoever whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or the terms of Participant’s employment agreement, if any), and in consideration of the award of the Restricted Stock Units to which Participant is otherwise not entitled, Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Company, the Employer or any other Parent or Subsidiary, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Company, the Employer or any other Parent or Subsidiary from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agrees to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim;

(i) unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, the Restricted Stock Units and the benefits evidenced by this Award Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Restricted Stock Units or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Common Stock; and

(j) the following provisions apply only if Participant is providing services outside the United States:

(i) the Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose; and

(ii) Participant acknowledges and agrees that neither the Company, the Employer nor any Parent or Subsidiary shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Participant’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Restricted Stock Units or of any amounts due to Participant pursuant to the settlement of the Restricted Stock Units or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon settlement.

 

-6-


9. Data Privacy . Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Participant’s personal data as described in this Award Agreement and any other grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan.

Participant understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all Restricted Stock Units or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

Participant understands that Data will be transferred to such stock plan service provider as may be selected by the Company from time to time, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. Participant understands that the recipients of Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country ( e.g. , the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country. Participant understands that if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the Company and any possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing his or her participation in the Plan. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Further, Participant understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If Participant does not consent, or if Participant later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her employment status or service and career with the Employer will not be adversely affected; the only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing Participant’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Participant Restricted Stock Units or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

10. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in

 

-7-


respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and the receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

11. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY OR THE EMPLOYER, AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY OR THE EMPLOYER TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

12. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company at Arista Networks, Inc., 5453 Great America Parkway, Santa Clara, CA 95054, USA or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

13. Grant is Not Transferable . Except to the limited extent provided in Section 6, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby may not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and may not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

14. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Award Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

15. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Shares . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, qualification or rule compliance of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state, federal or foreign law, the tax code and related regulations or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant (or his or her estate) hereunder, such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, rule compliance, consent or approval will have been completed, effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Where the Company determines that the delivery of

 

-8-


the payment of any Shares will violate federal securities laws or other applicable laws, the Company will defer delivery until the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that the delivery of Shares will no longer cause such violation. The Company has sole discretion in its efforts to meet the requirements of any such state, federal or foreign law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority or securities exchange.

16. Plan Governs . This Award Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Award Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Award Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

17. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Restricted Stock Units have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement.

18. Electronic Delivery and Acceptance . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to Restricted Stock Units awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Stock Units that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

19. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Award Agreement.

20. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Award Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Award Agreement.

21. No Advice Regarding Grant . The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan, or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares. Participant is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

22. Modifications to the Award Agreement . This Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or

 

-9-


inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable for any legal or administrative reasons, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, including but not limited to the compliance with Section 409A.

23. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Award of Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

24. Governing Law and Venue . This Award Agreement will be governed by the laws of California, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Award of Restricted Stock Units or this Award Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of California , and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of Santa Clara County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where the Award of Restricted Stock Units is made and/or to be performed.

25. Language . If Participant has received this Award Agreement, or any other document related to this Award of Restricted Stock Units and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

26. Insider Trading Restrictions/Market Abuse Laws . Participant acknowledges that, depending on Participant’s country, Participant may be subject to insider trading restrictions and/or market abuse laws, which may affect his or her ability to acquire or sell the Shares or rights to the Shares under the Plan during such times as Participant is considered to have “inside information” regarding the Company (as defined by the laws in Participant’s country). Any restrictions under these laws or regulations are separate from and in addition to any restrictions that may be imposed under any applicable Company insider trading policy. Participant acknowledges that it is Participant’s responsibility to comply with any applicable restrictions, and Participant is advised to speak to his or her personal advisor on this matter.

27. Country-Specific Terms and Conditions . Notwithstanding any provisions in this Award Agreement, this Award of Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to the Country-Specific Terms and Conditions for Participant’s country attached to this Award Agreement as Exhibit B . Moreover, if Participant relocates to one of the countries included therein, the terms and conditions for such country will apply to Participant to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Country-Specific Terms and Conditions constitute part of this Award Agreement.

28. Waiver . Participant acknowledges that a waiver by the Company of breach of any provision of this Award Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of this Award Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by Participant or any other participant.

 

-10-


EXHIBIT B

COUNTRY-SPECIFIC

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Certain capitalized terms used but not defined in these Country-Specific Terms and Conditions (“Country-Specific Terms”) have the meanings set forth in the Plan and/or in the Award Agreement.

Terms and Conditions

These Country-specific terms include additional terms and conditions that govern the Award of Restricted Stock Units granted to Participant under the Plan if he or she resides and/or works in one of the countries listed below. If Participant is a citizen or resident (or is considered as such for local law purposes) of a country other than the country in which Participant is currently residing and/or working, or if Participant relocates to another country after the award of the Restricted Stock Units, the Company shall, in its discretion, determine to what extent these Country-specific terms contained herein shall be applicable to Participant.

Notifications

These Country-specific terms may also include information regarding exchange controls and certain other issues of which Participant should be aware with respect to participation in the Plan. The information is based on the securities, exchange control, and other laws in effect in the respective countries as of April 2014. Such laws are often complex and change frequently. As a result, the Company strongly recommends that Participant not rely on the information in these Country-specific terms as the only source of information relating to the consequences of his or her participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date at the time Participant vests in the Restricted Stock Units or sells Shares acquired under the Plan.

In addition, the information contained herein is general in nature and may not apply to Participant’s particular situation, and the Company is not in a position to assure Participant of a particular result. Accordingly, Participant is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant laws in his or her country may apply to Participant’s situation.

Finally, if Participant is a citizen or resident (or is considered as such for local law purposes) of a country other than the country in which Participant is currently residing and/or working, or if Participant relocates to another country after the award of the Restricted Stock Units, the notifications contained herein may not be applicable to Participant in the same manner.

 

-1-


AUSTRALIA

Notifications

Exchange Control Information . Exchange control reporting is required for cash transactions exceeding AUD10,000 and for international fund transfers. If an Australian bank is assisting with the transaction, the bank will file the report on behalf of Participant.

Securities Law Information . Participant understands and agrees that the award of the Restricted Stock Units may be subject to the conditions of the relief instrument issued by the Australian Securities and Investment Commission.

If Participant acquires Shares under the Plan and offers the Shares for sale to a person or entity resident in Australia, the offer may be subject to disclosure requirements under Australian law. Participant should consult with his or her own legal advisor before making any such offer in Australia. Participant should obtain legal advice on his or her disclosure obligations prior to making such offer.

CANADA

Terms and Conditions

Form of Settlement . Notwithstanding any discretion contained in the Plan or anything to the contrary in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock Units are payable only in Shares.

Termination as Service Provider . The following provision supplements Section 5 of the Award Agreement:

For purposes of the Award of Restricted Stock Units, in the event that Participant ceases to be a Service Provider (for any reason whatsoever and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of local labor laws), Participant’s right to vest in the Restricted Stock Units will terminate as of the date that is the earlier of: (1) the date Participant receives notice of termination of employment from the Employer, or (2) the date Participant is no longer actively employed or actively providing services to the Employer, regardless of any notice period or period of pay in lieu of such notice required under local law (including, but not limited to statutory law, regulatory law and/or common law). The Administrator in its sole discretion will determine the date Participant is no longer providing active service (including whether Participant may still be considered actively employed or actively providing services while on a leave of absence).

The following provisions apply for residents of Quebec:

French Language Provision . The parties acknowledge that it is their express wish that the Award Agreement, as well as all documents, notices and legal proceedings entered into, given or instituted pursuant hereto or relating directly or indirectly hereto, be drawn up in English.

Les parties reconnaissent avoir expressement souhaité que le Contract, ainsi que tous les documents, avis et procédures judiciaries, éxecutés, donnés ou intentés en vertu de, ou lié, directement ou indirectement à la présente convention, soient rédigés en langue anglaise.

 

-2-


Data Privacy . The following provision supplements Section 9 of the Award Agreement:

Participant hereby authorizes the Company and the Company’s representatives to discuss with and obtain all relevant information from all personnel, professional or not, involved in the administration and operation of the Plan. Participant further authorizes the Employer, the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary to disclose and discuss the Plan with their advisors. Participant further authorizes the Employer, the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary to record such information and to keep such information in his or her employee file.

Notifications

Securities Law Information . Participant will not be permitted to sell or otherwise dispose of any Shares acquired upon vesting of the Restricted Stuck Units within Canada. Participant will only be permitted to sell or dispose of any Shares acquired under the Plan if such sale or disposal takes place outside Canada on the facilities on which such Shares are traded.

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Information . Participant is required to report any foreign property (including Shares and cash) on form T1135 (Foreign Income Verification Statement) if the total cost of Participant’s foreign property exceeds C$100,000 at any time in the year. The form must be filed by April 30 of the following year. Foreign property may also include Participant’s unvested Restricted Stock Units.

FRANCE

Terms and Conditions

French Language Provision . By accepting the Restricted Stock Units, Participant confirms having read and understood these Country-Specific Terms, the Award Agreement and the Plan, including all terms and conditions included therein, which were provided in the English language. Participant accepts the terms of those documents accordingly.

En acceptant ces «Restricted Stock Units», le Participant confirme avoir lu et compris ces Termes Spécifiques pour chaque Pays, le Contrat et le Plan, incluant tous leurs termes et conditions, qui ont été transmis en langue anglaise. Le Participant accepte les dispositions de ces documents en connaissance de cause.

Notifications

Tax Information . Participant understands that the Restricted Stock Units are not intended to be French tax-qualified pursuant to Section L. 225-197 1 to L. 225-197 6 of the French Commercial Code, as amended.

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Information . If Participant maintains a foreign bank account, Participant is required to report such account to the French tax authorities when filing his or her annual tax return. Failure to comply could trigger significant penalties.

 

-3-


GERMANY

Notifications

Exchange Control Information . Cross-border payments in excess of €12,500 must be reported monthly to the German Federal Bank. If Participant makes or receives a payment in excess of this amount, Participant must report the payment to the German Federal Bank electronically using the “General Statistics Reporting Portal” (“ Allgemeines Meldeportal Statistik ”) available via the German Federal Bank’s website ( www.bundesbank.de ).

HONG KONG

Terms and Conditions

Settlement of Restricted Stock Units and Sale of Shares . The following provision supplements Section 3 of the Award Agreement:

Notwithstanding any discretion contained in the Plan, the will be settled only in Shares.

In the event the Restricted Stock Units vest and Shares are issued to Participant within six months of the Date of Grant, Participant agrees that he or she will not dispose of any Shares acquired prior to the six-month anniversary of the Date of Grant.

Notifications

Securities Law Information . WARNING: Neither the award of the Restricted Stock Units nor the issuance of Shares upon vesting of the Restricted Stock Units constitutes a public offering of securities under Hong Kong law and is available only to Service Providers of the Company and any Parent and Subsidiary. The Award Agreement, including these Country-specific terms, the Plan and other incidental communication materials distributed in connection with the Restricted Stock Units (i) have not been prepared in accordance with and are not intended to constitute a “prospectus” for a public offering of securities under the applicable securities legislation in Hong Kong, (ii) have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong, and (iii) are intended only for the personal use of each eligible Service Provider of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary and may not be distributed to any other person. If Participant has any questions regarding the contents of the Award Agreement, including these Country-specific terms or the Plan, Participant should obtain independent professional advice.

 

-4-


INDIA

Notifications

Exchange Control Information . Due to exchange control restrictions in India, Participant understands that he or she is required to repatriate any proceeds from the sale of Shares acquired under the Plan or the receipt of any dividends to India within 90 days of receipt. Participant must obtain a foreign inward remittance certificate (“FIRC”) from the bank where Participant deposits the funds and must maintain the FIRC as evidence of the repatriation of funds in the event the Reserve Bank of India or the Employer requests proof of repatriation.

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Information . Participant is required to declare any foreign bank accounts and any foreign financial assets (including Shares held outside India) in Participant’s annual tax return. Participant is responsible for complying with this reporting obligation and is advised to confer with his or her personal tax advisor in this regard.

IRELAND

Terms and Conditions

Nature of Grant . This provision supplements Section 8 of the Award Agreement:

In accepting the Award of the Restricted Stock Units, Participant acknowledges that he or she understands and agrees that the benefits received under the Plan will not be taken into account for any redundancy or unfair dismissal claim.

Notifications

Director Notification Obligation . If Participant is a director, shadow director or secretary of a Parent or Subsidiary in Ireland, Participant is required to notify such Irish Parent or Subsidiary in writing within five business days of (i) receiving or disposing of an interest in the Company ( e.g., Restricted Stock Units, Shares, etc.), (ii) becoming aware of the event giving rise to the notification requirement, or (iii) becoming a director, shadow director or secretary of an Irish Parent or Subsidiary if such an interest exists at the time. This notification requirement also applies with respect to the interests of a spouse or children under the age of 18 (whose interests will be attributed to the director, shadow director or secretary).

JAPAN

Notifications

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Information . Participant is required to report details of any assets held outside Japan as of December 31 (including Shares acquired under the Plan), to the extent such assets have a total net Fair Market Value exceeding ¥50 million. Such report will be due by March 15 each year. Participant should consult with his or her personal tax advisor to determine if the reporting obligation applies to Participant’s personal situation.

 

-5-


KOREA

Notifications

Exchange Control Information . Exchange control laws require Korean residents who realize US$500,000 or more from the sale of Shares in a single transaction to repatriate the proceeds to Korea within 18 months of the sale.

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Information . Korean residents must declare all foreign financial accounts ( i.e. , non-Korean bank accounts, brokerage accounts, etc.) to the Korean tax authority and file a report with respect to such accounts if the value of such accounts exceeds KRW 1 billion (or an equivalent amount in foreign currency). Participant should consult with his or her personal tax advisor to determine his or her personal reporting obligations.

MALAYSIA

Terms and Conditions

Data Privacy . The following provisions replace Section 9 of the Award Agreement:

 

Participant hereby explicitly, voluntarily and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of his or her personal data as described in this Award Agreement and any other Plan participation materials by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary or any third parties authorized by same in assisting in the implementation, administration and management of Participant’s participation in the Plan.

Participant may have previously provided the Company and the Employer with, and the Company and the Employer may hold, certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, his or her name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, the fact and conditions of Participant’s participation in the Plan, details of all Restricted Stock Units or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, cancelled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

Pesertadengan ini secara eksplisit, secara sukarela dan tanpa sebarang keraguan mengizinkan pengumpulan, penggunaan dan pemindahan, dalam bentuk elektronik atau lain-lain, data peribadinya seperti yang dinyatakan dalam Perjanjian Penganugerahan ini dan apa-apa bahan Pelan penyertaan oleh dan di antara Majikan, Syarikat dan mana-mana Syarikat Induk atau Anak Syarikat atau mana-mana pihak ketiga yang diberi kuasa oleh yang sama untuk membantu dalam pelaksanaan, pentadbiran dan pengurusan penyertaan Peserta dalam Pelan tersebut.

Sebelum ini, Peserta mungkin telah membekalkan Syarikat dan Majikan dengan, dan Syarikat dan Majikan mungkin memegang, maklumat peribadi tertentu tentang Peserta, termasuk, tetapi tidak terhad kepada, namanya , alamat rumah dan nombor telefon, tarikh lahir, nombor insurans sosial atau nombor pengenalan lain, gaji, kewarganegaraan, jawatan, apa-apa saham atau jawatan pengarah yang dipegang dalam Syarikat, fakta dan syarat-syarat penyertaan Peserta dalam Pelan tersebut, butir-butir semua Unit-unit Saham Terbatas atau apa-apa hak lain untuk saham yang dianugerahkan, dibatalkan, dilaksanakan, terletak hak, tidak diletak hak ataupun bagi faedah Peserta (“Data”), untuk tujuan yang eksklusif bagi melaksanakan, mentadbir dan menguruskan Pelan tersebut.

 

 

-6-


Participant also authorizes any transfer of Data, as may be required, to such stock plan service provider as may be selected by the Company from time to time, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan and/or with whom any Shares acquired upon settlement of the Restricted Stock Units are deposited. Participant acknowledges that these recipients may be located in Participant’s country or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections to Participant’s country, which may not give the same level of protection to Data. Participant understands that he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the Company, the stock plan service provider and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage his or her participation in the Plan. Participant understands that he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case, without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative, whose contact details are [ insert local contact information ]. Further, Participant understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If Participant does not consent, or if Participant later seeks to revoke the consent, his or her employment status or service and career with the Employer will not

Peserta juga memberi kuasa untuk membuat apa-apa pemindahan Data, sebagaimana yang diperlukan, kepada pembekal perkhidmatan pelan saham yang lain sebagaimana yang dipilih oleh Syarikat dari semasa ke semasa, yang membantu Syarikat dalam pelaksanaan, pentadbiran dan pengurusan Pelan dan/atau dengan sesiapa yang mendepositkan Saham-Saham yang diperolehi melalui penyelesaian Unit-unit Saham Terbatas. Peserta mengakui bahawa penerima-penerima ini mungkin berada di negara Peserta atau di tempat lain, dan bahawa negara penerima (contohnya, Amerika Syarikat) mungkin mempunyai undang-undang privasi data dan perlindungan yang berbeza daripada negara Peserta, yang mungkin tidak boleh memberi tahap perlindungan yang sama kepada Data. Pesertafaham bahawa dia boleh meminta senarai nama dan alamat mana-mana penerima Data dengan menghubungi wakil sumber manusia tempatannya . Peserta memberi kuasa kepada Syarikat, pembekal perkhidmatan pelan saham dan mana-mana penerima lain yang mungkin membantu Syarikat (masa sekarang atau pada masa depan) untuk melaksanakan, mentadbir dan menguruskan penyertaan Peserta dalam Pelan tersebut untuk menerima, memiliki, menggunakan, mengekalkan dan memindahkan Data, dalam bentuk elektronik atau lain-lain, semata-mata dengan tujuan untuk melaksanakan, mentadbir dan menguruskan penyertaan Peserta dalam Pelan tersebut. Peserta faham bahawa Data akan dipegang hanya untuk tempoh yang diperlukan untuk melaksanakan, mentadbir dan menguruskan penyertaannya dalam Pelan tesebut. Peserta faham bahawa dia boleh, pada bila-bila masa, melihat data, meminta maklumat tambahan mengenai penyimpanan dan pemprosesan Data, meminta bahawa pindaan-pindaan dilaksanakan ke atas Data atau menolak atau menarik balik persetujuan

 

 

-7-


be adversely affected; the only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing the consent is that the Company would not be able to grant future Restricted Stock Units or other equity awards to Participant or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect his or her ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of the refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

dalam ini, dalam mana-mana kes, tanpa kos, dengan menghubungi secara bertulis wakil sumber manusia tempatannya , di mana butir-butir hubungannya adalah [ masukkan maklumat kenalan ]. Selanjutnya, Peserta memahami bahawa dia memberikan persetujuan di sini secara sukarela. Jika Peserta tidak bersetuju, atau jika Peserta kemudian membatalkan persetujuannya, status pekerjaan atau perkhidmatan dan kerjayanya dengan Majikan tidak akan terjejas; satunya akibat buruk jika dia tidak bersetuju atau menarik balik persetujuannya adalah bahawa Syarikat tidak akan dapat memberikan Unit-unit Saham Terbatas pada masa depan atau anugerah ekuiti lain kepada Peserta atau mentadbir atau mengekalkan anugerah-anugerah tersebut. Oleh itu, Peserta faham bahawa keengganan atau penarikan balik persetujuannya boleh menjejaskan keupayaannya untuk mengambil bahagian dalam Pelan tesebut. Untuk maklumat lanjut mengenai akibat keengganan untuk memberikan keizinan atau penarikan balik keizinan, Peserta fahami bahawa dia boleh menghubungi wakil sumber manusia tempatannya.

 

 

Notifications

Director Notification Obligation . If Participant is a director of a Malaysian Parent or Subsidiary, Participant is subject to certain notification requirements under the Malaysian Companies Act. Among these requirements is an obligation to notify the Malaysian Parent or Subsidiary in writing when Participant receives or disposes of an interest ( e.g ., Restricted Stock Units, Shares, etc.) in the Company or any related company. This notification must be made within 14 days of receiving or disposing of any interest in the Company or any related company.

NETHERLANDS

Notifications

 

LOGO

 

-8-


RUSSIA

Notifications

Securities Law Information . Participant acknowledges that the Restricted Stock Units, the Notice of Grant, the Award Agreement, the Plan and all other materials that Participant may receive regarding participation in the Plan do not constitute advertising or an offering of securities in Russia. The Shares acquired pursuant to the Plan have not and will not be registered in Russia and therefore, neither the Restricted Stock Units nor the Shares may be used for offering or public circulation in Russia. Participant acknowledges that Participant may hold Shares acquired upon settlement of the Restricted Stock Units in Participant’s account with the Company’s third party broker/administrator in the U.S. However, in no event will Shares issued to Participant under the Plan be delivered to Participant in Russia. Further, Participant is not permitted to sell Shares directly to other Russian individuals.

Exchange Control Information . Proceeds from the sale of Shares and any dividends received in relation to the Shares must be repatriated to Russia within a reasonably short period after receipt. The sales proceeds and any dividends received must be initially credited to Participant through a foreign currency account opened in Participant’s name at an authorized bank in Russia. After the funds are initially received in Russia, they may be further remitted to a foreign bank subject to the following limitations: (i) the foreign account may be opened only for individuals; (ii) the foreign account may not be used for business activities; and (iii) the Russian tax authorities must be given notice about the opening/closing of each foreign account within one month of the account opening/closing. Participant is solely responsible for ensuring compliance with applicable exchange control laws in Russia. Participant should be aware that Participant may incur severe monetary penalties if these exchange control requirements are not met.

Labor Law Information . If Participant continues to hold Shares acquired at settlement of the Restricted Stock Units after an involuntary termination as a Service Provider, Participant will not be eligible to receive unemployment benefits in Russia.

SINGAPORE

Terms and Conditions

Form of Settlement . Notwithstanding any discretion contained in the Plan or anything to the contrary in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock Units are payable only in Shares.

 

-9-


Notifications

Securities Law Information . The award of the Restricted Stock Units under the Plan is being made pursuant to the “Qualifying Person exemption” under Section 273(1)(f) of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289, 2006 Ed.) (“SFA”). The Plan has not been lodged or registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Participant should note that the award of the Restricted Stock Units is subject to Section 257 of the SFA and that Participant will not be able to make (i) any subsequent sale of the Shares in Singapore or (ii) any offer of such subsequent sale of the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units in Singapore, unless such sale or offer is made pursuant to the exemptions under Part XIII Division (1) Subdivision (4) (other than Section 280) of the SFA.

Director Notification Obligation . If Participant is a director, associate director or shadow director of a Singaporean Parent or Subsidiary, Participant is subject to certain notification requirements under the Singapore Companies Act. Among these requirements is an obligation to notify the Singaporean Parent or Subsidiary in writing when Participant receives an interest ( e.g. , the Restricted Stock Units, Shares, etc.) in the Company or any related companies (including when Participant sells Shares acquired under the Plan). In addition, Participant must notify the Singaporean Parent or Subsidiary when Participant sells or receives shares of the Company or any related company (including when Participant sells or receives Shares acquired under the Plan). These notifications must be made within two business days of acquiring or disposing of any interest in the Company or any related company. In addition, a notification must be made of Participant’s interests in the Company or any related company within two business days of becoming a director.

SOUTH AFRICA

Terms and Conditions

Responsibility for Taxes . The following provision supplements Section 7 of the Award Agreement:

By accepting the Restricted Stock Units, Participant agrees that, immediately upon vesting of the Restricted Stock Units, Participant will notify the Employer of the amount of any gain realized. If Participant fails to advise the Employer of the gain realized, Participant may be liable for a fine. Participant will be solely responsible for paying any difference between the actual liability for Tax-Related Items and the amount withheld.

Notifications

Exchange Control Information . Participant is responsible for ensuring compliance with all exchange control laws in South Africa. Because the exchange control laws change frequently and without notice, Participant is strongly advised to consult a legal advisor prior to the acquisition or sale of Shares under the Plan to ensure Participant’s compliance with current regulations. Participant understands that neither the Company nor the Employer will be liable for any fines or penalties resulting from Participant’s failure to comply with applicable laws.

 

-10-


SWEDEN

There are no country-specific provisions.

THAILAND

Notifications

Exchange Control Information . If Participant realizes US$50,000 or more in a single transaction from the sale of Shares or the payment of dividends, he or she is required to repatriate the funds to Thailand immediately following the receipt of the funds and to then either convert such repatriated funds into Thai Baht or deposit the funds into a foreign currency account opened with any commercial bank in Thailand within 360 days of repatriation. Further, for repatriated funds of US$50,000 or more, Participant must specifically report the inward remittance to the Bank of Thailand on a Foreign Exchange Transaction Form. Participant is personally responsible for complying with exchange control restrictions in Thailand.

UNITED ARAB EMIRATES

Notifications

Securities Law Information . The Plan is only being offered to qualified Service Providers and is in the nature of providing equity incentives to Service Providers residing or working in the United Arab Emirates. The Plan and the Award Agreement are intended for distribution only to such Service Providers and must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. Participant should conduct his or her own due diligence on the Restricted Stock Units offered pursuant to the Award Agreement. If Participant does not understand the contents of the Plan and/or the Award Agreement, he or she should consult an authorized financial adviser.

UNITED KINGDOM

Terms and Conditions

Form of Settlement . Notwithstanding any discretion contained in the Plan or anything to the contrary in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock Units are payable only in Shares.

Joint Election for Transfer of Liability for Employer National Insurance Contributions . As a condition of participation in the Plan and the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units at a time when the Shares are considered readily convertible assets under U.K. law, Participant agrees to accept any liability for secondary Class 1 National Insurance contributions that may be payable by the Company, the Employer, or a Parent or Subsidiary in connection with the Restricted Stock Units and any event giving rise to Tax-Related Items (the “Employer NICs”). Without prejudice to the foregoing, Participant agrees to execute a joint election with the Company, the form of such joint election (the “Joint Election”) having been approved formally by Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs (“HMRC”), and any other required consent or election prior to vesting of the Restricted Stock Units. Participant further agrees to execute such other joint elections as may be required between Participant and any successor to the Company, the Employer, or a Parent or Subsidiary.

 

-11-


Participant further agrees that the Company, the Employer, or a Parent or Subsidiary may collect the Employer NICs from Participant by any of the means set forth in Section 7 of the Award Agreement.

If the Shares are considered readily convertible assets under UK law and Participant does not enter into a Joint Election prior to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units, he or she will not be entitled to be vested in the Restricted Stock Units unless and until he or she enters into a Joint Election, and no Shares will be issued to Participant under the Plan, without any liability to the Company, the Employer, or a Parent or Subsidiary.

Responsibility for Taxes . The following provisions supplement Section 7 of the Award Agreement:

If payment or withholding of any income tax that the Company or the Employer may be required to account to HMRC is not made within 90 days of the event giving rise to the income tax (the “Due Date”) or such other period specified in Section 222(1)(c) of the U.K. Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003, the amount of any uncollected income tax will constitute a loan owed by Participant to the Employer, effective on the Due Date. Participant agrees that the loan will bear interest at the then-current Official Rate of HMRC, it will be immediately due and repayable, and the Company or the Employer may recover it at any time thereafter by any of the means referred to in Section 7 of the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Participant is a director or executive officer of the Company (within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act), Participant will not be eligible for such a loan to cover the tax liability. In the event that Participant is a director or executive officer and any income tax is not collected from or paid by Participant by the Due Date, the amount of any uncollected income tax may constitute a benefit to Participant on which additional income tax and National Insurance contributions (“NICs”) may be payable. Participant will be responsible for reporting and paying any income tax due on this additional benefit directly to HMRC under the self-assessment regime and reimbursing the Employer for the value of the NICs due on this additional benefit. If Participant fails to comply with his or her obligations in connection with the income tax as described in this section, the Company may refuse to deliver the Shares to Participant, without any liability to the Company or the Employer.

In addition, Participant agrees that the Company and/or the Employer may calculate the Tax-Related Items to be withheld and accounted for by reference to the maximum applicable rates, without prejudice to any right Participant may have to recover any overpayment from the relevant tax authorities.

 

-12-

Exhibit 10.5

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

2014 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

1. Purpose . The purpose of the Plan is to provide employees of the Company and its Designated Companies with an opportunity to purchase Common Stock through accumulated Contributions. The Company intends for the Plan to have two components: a Code Section 423 Component (“ 423 Component ”) and a non-Code Section 423 Component (“ Non-423 Component ”). The Company’s intention is to have the 423 Component of the Plan qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code. The provisions of the 423 Component, accordingly, will be construed so as to extend and limit Plan participation in a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. In addition, this Plan authorizes the grant of an option to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Non-423 Component that does not qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code; such an option will be granted pursuant to rules, procedures or sub-plans adopted by the Administrator designed to achieve tax, securities laws or other objectives for Eligible Employees and the Company. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Non-423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the 423 Component.

2. Definitions .

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any Committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 14.

(b) “ Affiliate ” means any entity, other than a Subsidiary, in which the Company has an equity or other ownership interest.

(c) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where options are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(d) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control; or


(ii) A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this subsection (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection, gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this definition, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final U.S. Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(f) “ Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or U.S. Treasury Regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation or other official applicable guidance promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

 

2


(g) “ Committee ” means a committee of the Board appointed in accordance with Section 14 hereof.

(h) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(i) “ Company ” means Arista Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(j) “ Compensation ” means an Eligible Employee’s base straight time gross earnings, but exclusive of payments for incentive compensation, bonuses, commissions and other similar compensation and payments for overtime and shift premium. The Administrator, in its discretion, may, on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, establish a different definition of Compensation for a subsequent Offering Period.

(k) “ Contributions ” means the payroll deductions and other additional payments that the Company may permit to be made by a Participant to fund the exercise of options granted pursuant to the Plan.

(l) “ Designated Company ” means any Subsidiary or Affiliate that has been designated by the Administrator from time to time in its sole discretion as eligible to participate in the Plan. For purposes of the 423 Component, only the Company and its Subsidiaries may be Designated Companies, provided, however that at any given time, a Subsidiary that is a Designated Company under the 423 Component shall not be a Designated Company under the Non-423 Component.

(m) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(n) “ Eligible Employee ” means any individual who is an employee providing services to the Company or a Designated Company and is customarily employed for at least twenty (20) hours per week and more than five (5) months in any calendar year by the Employer, or any lesser number of hours per week and/or number of months in any calendar year established by the Administrator (if required under applicable local law) for purposes of any separate Offering or for Eligible Employee participating in the Non-423 Component. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship will be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other leave of absence that the Employer approves or is legally protected under Applicable Laws. Where the period of leave exceeds three (3) months and the individual’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship will be deemed to have terminated three (3) months and one (1) day following the commencement of such leave. The Administrator, in its discretion, from time to time may, prior to an Enrollment Date for all options to be granted on such Enrollment Date in an Offering, determine (on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis or as otherwise permitted by Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2) that the definition of Eligible Employee will or will not include an individual if he or she: (i) has not completed at least two (2) years of service since his or her last hire date (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (ii) customarily works not more than twenty (20) hours per week (or such lesser period of time

 

3


as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (iii) customarily works not more than five (5) months per calendar year (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (iv) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code, or (v) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code with compensation above a certain level or is an officer or subject to the disclosure requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, provided the exclusion is applied with respect to each Offering in an identical manner to all highly compensated individuals of the Employer whose Employees are participating in that Offering. Each exclusion shall be applied with respect to an Offering in a manner complying with U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(e)(2)(ii).

(o) “ Employer ” means the employer of the applicable Eligible Employee(s).

(p) “ Enrollment Date ” means the first Trading Day of each Offering Period.

(q) “ Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(r) “ Exercise Date ” means the first Trading Day on or after February 15 and August 15 of each Purchase Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the first Exercise Date under the Plan will be February 17, 2015 (as February 15 falls on a Sunday and the following day is a holiday).

(s) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date and unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the New York Stock Exchange, NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Capital Market of The NASDAQ Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or system on the date of determination (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the date of determination (or if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last Trading Day such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof will be determined in good faith by the Administrator; or

(iv) For purposes of the Enrollment Date of the first Offering Period under the Plan, the Fair Market Value will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Common Stock (the “Registration Statement”).

 

4


(t) “ Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company.

(u) “ New Exercise Date ” means a new Exercise Date if the Administrator shortens any Offering Period then in progress.

(v) “ Offering ” means an offer under the Plan of an option that may be exercised during an Offering Period as further described in Section 4. For purposes of the Plan, the Administrator may designate separate Offerings under the Plan (the terms of which need not be identical) in which Employees of one or more Employers will participate, even if the dates of the applicable Offering Periods of each such Offering are identical and the provisions of the Plan will separately apply to each Offering. To the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(a)(1), the terms of each Offering need not be identical provided that the terms of the Plan and an Offering together satisfy U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(a)(2) and (a)(3).

(w) “ Offering Periods ” means the periods of approximately twenty-four (24) months during which an option granted pursuant to the Plan may be exercised, (i) commencing on the first Trading Day on or after February 15 and August 15 of each year and terminating on the first Trading Day on or after February 15 and August 15, approximately twenty-four (24) months later; provided, however, that the first Offering Period under the Plan will commence with the first Trading Day on or after the date on which the Securities and Exchange Commission declares the Company’s Registration Statement effective and will end on the first Trading Day on or after August 15, 2016, and provided, further, that the second Offering Period under the Plan will commence on February 17, 2015. The duration and timing of Offering Periods may be changed pursuant to Sections 4 and 19.

(x) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(y) “ Participant ” means an Eligible Employee that participates in the Plan.

(z) “ Plan ” means this Arista Networks, Inc. 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(aa) “ Purchase Period ” means the approximately six (6) month period commencing after one Exercise Date and ending with the next Exercise Date, except that the first Purchase Period of any Offering Period will commence on the Enrollment Date and end with the next Exercise Date.

(bb) “ Purchase Price ” means an amount equal to eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Enrollment Date or on the Exercise Date, whichever is lower; provided however, that the Purchase Price may be determined for subsequent Offering Periods by the Administrator subject to compliance with Section 423 of the Code (or any successor rule or provision or any other Applicable Law, regulation or stock exchange rule) or pursuant to Section 19.

(cc) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

5


(dd) “ Trading Day ” means a day on which the national stock exchange upon which the Common Stock is listed is open for trading.

(ee) “ U.S. Treasury Regulations ” means the Treasury regulations of the Code. Reference to a specific Treasury Regulation or Section of the Code shall include such Treasury Regulation or Section, any valid regulation promulgated under such Section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such Section or regulation.

3. Eligibility .

(a) First Offering Period . Any individual who is an Eligible Employee immediately prior to the first Offering Period will be automatically enrolled in the first Offering Period.

(b) Subsequent Offering Periods . Any Eligible Employee on a given Enrollment Date subsequent to the first Offering Period will be eligible to participate in the Plan, subject to the requirements of Section 5.

(c) Non-U.S. Employees . Eligible Employees who are citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction (without regard to whether they also are citizens or residents of the United States or resident aliens (within the meaning of Section 7701(b)(1)(A) of the Code)) may be excluded from participation in the Plan or an Offering if the participation of such Eligible Employees is prohibited under the laws of the applicable jurisdiction or if complying with the laws of the applicable jurisdiction would cause the Plan or an Offering to violate Section 423 of the Code. In the case of the Non-423 Component, Eligible Employee may be excluded from participation in the Plan or an Offering if the Administrator has determined that participation of such Eligible Employee is not advisable or practicable.

(d) Limitations . Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no Eligible Employee will be granted an option under the Plan (i) to the extent that, immediately after the grant, such Eligible Employee (or any other person whose stock would be attributed to such Eligible Employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) would own capital stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and/or hold outstanding options to purchase such stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of the capital stock of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or (ii) to the extent that his or her rights to purchase stock under all employee stock purchase plans (as defined in Section 423 of the Code) of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company accrues at a rate, which exceeds twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) worth of stock (determined at the Fair Market Value of the stock at the time such option is granted) for each calendar year in which such option is outstanding at any time, as determined in accordance with Section 423 of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

4. Offering Periods . The Plan will be implemented by overlapping Offering Periods with a new Offering Period commencing on the first Trading Day on or after February 15 and August 15 each year, or on such other date as the Administrator will determine; provided, however, that the first Offering Period under the Plan will commence with the first Trading Day on or after the date upon which the Company’s Registration Statement is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission and end on

 

6


August 15, 2016, and provided, further, that the second Offering Period under the Plan will commence on the first Trading Day on February 17, 2015. The Administrator will have the power to change the duration of Offering Periods (including the commencement dates thereof) with respect to future Offerings without stockholder approval if such change is announced prior to the scheduled beginning of the first Offering Period to be affected thereafter; provided, however, that no Offering Period may last more than twenty-seven (27) months.

5. Participation .

(a) First Offering Period . An Eligible Employee will be entitled to continue to participate in the first Offering Period pursuant to Section 3(a) only if such individual submits a subscription agreement authorizing Contributions in a form determined by the Administrator (which may be similar to the form attached hereto as Exhibit A ) to the Company’s designated plan administrator (i) no earlier than the effective date of the Form S-8 registration statement with respect to the issuance of Common Stock under this Plan and (ii) no later than ten (10) business days following the effective date of such S-8 registration statement or such other period of time as the Administrator may determine (the “ Enrollment Window ”). An Eligible Employee’s failure to submit the subscription agreement during the Enrollment Window will result in the automatic termination of such individual’s participation in the first Offering Period.

(b) Subsequent Offering Periods . An Eligible Employee may participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 3(b) by (i) submitting to the Company’s stock administration office (or its designee), on or before a date determined by the Administrator prior to an applicable Enrollment Date, a properly completed subscription agreement authorizing Contributions in the form provided by the Administrator for such purpose, or (ii) following an electronic or other enrollment procedure determined by the Administrator.

6. Contributions .

(a) At the time a Participant enrolls in the Plan pursuant to Section 5, he or she will elect to have Contributions (in the form of payroll deductions or otherwise, to the extent permitted by the Administrator) made on each pay day during the Offering Period in an amount not exceeding ten percent (10%) of the Compensation, which he or she receives on each pay day during the Offering Period; provided, however, that should a pay day occur on an Exercise Date, a Participant will have any payroll deductions made on such day applied to his or her account under the subsequent Purchase Period or Offering Period. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may permit all Participants in a specified Offering to contribute amounts to the Plan through payment by cash, check or other means set forth in the subscription agreement prior to each Exercise Date of each Purchase Period. A Participant’s subscription agreement will remain in effect for successive Offering Periods unless terminated as provided in Section 10 hereof.

(b) In the event Contributions are made in the form of payroll deductions, such payroll deductions for a Participant will commence on the first pay day following the Enrollment Date and will end on the last pay day prior to the Exercise Date of such Offering Period to which such authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 10 hereof; provided, however, that for the first Offering Period, payroll deductions will commence on the first pay day on or following the end of the Enrollment Window.

 

7


(c) All Contributions made for a Participant will be credited to his or her account under the Plan and Contributions will be made in whole percentages only. A Participant may not make any additional payments into such account.

(d) A Participant may discontinue his or her participation in the Plan as provided in Section 10. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, for each Offering Period, a Participant may decrease (and may not increase) the rate of his or her Contributions once during the Offering Period by (i) properly completing and submitting to the Company’s stock administration office (or its designee), on or before a date determined by the Administrator prior to an applicable Exercise Date, a new subscription agreement authorizing the change in Contribution rate in the form provided by the Administrator for such purpose, or (ii) following an electronic or other procedure prescribed by the Administrator. For clarity, a Participant may decrease his or her Contribution rate to any whole percentage, including 0%. If a Participant has not followed such procedures to change the rate of Contributions, the rate of his or her Contributions will continue at the originally elected rate throughout the Offering Period and future Offering Periods (unless terminated as provided in Section 10). The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, limit the nature and/or number of Contribution rate changes that may be made by Participants during any Offering Period, and may establish such other conditions or limitations as it deems appropriate for Plan administration. Any change in payroll deduction rate made pursuant to this Section 6(d) will be effective as of the first full payroll period following five (5) business days after the date on which the change is made by the Participant (unless the Administrator, in its sole discretion, elects to process a given change in payroll deduction rate more quickly).

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(d), a Participant’s Contributions may be decreased to zero percent (0%) at any time during a Purchase Period. Subject to Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(d) hereof, Contributions will recommence at the rate originally elected by the Participant effective as of the beginning of the first Purchase Period scheduled to end in the following calendar year, unless terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 10.

(f) Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary in the Plan, the Administrator may allow Eligible Employees to participate in the Plan via cash contributions instead of payroll deductions if (i) payroll deductions are not permitted under applicable local law, (ii) the Administrator determines that cash contributions are permissible under Section 423 of the Code and (iii) for Participants participating in the Non-423 Component.

(g) At the time the option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time some or all of the Common Stock issued under the Plan is disposed of (or any other time that a taxable event related to the Plan occurs), the Participant must make adequate provision for the Company’s or Employer’s federal, state, local or any other tax liability payable to any authority including taxes imposed by jurisdictions outside of the U.S., national insurance, social security or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon

 

8


the exercise of the option or the disposition of the Common Stock (or any other time that a taxable event related to the Plan occurs). At any time, the Company or the Employer may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from the Participant’s compensation the amount necessary for the Company or the Employer to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company or the Employer any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Common Stock by the Eligible Employee. In addition, the Company or the Employer may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from the proceeds of the sale of Common Stock or any other method of withholding the Company or the Employer deems appropriate to the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f).

7. Grant of Option . On the Enrollment Date of each Offering Period, each Eligible Employee participating in such Offering Period will be granted an option to purchase on each Exercise Date during such Offering Period (at the applicable Purchase Price) up to a number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing such Eligible Employee’s Contributions accumulated prior to such Exercise Date and retained in the Eligible Employee’s account as of the Exercise Date by the applicable Purchase Price; provided that in no event will an Eligible Employee be permitted to purchase during each Purchase Period more than 3,000 shares of Common Stock (subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 18) and provided further that such purchase will be subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 3(d) and 13. The Eligible Employee may accept the grant of such option (i) with respect to the first Offering Period by submitting a properly completed subscription agreement in accordance with the requirements of Section 5 on or before the last day of the Enrollment Window, and (ii) with respect to any subsequent Offering Period under the Plan, by electing to participate in the Plan in accordance with the requirements of Section 5. The Administrator may, for future Offering Periods, increase or decrease, in its absolute discretion, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that an Eligible Employee may purchase during each Purchase Period of an Offering Period. Exercise of the option will occur as provided in Section 8, unless the Participant has withdrawn pursuant to Section 10. The option will expire on the last day of the Offering Period.

8. Exercise of Option .

(a) Unless a Participant withdraws from the Plan as provided in Section 10, his or her option for the purchase of shares of Common Stock will be exercised automatically on the Exercise Date, and the maximum number of full shares subject to the option will be purchased for such Participant at the applicable Purchase Price with the accumulated Contributions from his or her account. No fractional shares of Common Stock will be purchased; any Contributions accumulated in a Participant’s account, which are not sufficient to purchase a full share will be retained in the Participant’s account for the subsequent Purchase Period or Offering Period, subject to earlier withdrawal by the Participant as provided in Section 10. Any other funds left over in a Participant’s account after the Exercise Date will be returned to the Participant. During a Participant’s lifetime, a Participant’s option to purchase shares hereunder is exercisable only by him or her.

(b) If the Administrator determines that, on a given Exercise Date, the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which options are to be exercised may exceed (i) the number of shares of Common Stock that were available for sale under the Plan on the Enrollment Date of the applicable Offering Period, or (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock available for sale under the Plan on such Exercise

 

9


Date, the Administrator may in its sole discretion (x) provide that the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the shares of Common Stock available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Exercise Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as will be practicable and as it will determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all Participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date, and continue all Offering Periods then in effect or (y) provide that the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the shares available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Exercise Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as will be practicable and as it will determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date, and terminate any or all Offering Periods then in effect pursuant to Section 19. The Company may make a pro rata allocation of the shares available on the Enrollment Date of any applicable Offering Period pursuant to the preceding sentence, notwithstanding any authorization of additional shares for issuance under the Plan by the Company’s stockholders subsequent to such Enrollment Date.

9. Delivery . As soon as reasonably practicable after each Exercise Date on which a purchase of shares of Common Stock occurs, the Company will arrange the delivery to each Participant of the shares purchased upon exercise of his or her option in a form determined by the Administrator (in its sole discretion) and pursuant to rules established by the Administrator. The Company may permit or require that shares be deposited directly with a broker designated by the Company or to a designated agent of the Company, and the Company may utilize electronic or automated methods of share transfer. The Company may require that shares be retained with such broker or agent for a designated period of time and/or may establish other procedures to permit tracking of disqualifying dispositions of such shares. No Participant will have any voting, dividend, or other stockholder rights with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to any option granted under the Plan until such shares have been purchased and delivered to the Participant as provided in this Section 9.

10. Withdrawal .

(a) A Participant may withdraw all but not less than all the Contributions credited to his or her account and not yet used to exercise his or her option under the Plan at any time by (i) submitting to the Company’s stock administration office (or its designee) a written notice of withdrawal in the form determined by the Administrator for such purpose (which may be similar to the form attached hereto as Exhibit B ), or (ii) following an electronic or other withdrawal procedure determined by the Administrator. All of the Participant’s Contributions credited to his or her account will be paid to such Participant promptly after receipt of notice of withdrawal and such Participant’s option for the Offering Period will be automatically terminated, and no further Contributions for the purchase of shares will be made for such Offering Period. If a Participant withdraws from an Offering Period, Contributions will not resume at the beginning of the succeeding Offering Period, unless the Participant re-enrolls in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.

(b) A Participant’s withdrawal from an Offering Period will not have any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any similar plan that may hereafter be adopted by the Company or in succeeding Offering Periods that commence after the termination of the Offering Period from which the Participant withdraws.

 

10


11. Termination of Employment . Unless a Participant’s ceasing to be an Eligible Employee, for any reason, he or she will be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan and the Contributions credited to such Participant’s account during the Offering Period but not yet used to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan will be returned to such Participant and such Participant’s option will be automatically terminated. A Participant whose employment transfers between entities through a termination with an immediate rehire (with no break in service) by the Company or a Designated Company shall not be treated as terminated under the Plan; however, if a Participant transfers from an Offering under the 423 Component to the Non-423 Component, the exercise of the option shall be qualified under the 423 Component only to the extent it complies with Section 423 of the Code.

12. Interest . No interest will accrue on the Contributions of a participant in the Plan, except as may be required by Applicable Law, as determined by the Company, and if so required by the laws of a particular jurisdiction, shall apply to all Participants in the relevant Offering under the 423 Component, except to the extent otherwise permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f).

13. Stock .

(a) Subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Company as provided in Section 18 hereof, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that will be made available for sale under the Plan will be 651,000 shares of Common Stock, plus an annual increase to be added on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2015 Fiscal Year equal to the least of (i) 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock, (ii) one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock on the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year, or (iii) an amount determined by the Administrator.

(b) Until the shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), a Participant will only have the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares, and no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to such shares.

(c) Shares of Common Stock to be delivered to a Participant under the Plan will be registered in the name of the Participant or in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse.

14. Administration . The Plan will be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee will be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws. The Administrator will have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the Plan, to designate separate Offerings under the Plan, to designate Subsidiaries and Affiliates as participating in the 423 Component or Non-423 Component, to determine eligibility, to adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the Plan and to establish such procedures that it deems necessary for the administration of the Plan (including, without limitation, to adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit the participation in the Plan by employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside the U.S., the terms of which sub-plans may take precedence over other provisions of this Plan, with the exception of Section 13(a) hereof, but unless otherwise superseded by the terms of such sub-plan, the provisions of this Plan shall govern the operation of such sub-plan). Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the Employees eligible to participate in each sub-plan will participate in a separate Offering or in the Non-423

 

11


Component. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator is specifically authorized to adopt rules and procedures regarding eligibility to participate, the definition of Compensation, handling of Contributions, making of Contributions to the Plan (including, without limitation, in forms other than payroll deductions), establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold Contributions, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, obligations to pay payroll tax, determination of beneficiary designation requirements, withholding procedures and handling of stock certificates that vary with applicable local requirements. The Administrator also is authorized to determine that, to the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f), the terms of an option granted under the Plan or an Offering to citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction will be less favorable than the terms of options granted under the Plan or the same Offering to employees resident solely in the U.S. Every finding, decision and determination made by the Administrator will, to the full extent permitted by law, be final and binding upon all parties.

15. Transferability . Neither Contributions credited to a Participant’s account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive shares of Common Stock under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution) by the Participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition will be without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw funds from an Offering Period in accordance with Section 10 hereof.

16. Use of Funds . The Company may use all Contributions received or held by it under the Plan for any corporate purpose, and the Company will not be obligated to segregate such Contributions except under Offerings or for Participants in the Non-423 Component for which Applicable Laws require that Contributions to the Plan by Participants be segregated from the Company’s general corporate funds and/or deposited with an independent third party. Until shares of Common Stock are issued, Participants will only have the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares.

17. Reports . Individual accounts will be maintained for each Participant in the Plan. Statements of account will be given to participating Eligible Employees at least annually, which statements will set forth the amounts of Contributions, the Purchase Price, the number of shares of Common Stock purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.

18. Adjustments, Dissolution, Liquidation, Merger or Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Common Stock occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust the number and class of Common Stock that may be delivered under the Plan, the Purchase Price per share and the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each option under the Plan that has not yet been exercised, and the numerical limits of Sections 7 and 13.

 

12


(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any Offering Period then in progress will be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date, and will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed dissolution or liquidation, unless provided otherwise by the Administrator. The New Exercise Date will be before the date of the Company’s proposed dissolution or liquidation. The Administrator will notify each Participant in writing or electronically, prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participant’s option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10 hereof.

(c) Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding option will be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the option, the Offering Period with respect to which such option relates will be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date on which such Offering Period shall end. The New Exercise Date will occur before the date of the Company’s proposed merger or Change in Control. The Administrator will notify each Participant in writing or electronically prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participant’s option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10 hereof.

19. Amendment or Termination .

(a) The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. If the Plan is terminated, the Administrator, in its discretion, may elect to terminate all outstanding Offering Periods either immediately or upon completion of the purchase of shares of Common Stock on the next Exercise Date (which may be sooner than originally scheduled, if determined by the Administrator in its discretion), or may elect to permit Offering Periods to expire in accordance with their terms (and subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 18). If the Offering Periods are terminated prior to expiration, all amounts then credited to Participants accounts that have not been used to purchase shares of Common Stock will be returned to the Participants (without interest thereon, except as otherwise required under Applicable Laws, as further set forth in Section 12 hereof) as soon as administratively practicable.

(b) Without stockholder consent and without limiting Section 18(a), the Administrator will be entitled to change the Offering Periods or Purchase Periods, designate separate Offerings, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit Contributions in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed Contribution elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each Participant properly correspond with Contribution amounts, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion advisable that are consistent with the Plan.

 

13


(c) In the event the Administrator determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Administrator may, in its discretion and, to the extent necessary or desirable, modify, amend or terminate the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequence including, but not limited to:

(i) amending the Plan to conform with the safe harbor definition under the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto), including with respect to an Offering Period underway at the time;

(ii) altering the Purchase Price for any Offering Period or Purchase Period including an Offering Period or Purchase Period underway at the time of the change in Purchase Price;

(iii) shortening any Offering Period or Purchase Period by setting a New Exercise Date, including an Offering Period or Purchase Period underway at the time of the Administrator action;

(iv) reducing the maximum percentage of Compensation a Participant may elect to set aside as Contributions; and

(v) reducing the maximum number of Shares a Participant may purchase during any Offering Period or Purchase Period.

Such modifications or amendments will not require stockholder approval or the consent of any Plan Participants.

20. Notices . All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan will be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form and manner specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

21. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Shares of Common Stock will not be issued with respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and delivery of such shares pursuant thereto will comply with all applicable provisions of law, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the shares may then be listed, and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

As a condition to the exercise of an option, the Company may require the person exercising such option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned applicable provisions of law.

 

14


22. Code Section 409A. The 423 Component of the Plan is exempt from the application of Code Section 409A and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so be exempt from Code Section 409A. In furtherance of the foregoing and notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, if the Administrator determines that an option granted under the Plan may be subject to Code Section 409A or that any provision in the Plan would cause an option under the Plan to be subject to Code Section 409A, the Administrator may amend the terms of the Plan and/or of an outstanding option granted under the Plan, or take such other action the Administrator determines is necessary or appropriate, in each case, without the Participant’s consent, to exempt any outstanding option or future option that may be granted under the Plan from or to allow any such options to comply with Code Section 409A, but only to the extent any such amendments or action by the Administrator would not violate Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no liability to a Participant or any other party if the option to purchase Common Stock under the Plan that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with Code Section 409A is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Administrator with respect thereto. The Company makes no representation that the option to purchase Common Stock under the Plan is compliant with Code Section 409A.

23. Term of Plan . The Plan will become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board or its approval by the stockholders of the Company. It will continue in effect for a term of twenty (20) years, unless sooner terminated under Section 19.

24. Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

25. Governing Law . The Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California (except its choice-of-law provisions).

26. No Right to Employment . Participation in the Plan by a Participant shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained as an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, as applicable. Furthermore, the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate may dismiss a Participant from employment at any time, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan.

27. Severability . If any provision of the Plan is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable for any reason in any jurisdiction or as to any Participant, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as to such jurisdiction or Participant as if the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had not been included.

28. Compliance with Applicable Laws . The terms of this Plan are intended to comply with all Applicable Laws and will be construed accordingly.

29. Automatic Transfer to Low Price Offering Period . To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, if the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on any Exercise Date in an Offering Period is lower than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Enrollment Date of such Offering Period, then all

 

15


participants in such Offering Period will be automatically withdrawn from such Offering Period immediately after the exercise of their option on such Exercise Date and automatically re-enrolled in the immediately following Offering Period as of the first day thereof.

 

16


EXHIBIT A

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

2014 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

  Original Application    Offering Date:
  Change in Payroll Deduction Rate   

1.                     hereby elects to participate in the Arista Networks, Inc. 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ Plan ”) and subscribes to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock in accordance with this Subscription Agreement and the Plan.

2. I hereby authorize payroll deductions from each paycheck in the amount of     % of my Compensation on each payday (from 0 to 10%) during the Offering Period in accordance with the Plan. (Please note that no fractional percentages are permitted.)

3. I understand that said payroll deductions will be accumulated for the purchase of shares of Common Stock at the applicable Purchase Price determined in accordance with the Plan. I understand that if I do not withdraw from an Offering Period, any accumulated payroll deductions will be used to automatically exercise my option and purchase Common Stock under the Plan.

4. I have received a copy of the complete Plan and its accompanying prospectus. I understand that my participation in the Plan is in all respects subject to the terms of the Plan.

5. Shares of Common Stock purchased for me under the Plan should be issued in the name(s) of                     (Eligible Employee or Eligible Employee and Spouse only).

6. I understand that if I dispose of any shares received by me pursuant to the Plan within two (2) years after the Offering Date (the first day of the Offering Period during which I purchased such shares) or one (1) year after the Exercise Date, I will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received ordinary income at the time of such disposition in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time such shares were purchased by me over the price that I paid for the shares. I hereby agree to notify the Company in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of any disposition of my shares and I will make adequate provision for Federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the disposition of the Common Stock . The Company may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from my compensation the amount necessary to meet any applicable withholding obligation including any withholding necessary to make available to the Company any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Common Stock by me. If I dispose of such shares at any time after the expiration of the two (2)-year and one (1)-year holding periods, I understand that I will be treated for

 

17


federal income tax purposes as having received income only at the time of such disposition, and that such income will be taxed as ordinary income only to the extent of an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time of such disposition over the purchase price which I paid for the shares, or (b) 15% of the fair market value of the shares on the first day of the Offering Period. The remainder of the gain, if any, recognized on such disposition will be taxed as capital gain.

7. I hereby agree to be bound by the terms of the Plan. The effectiveness of this Subscription Agreement is dependent upon my eligibility to participate in the Plan.

 

Employee’s Social      
Security Number:    

 

 
Employee’s Address:    

 

 
   

 

 
   

 

 

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT WILL REMAIN IN EFFECT THROUGHOUT SUCCESSIVE OFFERING PERIODS UNLESS TERMINATED BY ME.

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

      Signature of Employee

 

18


EXHIBIT B

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

2014 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

NOTICE OF WITHDRAWAL

The undersigned participant in the Offering Period of the Arista Networks, Inc. 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan that began on                     ,         (the “ Offering Date ”) hereby notifies the Company that he or she hereby withdraws from the Offering Period. He or she hereby directs the Company to pay to the undersigned as promptly as practicable all the payroll deductions credited to his or her account with respect to such Offering Period. The undersigned understands and agrees that his or her option for such Offering Period will be automatically terminated. The undersigned understands further that no further payroll deductions will be made for the purchase of shares in the current Offering Period and the undersigned will be eligible to participate in succeeding Offering Periods only by delivering to the Company a new Subscription Agreement.

 

Name and Address of Participant:

 

 

 

Signature:

 

Date:  

 

 

19

Exhibit 10.22

 

LOGO   
  

Arista Networks, Inc.

5453 Great America Parkway

Santa Clara, CA 95054

April 4, 2014

Via Overnight Delivery and Email

PRIVATE AND CONFIDENTIAL

The Bechtolsheim Family Trust

5453 Great America Parkway

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Attn: Andreas Bechtolsheim

Email: avb@aristanetworks.com

 

  RE: Notice Regarding Conversion of Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note issued by Arista Networks, Inc. to The Bechtolsheim Family Trust dated January 4, 2011 (the “ Note ”)

Dear Sir or Madam:

Arista Networks, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has recently confidentially submitted a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (“ Registration Statement ”) with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission for the purpose of conducting a firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company’s Securities (“ Initial Public Offering ”).

The purpose of this letter is to (a) provide you notice of the proposed Initial Public Offering and that the Company may name you in the Registration Statement pursuant to SEC rules or regulations or requests related thereto, and (b) confirm your agreement that upon closing of the Initial Public Offering (the “ IPO Closing Date ”) you shall elect to convert, in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Note including Section 4 thereof, the outstanding principal amount of the Note, together with all unpaid interest accruing thereon up to the IPO Closing Date (the “ Outstanding Indebtedness ”), into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s Common Stock at the price per share of the Company’s Common Stock in the Initial Public Offering (the “ IPO Price ”).

We will inform you of the expected IPO Closing Date, Outstanding Indebtedness and IPO Price as soon as practicable prior to the IPO Closing Date.

For sake of clarity, this notice shall not be deemed a prepayment notice under Section 1 of the Note. Additionally, your confirmation and election to the conversion of the Note and payment of any and all accrued interest shall be subject to the completion of the Initial Public Offering.

 

1


Please confirm your agreement to the matters herein by signing and returning this letter to me as soon as possible but in no event later than April 15, 2014 via email to mtaxay@aristanetworks.com while sending the original to the address listed above. We look forward to furthering our relationship with you and would appreciate your prompt response.

 

Sincerely,
/s/ Jayshree Ullal
Jayshree Ullal
President and Chief Executive Officer

Enclosures

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO

ON THIS 4 th DAY OF APRIL 2014:

THE BECHTOLSHEIM FAMILY TRUST

 

By:   /s/ Andreas Bechtolsheim
Name:    Andreas Bechtolsheim
Title:   Trustee
Date:   4/4/2014

 

2

Exhibit 10.23

 

LOGO

Arista Networks, Inc.

5453 Great America Parkway

Santa Clara, CA 95054

April 4, 2014

Via Overnight Delivery and Email

PRIVATE AND CONFIDENTIAL

The 2010 David R. Cheriton Irrevocable Trust Dtd July 27, 2010,

South Dakota Trust Company LLC, TTEE

c/o South Dakota Trust Company LLC

201 South Phillips Avenue, Suite 200

Sioux Falls, SD 57104

Attn: Jeanice L. Caselli

Phone: (605) 271-5132

Email: jeanice@sdtrustco.com

 

RE : Notice Regarding Conversion of Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note issued by Arista Networks, Inc. to The 2010 David R. Cheriton Irrevocable Trust Dtd July 27, 2010, South Dakota Trust Company LLC, TTEE dated January 4, 2011 (the “ Note ”)

Dear Sir or Madam:

Arista Networks, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has recently confidentially submitted a Registration Statement on Form S-l (“ Registration Statement ”) with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission for the purpose of conducting a firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company’s Securities (“ Initial Public Offering ”).

The purpose of this letter is to (a) provide you notice of the proposed Initial Public Offering and that the Company may name you in the Registration Statement pursuant to SEC rules or regulations or requests related thereto, and (b) confirm your agreement that upon closing of the Initial Public Offering (the “ IPO Closing Date ”) you shall elect to convert, in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Note including Section 4 thereof, the outstanding principal amount of the Note, together with all unpaid interest accruing thereon up to the IPO Closing Date (the “ Outstanding Indebtedness ”), into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s Common Stock at the price per share of the Company’s Common Stock in the Initial Public Offering (the “ IPO Price ”).

We will inform you of the expected IPO Closing Date, Outstanding Indebtedness and IPO Price as soon as practicable prior to the IPO Closing Date.

For sake of clarity, this notice shall not be deemed a prepayment notice under Section 1 of the Note. Additionally, your confirmation and election to the conversion of the Note and payment of any and all accrued interest shall be subject to the completion of the Initial Public Offering.


Please confirm your agreement to the matters herein by signing and returning this letter to me as soon as possible but in no event later than April 15, 2014 via email to mtaxay@aristanetworks.com while sending the original to the address listed above. We look forward to furthering our relationship with you and would appreciate your prompt response.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Jayshree Ullal

Jayshree Ullal
President and Chief Executive Officer

Enclosures

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO

ON THIS 7th DAY OF APRIL 2014:

THE 2010 DAVID R. CHERITON IRREVOCABLE TRUST DTD JULY 27, 2010, SOUTH DAKOTA TRUST COMPANY LLC, TTEE

 

By:  

/s/ Jeanice Caselli

Name:   Jeanice Caselli
Title:   Vice President & Trust Officer
Date:   April 7, 2014

 

2

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated March 28, 2014 (except for Note 15, as to which the date is April 14, 2014), in Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-194899) and related Prospectus of Arista Networks, Inc. for the registration of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Redwood City, California

May 1, 2014